Függelék:Sanskrit-English/m

---

Sir Monier-Williams (1819–1899) - A Sanskrit-English Dictionary (1899)

a - ¤ - ā - i - ī - u - ū - ṛ - ṝ - ḷ - ḹ - e - ai - o - au k - kh - g - gh - ṅ - c - ch - j - jh - ñ - ṭ - ṭh - ḍ - ḍh - ṇ t - th - d - dh - n - p - ¤ - ph - b - bh - m - y - r - l - v - ¤ - ś - ṣ - s - ¤ - h

m

ma

1. ma the labial nasal. -1

⋙makāra

1. ○kāra m. the letter or sound ma ŚāṅkhBr. AV.Pariś &c
2. • -pañcaka n. = pañca-makāra W.
3. • ○râdi-sahasranāman n. N. of ch. of the Rudra-yāmala (containing 1000 names of Rāma beginning with m)

ma

1. ma m. (in prosody) a molossus. -2

⋙makāra

1. ○kāra m. the foot called molossus
2. • -vipulā f. N. of a metre Piṅg. Sch.

ma

1. ma base of the 1st pers. pron. in acc. sg. mā́m or mā
2. • instr. máyā
3. • dat. máhyam or me
4. • abl. mát or mád
5. • gen. máma or me (for the enclitic forms, cf. Pāṇ. 8-1, 22 &c.) [Cf. s. mád ; Zd. ma ; Gk. ?, ?, Lat. me, mihi &c.] [771, 1]

≫makat

1. makat familiar dimin. fr. prec. = mát in comp

⋙makatpitṛka

1. ○pitṛka m. my father Pāṇ. 1-1, 29 Pat. 4. ma m. time L. [Page 771, Column 2]
2. • poison L.
3. • a magic formula L.
4. • (in music) N. of the 4th note of the scale (abbreviated for madhyama)
5. • the moon L.
6. • N. of various gods (of Brahmā, Vishṇu, Śiva, and Yama) L.
7. • (ā), f. a mother L.
8. • messure L.
9. • authority (-tva n.) Nyāyam.
10. • light L.
11. • knowledge L.
12. • binding, fettering L.
13. • death L.
14. • a woman's waist L.
15. • n. happiness, welfare L.
16. • water L.

maṃh

1. maṃh (cf. √mah), cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xvi, 33) máṃhate (pf., mamaṃhe &c., Gr.), to give, grant, bestow (with dānāya, 'as a present') RV. ŚBr.
2. • to increase Dhātup.: Caus. maṃhayati (cl. 10 accord. to Dhātup. xxxiii, 124), to give &c. RV.
3. • to speak or to shine Dhātup.: Intens., māmahe &c
4. • √mah

≫maṃhana

1. maṃhána n. a gift, present RV.
2. • (ā), ind. (also with dákṣasya) promptly, readily, willingly ib.

⋙maṃhaneṣṭhā

1. maṃhane-ṣṭhā mfn. (prob.) liberal RV. x, 61, 1 (pradāne pravartamāna Sāy.)

≫maṃhīya

1. maṃhīya^ mfn. = pūjanīya Nir. (cf. √mah)

≫maṃhama

1. maṃhama m. a partic. personification Gaut.

≫maṃhayadrayi

1. maṃhayád-rayi mfn. (pr. p. of Caus. + rayi) granting wealth or treasures RV.

≫maṃhayu

1. maṃhayú mfn. (fr. Caus.) wishing to give, liberal RV.

≫maṃhiṣṭha

1. máṃhiṣṭha mfn. (superl.) granting most abundantly, very liberal or generous RV.
2. • exceedingly abundant ib.
3. • quite ready for (dat.) ib.

⋙maṃhiṣṭharāti

1. ○rāti (máṃh○). mfn. one whose gifts are most abundant, very rich or bountiful ib.

≫maṃhīyas

1. máṃhīyas mfn. (compar.) giving more abundantly than (abl.) RV.

mak

1. mak ind., g. svar-ādi

maka

1. maka m. n. g. ardharcâdi: m. the son of a Vaiśya and a Mālukī L.

⋙makadatta

1. ○datta m. N. of a man Vās., Introd

makaka

1. mákaka m. (prob.) a kind of animal AV.

makat

1. makat under 3. ma, col. 1

makandikā

1. makandikā f. N. of a woman Pat.

makamakāya

1. makamakāya (onomat.), Ā. ○yate, to croak (as a frog) Kāv.

makara

1. mákara m. a kind of sea-monster (sometimes confounded with the crocodile, shark, dolphin &c
2. • regarded as the emblem of Kāma-deva [cf. mokara-ketana &c. below] or as a symbol of the 9th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī
3. • represented as an ornament on gates or on head-dresses) VS. &c. &c
4. • a partic. species of insect or other small animal Suśr.
5. • N. of the 10th sign of the zodiac (Capricornus) Sūryas. Var. &c
6. • the 10th arc of 30 degrees in any circle L.
7. • an army of troops in the form of a Mákara Mn. vii, 187
8. • an ear-ring shaped like a Mákara BhP. (cf. makara-kuṇḍala)
9. • the hands folded in the form of a Mákara Cat.
10. • one of the 9 treasures of Kubera L.
11. • one of the 8 magical treasures called Padminī MārkP.
12. • a partic. magical spell recited over weapons R.
13. • N. of a mountain BhP.
14. • (ī), f. the female of the sea-monster Mákara Pañcat.
15. • N. of a river MBh.

⋙makarakaṭī

1. ○kaṭī f. 'dolphin-hipped', N. of a woman Kathās.

⋙makarakuṇḍala

1. ○kuṇḍala n. an ear-ring shaped like a Mákara BhP.

⋙makaraketana

1. ○ketana

⋙makaraketu

1. ○ketu and m. 'having the MṭMákara for an emblem' or 'having a fish on his banner', N. of Kānsa-deva MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙makaraketumat

1. ○ketu-mat m. 'having the MṭMákara for an emblem' or 'having a fish on his banner', N. of Kānsa-deva MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙makaradaṃṣṭrā

1. ○daṃṣṭrā f. 'Makara-toothed', N. of a woman Kathās.

⋙makaradhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. = -ketana MBh.
2. • the sea Harav.
3. • a partic. array of troops Kām.
4. • a partic. medical preparation L.
5. • N. of a prince Vcar.

⋙makarapāṭaka

1. ○pāṭaka m. N. of a village Inscr.

⋙makaramāsa

1. ○māsa m. N. of a partic., month TS. Sch.

⋙makaramukha

1. ○mukha m. = makarâkāra-dhārin jala-nirgamana-dvāra, jānū7r. dhvâvayava L.

⋙makararāśi

1. ○rāśi m. the zodiacal sign Capricornus MW.

⋙makaralāñchana

1. ○lāñchana m. = -kelana Kād.

⋙makaravāhana

1. ○vāhana m. 'having the MṭMákara for his vehicle', N. of Varuṇa L.

⋙makaravāhinī

1. ○vāhinī f. N. of a river VP.

⋙makaravibhūṣaṇaketana

1. ○vibhūṣaṇa-ketana m. having the Makara for a characteristic ornament', N. of Kāma-deva Hariv.

⋙makarasaṃkramaṇa

1. ○saṃkramaṇa n. the passage of the sun from Sagittarius into Capricornus MW.

⋙makarasaṃkrānti

1. ○saṃkrānti id
2. • N. of a festival (which marks the beginning of the sun's northern course) RTL. 428
3. • -tila-dāna n. and -dāna-prayoga m. N. of wks

⋙makarasaptamī

1. ○saptamī f. N. of the 7th day in the light half of the month Māgha W. (cf. under mākara)

⋙makarākara

1. makarâkara m. 'redeptacle of MṭMákara', the sea Kathās. [Page 771, Column 3]

⋙makarākāra

1. makarâkāra m. formed like a Mákara', a variety of Caesalpina Banducella L.

⋙makarākṣa

1. makarâkṣa m. Mákara-eyed', N. of Rikshasa (son of Khara) R.

⋙makarāṅka

1. makarâṅka m. 'having the Mákara for a symbol or mark', N. of Kāmadeva L.
2. • the sea L.

⋙makarānana

1. makarânana m

⋙makarālaya

1. makarâlaya m. 'Mákara-abode', the sea MBh. R.
2. • N. of the number, 'four' (cf. under samudra)

⋙makarāvāsa

1. makarâvāsa m. 'Mákara-abode', the sea MBh.

⋙makarāśva

1. makarâśva m. 'having the Mákara for a horse', N. of Varuṇa L.

≫makarāyaṇa

1. makarāyaṇa mfn. (fr. makara), g. pakṣâdi

≫makarikā

1. makarikā f. a partic. head-dress Kād.
2. • a figure resembling the Makara ib.

≫makarin

1. makarin m. 'full of Makaras', the sea L.

≫makarī

1. makarī f. of makara, in comp

⋙makarīpattra

1. ○pattra n. the mark of a Makarī (on the face of Lakshmi) Prab. (cf. pattra-bhaṅga)

⋙makarīprastha

1. ○prastha m. N. of a town, g. karky-ādi

⋙makarīlekhā

1. ○lekhā f. = -pattra Prab. (vḷ.)

makaranda

1. makaranda m. the juice of flowers, honey Kāv. Pur. &c
2. • a species of jasmine L.
3. • a fragrant species of mango L.
4. • a bee L.
5. • the Indian cuckoo L.
6. • (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.
7. • N. of a man Mālatīm.
8. • of various authors and wks
9. • n. a filament (esp. of the lotus-flower) L.
10. • N. of a pleasure-garden Kathās.

⋙makarandakaṇāya

1. ○kaṇāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like drops or particles of flower-juice Cat.

⋙makarandakārikā

1. ○kārikā f. pl.,

⋙makarandadīpikā

1. ○dīpikā f

⋙makarandapañcāṅgavidhi

1. ○pañcâṅga-vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙makarandapāla

1. ○pāla m. N. of a man (father of Tri-vikrama) Cat.

⋙makarandaprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m. N. of wk

⋙makarandavat

1. ○vat mfn. rich in flower-juice
2. • (atī), f. the flower of Bignonia Suaveolens L.

⋙makarandavaīsa

1. ○vaīsa m. a species of Kadamba L.

⋙makarandavivaraṇa

1. ○vivaraṇa n

⋙makarandavivṛti

1. ○vivṛti f. N. of wks

⋙makarandaśarman

1. ○śarman m. N. of a teacher Cat.

⋙makarandodyāna

1. makarandôdyāna n. N. of a pleasure-garden near Ujjayinī Ratnâv.

≫makarandikā

1. makarandikā f. a kind of metre Col.
2. • N. of the daughter of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās.

makaṣṭu

1. makaṣṭu m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi

makuāṇa

1. makuāṇa m. N. of a race of kings Cat.

makuṭa

1. makuṭa n. a crest (= mukuṭa) Divyâv.

⋙makuṭabandhana

1. ○bandhana n. N. of a temple Divyâv.

⋙makuṭāgama

1. makuṭâgama m. N. of wk

makuti

1. makuti m. or f. an edict addressed to the Śūdras (= śūdra-śāsana) L.

makura

1. makura m. a looking-glass, mirror L.
2. • the stick or handle of a potter's wheel L.
3. • Mimusops Elengi L.
4. • a bud L.
5. • Arabian jasmine MW. (cf. mukura)

≫makurāṇa

1. makurāṇa m. or n. N. of a place Cat.

≫makula

1. makula m. Mimusops Elengi L.
2. • a bud L. (cf. mukula)

makuṣṭa

1. makuṣṭa or ○ṭaka m. Phaseolus Aconitifolius L.

≫makuṣṭha

1. makuṣṭha m. id. L. (also ○ṭhaka)
2. • mfn. slow (= manthara) L. (cf. mukuṣṭha, mapaṣṭha)

makūlaka

1. makūlaka m. Croton Polyandrum Car.

makeruka

1. makeruka m. a kind of parasitical worm ib.

makk

1. makk (cf. √mask), cl, 1. Ā. makkate, to go, move, Dhstup. iv, 28 Vop.

makkalla

1. makkalla m. a dangerous abscess in the abdomen (peculiar to lying-in women) Suśr. ŚārṅgS.

makkula

1. makkula m. red chalk (= silā-jatu) L.

≫makkola

1. makkola m. chalk L. (= sudhā VarBṛS. Sch.)

makvaṇa

1. makvaṇa m. a small-limbed elephant or one who has not got his teeth at the proper time L.

makṣ

1. makṣ (cf. √mrakṣ), cl. 1. P. to collect, heap Dhātup. xvii, 12 (v. l.)
2. • to be angry Vop.

makṣ

1. mákṣ m. or f. a fly RV. iv, 45, 4 ; vii, 32, 2

≫makṣā

1. mákṣā f. id. RV. x, 40, 6 AV. ix, 1, 17 [Lat. musca]

≫makṣikā

1. mákṣikā f. (m. c. also ○ka, m.) a fly, bee RV. &c. &c. [Page 772, Column 1]

⋙makṣikāmala

1. ○mala n. 'excretion of bees', wax L.

⋙makṣikāśraya

1. makṣikâśraya m. 'receptacle of bees', id. L.

≫makṣīkā

1. makṣīkā f. = makṣikā L.

makṣa

1. makṣa m. the concealing of one's own defects L. (prob. wṛ. for mrakṣa)

makṣavīrya

1. makṣa-vīrya m. Buchanania Latifolia (prob. wṛ. for bhakṣa-, or -bhakṣya-bīja)

makṣu

1. makṣu mfn. only instr. pl. makṣúbhīḥ (or makṣū́bhiḥ
2. • cf. makṣū́), quickly, promptly RV. viii, 46, 6
3. • m. N. of a man, AitAr. Sch. (cf. mākṣavya)

⋙makṣuṃgama

1. ○ṃ-gamá mf(ā́)n. going quickly RV. viii, 22, 16 (cf. Sāy.)

≫makṣū

1. makṣū (cf. Padap. ○kṣú), ind. quickly, rapidly, soon, directly RV. [cf. maṅkṣu and Lat. mox]

⋙makṣūjavas

1. ○javas (○kṣū́-), mfn. most rapid or prompt RV. vi, 45, 14

⋙makṣūtama

1. ○tama (○kṣū́), mfn. id. ib. viii, 19, 12 (○mebhir ahabhiḥ', in the next days', ix, 55, 3)

≫makṣūyu

1. makṣūyú mfn. quick, rapid, fleet (as horses) RV. vii, 74, 3

makṣuṇa

1. makṣuṇa n. a partic. measure of weight (= 7 Māshas) L.

makh

1. makh (cf. √maṅkh), cl. 1. P. makhati, to go, move Dhātup. v, 18

makha

1. makhá mfn. (prob. connected with √1. mah or √maṃh) jocund, cheerful, sprightly, vigorous, active, restless (said of the Maruts and other gods) RV. Br.
2. • m. a feast, festival, any occasion of joy or festivity RV. ŚāṅkhGṛ.
3. • a sacrifice, sacrificial oblation ŚBr. &c. &c. (cf. Naigh. iii, 17)
4. • (prob.) N. of a mythical being (esp. in makhasya śiraḥ, 'Makha's head') RV. VS. ŚBr. (cf. also comp.)

⋙makhakriyā

1. ○kriyā f. a sacrificial rite L.

⋙makhatrayavidhāna

1. ○traya-vidhāna n. N. of wk

⋙makhatrātṛ

1. ○trātṛ m. 'protector of Viśvā-mitra's sacrifice', N. of Rāma (son of Daśa-ratha) L.

⋙makhadviṣ

1. ○dviṣ m. 'enemy of sacrifices', a demon, Rākshasa Ragh.

⋙makhadveṣin

1. ○dveṣin m. enemy of (Daksha's, q.v.) sacrifice', N. of Śiva Śivag.

⋙makhamathana

1. ○mathana n. the disturbance of (Daksha's) sacrifice Ratnâv.

⋙makhamaya

1. ○maya mf(i)n. containing or representing a sacrifice BhP.

⋙makhamukha

1. ○mukha mfn. beginning a sṭsacrifice R.

⋙makhavat

1. ○vat (makhá-), mfn. companion of Makha (a word used to explain maghávat, q.v.) ŚBr.
2. • a sacrificer Hariv.

⋙makhavahni

1. ○vahni m. sacrificial fire L.

⋙makhavedī

1. ○vedī f. a sacrificial altar R.

⋙makhasvāmin

1. ○svāmin m. 'lord of sacrifice', N. of an author Cat. =

⋙han

1. hán m. killer of Makha', N. of Agni or Indra or Rudra TS.

⋙makhāṃśabhāj

1. makhâṃśa-bhāj m. 'partaker of a sṭsacrifice', a god Ragh.

⋙makhāgni

1. makhâgni m. = makha-vahni L.

⋙makhānala

1. makhânala m. id. L.

⋙makhānna

1. makhânna 'sacrificial food', the seed of Euryale Ferox Bhpr.

⋙makhāpeta

1. makhâpêta m. N. of a Rākshasa BhP.

⋙makhālaya

1. makhâlaya m. a house or place for sacrifice Cat.

⋙makhāsuhṛd

1. makhâsuhṛd m. = makha-dveṣin L.

⋙makheśa

1. makhêśa m. lord of sacrifice', N. of Vishṇu VP.

≫makhas

1. makhas next apd sádma-makhas

≫makhasya

1. makhasya Nom. P. A. ○syáti, ○te, to be cheerful or sprightly RV. [cf.?]

≫makhasyu

1. makhasyú mfn. cheerful
2. • sprightly, exuberant ib.

≫makhya

1. makhya wṛ. for 1. makha

makha

1. makha m. or n. (?) the city of Mecca Kālac.

⋙makhaviṣaya

1. ○viṣaya m. the district of Mecca ib.

maga

1. maga m. a magian, a priest of the sun Var. BhavP.
2. • pl. N. of a country in Śākadvipa inhabited chiefly by Brāhmans Cat.

⋙magavyakti

1. ○vyakti f. N. of wk. on the origin of the Śāka-dvipin Brahmans by Kṛishṇa-dāsa Miśra

magadin

1. magadin mfn. g. pragady-ādi

magadha

1. magádha m. the country of the Magadhas, South Behār (pl. the people of that country) AV. &c. &c
2. • a minstrel who sings the praises of a chief's ancestry L.
3. • (ā), f. the town of the Magadhas L.
4. • long pepper Suśr.

⋙magadhadeśa

1. ○deśa m. the country of MṭMagadhas Hit.

⋙magadhaparibhāṣā

1. ○paribhāṣā f. N. of wk

⋙magadhapurī

1. ○purī f. the city of MṭMagadha Lalit.

⋙magadhapratisṭha

1. ○pratisṭha mfn. dwelling in Magadha Ragh.

⋙magadhalipi

1. ○lipi f. the writing of MṭMagadha Lalit.

⋙magadhavaṃśaja

1. ○vaṃśa-ja mf(ā)n. sprung from the race of Magadha Ragh.

⋙magadheśvara

1. magadhêśvara m. a king of the MṭMagadha Ragh.
2. • N. of a king of the Magadhas Vet.

⋙magadhodbhava

1. magadhôdbhava mf(ā)n. born or grown in Magadha
2. • (ā), f. long pepper Suśr.

≫magadhaka

1. magadhaka Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 4 Vārtt. 1
2. • 6

≫magadhīya

1. magadhīya mfn. relating to or coming from Magadha, g. gahâdi

≫magadhya

1. magadhya Nom.P. ○yati, to surround (g. kaṇḍvādi), to serve, be a slave Siddh. [Page 772, Column 2]

maganda

1. maganda m.= kusīdin, a usurer Nir. vi, 32

magala

1. magala m. N. of a man Pravar.

magava

1. magava m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.

magasa

1. magasa m. pl. N. of the warrior caste in Śāka-dvipa BhavP.

magu

1. magu m.= maga, a magian Cat.

magundī

1. magundī f. N. of a mythical being (whose daughters are female demons) AV.

magna

1. magna Set √majj

magha

1. maghá m. (√maṃh) a gift, reward, bounty RV.
2. • wealth, power ib.
3. • a kind of flower L.
4. • a partic. drug or medicine (also ā f.) L.
5. • N. of a Dviipa (s.v.) L.
6. • of a country of the Mlecchas L.
7. • (ā́), f. (also pl.) N. of the soth or 15th Nakshatra (sometimes regarded as a wife of the Moon) AV. &c. &c
8. • N. of the wife of Śiva L.
9. • (ī, or ā), f. a species of grain L.

⋙maghagandha

1. ○gandha m. Mimusops Elengi Kir. Sch.

⋙maghatti

1. ○tti (maghá-), f. (for magha + datti) the giving and receiving of presents RV.

⋙maghadeya

1. ○déya n. the giving of Presents ib.

⋙magharava

1. ○rava m. N. of a Nishāda Cat.

⋙maghavat

1. ○vat mfn. next

⋙maghavan

1. ○van (maghá-.), mfn. (middle stem maghá-vat which may be used throughout, weak stem maghón
2. • nom. m. maghávā or ○vān f. maghónī or maghavatī [Vop.]
3. • n. maghavat
4. • nom. pl. m. once maghónas
5. • cf. Pāṇ. 6-4, 128
6. • 133), possessing or distributing gifts, bountiful, liberal, munificent (esp. said of Indra and other gods, but also of institutors of sacrifices who pay the priests and singers) RV. AV. TS. ŚBr. Up.
7. • m. N. of Indra (also pl. ○vantaḥ) MBh. Kāv. &c
8. • of a Vyāsa or arranger of the Purāṇas Cat.
9. • of a Dānava Hariv.
10. • of the 3rd Cakra-vartin in Bhārata L.
11. • -vat-tvá n. liberality, munificence RV.
12. • -van-nagara n. 'Indra's city', N. of a town Rājat.
13. • -van-mukta-kuliśa m. or n. (?) the thunderbolt hurled by Indra Bhartṛ.

⋙maghasvāmin

1. ○svāmin m. v. l. for makha-sv○, q.v

≫maghava

1. maghava m.= magha-van BhavP.

≫maghā

1. maghā f. of magha, in comp

⋙maghātrayodaśī

1. ○trayodaśī f. the 13th day in the dark half of the month Bhādra Col.
2. • -śrāddha n. a Śrāddha ceremony on that day MW.

⋙maghābhava

1. ○bhava or m. 'offspring of Magha', the planet Venus L.

⋙maghābhū

1. ○bhū m. 'offspring of Magha', the planet Venus L.

≫maghīprastha

1. maghī-prastha m. N. of a town, g. karky-ādi (cf. Kāś. for maghnī-pr○)

maghaṣṭu

1. maghaṣṭu m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi Kāś. (cf. makaṣṭu)

maghnīprastha

1. maghnī-prastha maghī-pr○

maṅk

1. maṅk (cf. √maṅg), cl. 1, Ā. maṅkate, to move or to adorn Dhātup. iv, 15 (only pf. mamaṅkire, explained by śuśubhire Bhaṭṭ. [v. l. mamaṅgire
2. • cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 87]
3. • Gr. also fut. maṅkiṣyale
4. • aor. amaṅkiṣṭa &c.)

≫maṅku

1. maṅkú mfn. shaking, vacillating ŚBr. (cf. durm○)
2. • m. blotch L.

maṅkaṇaka

1. maṅkaṇaka m. N. of a Ṛishi MBh.
2. • of a Yaksha ib. (B. macakruka)

maṅki

1. maṅki m. N. of a man MBh.

⋙maṅkigīta

1. ○gīta n. 'song of Maṅki', N. of the 15th ch. of the Pārtha Itihāsa-samuccaya (containing episodes from the MBh.)

maṅkila

1. maṅkila m. a forest-conflagration L.

maṅkura

1. maṅkura m.= makura, a mirror L.

maṅkuśa

1. maṅkuśa m. a person who knows dancing and singing (also called māhiṣya) L.

maṅktavya

1. maṅktavya ○tṛ, p. 773, col. 2

maṅkṣaṇa

1. maṅkṣaṇa n. armour for the legs or thighs, greaves' L. (cf. maṅkhuṇa, matkuṇa)

maṅkṣu

1. maṅkṣu ind. (cf. makṣu) quickly, immediately, directly, instantly Kāv. Kathās.
2. • very much, exceedingly L.
3. • truly, really L.
4. • m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi

maṅkh

1. maṅkh (cf. √makh), cl. r. P. maṅkhati, to go, move Dhātup. v, 19

maṅkha

1. maṅkha m. = magadha, a royal bard or panegyrist L. [Page 772, Column 3]
2. • a mendicant of a partic. order W.
3. • N. of a man Rājat.
4. • of a lexicographer (-kośa m. his work)

≫maṅkhaka

1. maṅkhaka m. N. of a man Rājat.

≫maṅkhanā

1. maṅkhanā f. N. of a woman ib.

≫maṅkhāya

1. maṅkhāya Nom. ○yate' to act or be like a bard Śrīkaṇṭh.

maṅkhuṇa

1. maṅkhuṇa n. = maṅkhaṇa L.

maṅg

1. maṅg (cf. √maṅk), cl. 1. Ā. maṅgate, to go, move Dhātup. v, 40

maṅga

1. maṅga m. n. the head of a boat L.
2. • m. a mast or side of a ship L. (cf. maṇḍa)
3. • pl. N. of a country in Śāka-dvipa inhabited chiefly by Brāhmans MBh. vi, 436 (B
4. • cf. maga and mṛga)

≫maṅginī

1. maṅginī f. a boat, ship HPariś.

maṅgala

1. maṅgala n. (accord. to Uṇ. v, 70 fr. √maṅg) happiness, felicity, welfare, bliss (also pl
2. • ifc. f. ā) Mn. MBh. &c
3. • anything auspicious or tending to a lucky issue (e.g. a good omen, a prayer, benediction, auspicious ornament or amulet, a festival or any solemn ceremony on important occasions &c
4. • mfn. below) Kauś. MBh. Kāv. &c
5. • a good old custom PārGṛ. Mn.
6. • a good work MBh. BhP.
7. • (in music) a partic. composition Saṃgīt.
8. • N. of the capital of Udyāna Buddh.
9. • m. N. of Agni Gṛihyās.
10. • of the planet Mars L.
11. • of a king belonging to the race of Manu Cat.
12. • of a Buddha Lalit.
13. • of a poet Cat.
14. • of a chief of the Cālukyas ib.
15. • the smell of jasmine L.
16. • (ā), f. the white- and blue-flowering Dūrvā grass L.
17. • a sort of Karañja L.
18. • turmeric L.
19. • a faithful wife L.
20. • N. of Umā Hcat.
21. • of Dakshsyaṇi (as worshipped in Gayā) Cat.
22. • of the mother of the 5th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī. L.
23. • (ī), f. g. gaurâdi
24. • mf(ā)n. auspicious, lucky Hcat.
25. • having the scent of jasmine L.

⋙maṅgalakaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. 'luck-causing', the act of reciting a prayer for success before the beginning of any enterprise Madhus.

⋙maṅgalakarman

1. ○karman n. id. Mālav.

⋙maṅgalakalaśa

1. ○kalaśa m. = ghaṭa, a vessel used at festivals Gīt.
2. • -maya mfn. consisting of vessels of this kind Hcar.

⋙maṅgalakāraka

1. ○kāraka mfn. (cf. MBh.) or causing welfare

⋙maṅgalakārin

1. ○kārin mfn. (cf. MW.) causing welfare

⋙maṅgalakārya

1. ○kārya n. a festive occasion, solemnity MW.

⋙maṅgalakāla

1. ○kāla m. an auspicious occasion Śak.

⋙maṅgalakuṭhāramiśra

1. ○kuṭhāra-miśra mṆ. of a door-keeper Cat.

⋙maṅgalakṣauma

1. ○kṣauma n. du. a linen upper- and under-garment worn at festivals Ragh.

⋙maṅgalagāthikā

1. ○gāthikā f. a solemn song Dhanaṃj.

⋙maṅgalagiri

1. ○giri m. 'mountain of fortune', N. of a mountain
2. • -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙maṅgalagīta

1. ○gīta n. = -gaithikā Pañcat.

⋙maṅgalagṛha

1. ○gṛha n. an auspicious house or temple Mālav. Mālatīm. (also ○haka)
2. • the house of the planet Mars Siṃhâs.

⋙maṅgalagraha

1. ○graha m. an auspicious planet, a lucky star MW.

⋙maṅgalaghaṭa

1. ○ghaṭa m. 'auspṭauspicious jar', a vessel full of water offered to the gods on festivals MW.
2. • N. of an elephant Kathās.

⋙maṅgalacaṇḍikā

1. ○caṇḍikā or f. N. of Durga Cat. W.

⋙maṅgalacaṇḍī

1. ○caṇḍī f. N. of Durga Cat. W.

⋙maṅgalacchāya

1. ○cchāya m. Ficus Infectoria L.

⋙maṅgalatūrya

1. ○tūrya n. a musical instrument used at festivals Pañcat. Ragh.

⋙maṅgaladaśaka

1. ○daśaka m. or n. (?) N. of a prayer Cat.

⋙maṅgaladevatā

1. ○devatā f. a tutelary deity (cf. brahma-m○)

⋙maṅgaladvāra

1. ○dvāra n. the principal gate of a palace (being opened on festive occasions) Lalit.

⋙maṅgaladhvani

1. ○dhvani m. an auspicious sound (e.g. marriage-music) L.

⋙maṅgalanirṇaya

1. ○nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙maṅgalapattra

1. ○pattra n. a leaf serving as an amulet Śak.

⋙maṅgalapāṭhaka

1. ○pāṭhaka m. 'blessing-reciter', a professional well-wisher or panegyrist Daś. Pārśvan.

⋙maṅgalapāṇi

1. ○pāṇi mfn. having auspicious hands R.

⋙maṅgalapātra

1. ○pātra n. an auspṭauspicious vessel, a vessel containing auspṭauspicious objects Śak.

⋙maṅgalapura

1. ○pura n. 'city of prosperity', N. of a town Cat. (cf. maṅgala)

⋙maṅgalapuṣpamaya

1. ○puṣpa-maya mf(ī)n. formed of auspṭauspicious flowers Ragh.

⋙maṅgalapūjāprayoga

1. ○pūjā-prayoga m. and N. of wks

⋙maṅgalapūjāvidhi

1. ○pūjā-vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙maṅgalapūjita

1. ○pūjita mfn. honoured with a sacrificial fee or offering MW.

⋙maṅgalapratisara

1. ○pratisara m. = -sūtra, Mālatim
2. • the cord of an amulet Daś.

⋙maṅgalaprada

1. ○prada mfn. bestowing welfare, auspṭauspicious Cat.
2. • (ā), f. turmeric L.

⋙maṅgalaprastha

1. ○prastha m. 'auspṭauspicious-peak', N. of a mountain Pur.

⋙maṅgalabherī

1. ○bherī f. a drum beaten of festive occasions Siṃhâs.

⋙maṅgalamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of nothing but happiness &c. Kād. Bhām.

⋙maṅgalamayūkhamālikā

1. ○mayūkha-mālikā f. N. of wk

⋙maṅgalamātrabhūṣaṇa

1. ○mātra-bhūṣaṇa mfn. only adorned with turmeric or with the Maṅgala-sūtra (q.v.) Vikr.

⋙maṅgalamālikā

1. ○mālikā f. marriage-music L.

⋙maṅgalarāja

1. ○rāja m. N. of a king Inscr.

⋙maṅgalavacas

1. ○vacas a benedictory or congratulatory speech, congratulation Caurap.

⋙maṅgalavat

1. ○vat mfn. auspicious, blessed
2. • (atī), f. N. of a daughter of Tumburu Kathās.

⋙maṅgalavatsa

1. ○vatsa m. N. of a poet Subh.

⋙maṅgalavāda

1. ○vāda m. benediction, congratulation
2. • -ṭīkā f. ○dârtha m. N. of wks

⋙maṅgalavādin

1. ○vādin mfn. pronouncing a benediction, expressing congratulations R. [Page 773, Column 1]

⋙maṅgalavāra

1. ○vāra or m. 'Mars-day', Tuesday L.

⋙maṅgalavāsara

1. ○vāsara m. 'Mars-day', Tuesday L.

⋙maṅgalavidhi

1. ○vidhi m. any auspṭauspicious ceremony or festive rite
2. • preparations for a festival Daś.

⋙maṅgalavriṣabha

1. ○vriṣabha m. an ox with auspṭauspicious signs Pañcat.

⋙maṅgalaśaṃsana

1. ○śaṃsana n. the act of wishing joy, uttering a congratulation L.

⋙maṅgalaśabda

1. ○śabda m. auspicious word, felicitation Var.

⋙maṅgalaśānti

1. ○śānti f. N. of wk

⋙maṅgalasaṃstava

1. ○saṃstava mfn. felicitating, containing felicitations R

⋙maṅgalasamālambhana

1. ○samālambhana n. an auspṭauspicious unguent Śak.

⋙maṅgalasāman

1. ○sāman n. an auspṭauspicious Sāman L.

⋙maṅgalasūcaka

1. ○sūcaka mfn. auguring good luck Daś.

⋙maṅgalasūtra

1. ○sūtra n. 'lucky thread', the marriage-thread (tied by the bridegroom round the bride's neck, and worn as long as the husband lives) MW.

⋙maṅgalastava

1. ○stava m

⋙maṅgalastotra

1. ○stotra n. N. of wks

⋙maṅgalasnāna

1. ○snāna n. any solemn ablution L.

⋙maṅgalasvara

1. ○svara m. a sea-shell L.

⋙maṅgalākṣata

1. maṅgalâkṣata m. pl. rice cast upon people by Brāhmans in bestowing a blessing at marriages &c. MW.

⋙maṅgalāguru

1. maṅgalâguru n. a species of Agallochum L.

⋙maṅgalācaraṇa

1. maṅgalâcaraṇa n. benediction, prayer for the success of anything Kap. Sāh. Cat.
2. • pronouncing a blessing, wishing joy MW.

⋙maṅgalācāra

1. maṅgalâcāra m. the repeating a prayer for success and observing other auspicious ceremonies MBh.
2. • a partic. composition Saṃgīt.
3. • -yukta mfn. accompanied with a prayer for success, attended with auspṭauspicious cerṭceremonies Mn.

⋙maṅgalātodya

1. maṅgalâtodya n. = ○la-bherī Kathās.

⋙maṅgalādesavṛtta

1. maṅgalâdesa-vṛtta m. a fortune-teller Mn. ix, 258

⋙maṅgalāyana

1. maṅgalâyana n. the way to happiness or prosperity, BhP.
2. • mfn. walking on the path of prospṭprosperity ib.

⋙maṅgalārambha

1. maṅgalârambha mfn. causing an auspṭauspicious beginning (said of Gaṇêśa) Pañcar.

⋙maṅgalārcanapaddhati

1. maṅgalârcanapaddhati f. N. of wk

⋙maṅgalārjuna

1. maṅgalârjuna m. N. of a poet Cat.

⋙maṅgalārtham

1. maṅgalârtham ind. for the sake of prosperity or happiness MW.

⋙maṅgalārha

1. maṅgalârha mfn. worthy of prospṭprosperity or happṭhappiness Pañcar.

⋙maṅgalālaṃkṛta

1. maṅgalâlaṃkṛta mfn. decorated with auspicious ornaments Kālid.

⋙maṅgalālabhanīya

1. maṅgalâlabhanīya n. wṛ. for ○lâlambhanīya (q.v.) R.

⋙maṅgalālambhana

1. maṅgalâlambhana n. touching anything auspicious MBh.

⋙maṅgalālambhanīya

1. maṅgalâlambhanīya n. an object whose touch is auspṭauspicious R.

⋙maṅgalāya

1. maṅgalâya mfn. having an auspṭauspicious dwelling MW.
2. • m. a temple A.

⋙maṅgalālāpana

1. maṅgalâlāpana n. felicitation R.

⋙maṅgalavaṭa

1. maṅgalávaṭa (or ○lā-vaṭa [?]), n. N. of a place of pilgrimage Cat.

⋙maṅgalāvaha

1. maṅgalâvaha mfn. auspicious Hcat.

⋙maṅgalāvāsa

1. maṅgalâvāsa m. 'auspṭauspicious dwelling', a temple Kathās.

⋙maṅgalāṣṭaka

1. maṅgalâṣṭaka m. (l) a term for 8 auspṭauspicious things Hcat.
2. • m. or n. (?) 8 lines of benediction pronounced for good luck by a Brāhman on a newly-wedded pair while a piece of cloth is held between them MW.
3. • n. N. of wks

⋙maṅgalāhnika

1. maṅgalâhnika n. any daily religious rite for success L.
2. • a vase full of water carried in front of a procession L.

⋙maṅgalecchā

1. maṅgalêcchā́ f. benediction, felicitation
2. • (āyai), ind. for the sake of an auspṭauspicious omen MaitrS. iii, 8, 10

⋙maṅgalecchu

1. maṅgalêcchu mfn. wishing joy, wṭwishing prosperity MW.

⋙maṅgaleśvaratīrtha

1. maṅgalêśvara-tīrtha n. 'Tirtha of the lord of prosperity', N. of a sacred bathing. place Cat.

⋙maṅgalopepsā

1. maṅgalôpêpsā f. the desire for prosperity or happiness ŚBr.

≫maṅgalā

1. maṅgalā f. of maṅgala in comp

⋙maṅgalāgaurīpūjā

1. ○gaurī-pūjā f

⋙maṅgalāgaurīvratakathā

1. ○gauḍrī-vrata-kathā f

⋙maṅgalāgaurīvratodyāpana

1. ○gauḍrī-vratôdyāpana n

⋙maṅgalāgauryaṣṭaka

1. ○gauḍry-aṣṭaka n. N. of wks

⋙maṅgalāvaṭa

1. ○vaṭa n. mangaíâvaṭa above

⋙maṅgalāvrata

1. ○vrata n. the vow of Umā Cat.
2. • N. of ch. of the Kāśī-khaṇḍa of the Skanda Purāṇa
3. • mfn. devoted to Umā (said of Śiva) Śivag.

⋙maṅgalāśāstra

1. ○śāstra n. 'the book of Umā', N. of wk

≫maṅgalika

1. maṅgaliká (prob. n.) pl. (perhaps) N. of the hymns of the 18th Kāṇḍa of the Atharva-veda AV. xix, 23, 28

≫maṅgalīya

1. maṅgalīya mfn. auspicious MBh.

≫maṅgalya

1. maṅgalya mf(ā)n. auspicious, lucky, conferring happiness Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c
2. • beautiful, pleasing, agreeable MW.
3. • pious, pure, holy, Uttarar m. Cicer Lens Suśr.
4. • Aegle Marmelos Sāh.
5. • Ficus Religiosa L.
6. • Ficus Heterophylla L. (correctly maṅgálârhā)
7. • the cocoa-nut tree, I
8. • Feronia Elephantum L.
9. • a species of Karañja L.
10. • = jīvaka L.
11. • N. of a serpent demon Buddh.
12. • (ā), f. (only L.) a species of fragrant sandal
13. • Anethum Sowa
14. • Mimosa Suma
15. • Terminalia Chebula
16. • Andropogon Acicuilatus
17. • Curcuma Longa
18. • a partic. bulb (ṛddhi)
19. • Dūrvā grass
20. • = adhaḥ-puṣpī
21. • = jīvantī
22. • = priyaṅgu
23. • = mātha-parṇī
24. • Acorus Calamus
25. • N. of a paric. yellow pigment (= go-rocanā) Bhpr.
26. • a partic. resin L.
27. • N. of Durgā, DeviiP.
28. • n. an auspicious prayer MārkP.
29. • any auspṭauspicious thing Gaut. Suśr.
30. • Var, (sg. collectively Hcat.)
31. • bathing with the juice of all medicinal plants L.
32. • water brought from various sacred places for the consecration of a king &c. MW. [Page 773, Column 2]
33. • sour curds L.
34. • sandal wood L.
35. • a kind of Agallochum L.
36. • gold L.
37. • red lead L.

⋙maṅgalyakusumā

1. ○kusumā f. Andropogon Aciculatus Bhpr.

⋙maṅgalyadaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa m. 'having an auspicious staff', N. of a man Rājat.

⋙maṅgalyanāman

1. ○nāman mfn. vḷ. for māṅg○, q.v. MaitrS.
2. • ○ma-dhsyā f. Hoija Viridifolia Bhpr.

⋙maṅgalyavastu

1. ○vastu n. any auspṭauspicious object Pañcat.

⋙maṅgalyārhā

1. maṅgalyârhā f. Ficus Heterophylla L.

⋙maṅgalyaka

1. maṅgalyaka m. Cices Lens Bhpr.

maṅgīra

1. maṅgīra m. N. of a man Vait. (mandīra KātyŚr.)

maṅgu

1. maṅgu m. N. of a prince VP.

maṅgura

1. maṅgura m. a kind of fish Bhpr.

maṅgula

1. maṅgula n. evil, sin (= pāpa) Kāv.

maṅguṣa

1. maṅguṣa m. N. of a man, g. kurvādi

maṅgh

1. maṅgh cl. 1. P. maṅghati, to adorn, decorate, Dhstup. v, 56
2. • Ā. maṅghate, to go, start, begin
3. • to blame
4. • to cheat, iv, 37

mac

1. mac (cf. √mañc), cl. 1. Ā. macate (pf. mece &c.), to cheat, be wicked or arrogant
2. • to pound, grind Dhātup. vi, 12

macakacātanī

1. macaka-cātanī prob. wṛ. for mecaka-c○, q.v

macakruka

1. macakruka m. N. of a Yaksha and of a sacred spot guarded by him near the entrance to Kuru-kshetra MBh. (cf. maṅkaṇaka)

macarcikā

1. macarcikā f. (ifc.) excellence, anything excellent or good of its kind (cf. go-m○), g. matallikâdi (cf. Gaṇar.)

maccitta

1. mac-citta &c. under 1. mad, p. 777, col. 2

maccha

1. maccha m. (Prākr. for matsya) a fish L.

⋙macchākṣāṅka

1. macchâkṣâṅka mfn. marked with a fisheye (said of a bad pearl) ib.

maj

1. maj nir-maj under nir-√majj, p. 556, col. 1

majamudāra

1. majamudāra m. = ? majmū'-dār, a record-keeper, document-holder Kshitîś.

majiraka

1. majiraka m. N. of a man, g. sivâdi

majj

1. majj cl.6.P. (cf. Dhātup.xxviii, 122) majjati (Ved. májjati, ep. also ○te
2. • pf. mamajja [2. sg. mamajjitha, or mamaṅktha] MBh.
3. • aor. [mā] majjīs ib.
4. • amānkṣīt Bhaṭṭ.
5. • Prec. majjtāt ŚBr.
6. • fut. maṅkṣyati, ○te Br. &c
7. • majjiṣyati MBh.
8. • maṅktā Gr
9. • inf. majjitum MBh.
10. • maṅktum Gr
11. • ind. p. maṅktvā or maktvā ib.
12. • májjya AV.), to sink (into), (acc. or loc.), go down, go to hell, perish, become ruined RV. &c. &c
13. • to sink (in water), dive, plunge or throw one's self into (loc.), bathe, be submerged or drowned ṢaḍvBr. KātyŚr. MBh. &c.: Caus. majjáyati (aor. amamajjat Gr.), to cause to sink, submerge, drown, overwhelm, destroy ŚBr. &c. &c
14. • to inundate MBh.
15. • to strike or plant into (loc.) ib.: Desid. mimaṅkṣati or mimajjiṣati Gr. (cf. mimaṅkṣā): Intens. māmajjyate, māmaṅkti ib. [Cf. Lat. mergere, and under majjan.]

≫magna

1. magna mfn. sunk, plunged, immersed in (loc. or comp.) KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
2. • set (as the moon) R.
3. • sunk into misfortune ib.
4. • (ifc.) slipped into, lurking in Ragh.
5. • sunken, flat (as breasts or a nose) Hariv. R. Suśr.
6. • m. N. of a mountain Buddh.

≫maṅktavya

1. maṅktavya mfn. to be immersed or plunged Pāṇ. 7-1, 60, Seh
2. • n. (impers.) it is to be immersed or plunged by (any one) Kathās.

≫maṅktṛ

1. maṅktṛ mfn. one who dives or plunges &c. Pāṇ. 7-1, 60 Sch.

≫majja

1. majja mfn. sinking, diving (in uda-majja
2. • audamajji)

≫majja

1. majja in comp. for majjan

⋙majjakṛt

1. ○kṛt n. 'producing marrow', a bone L.

⋙majjatas

1. ○tas ind. = majjām prati Lāṭy.

⋙majjarasa

1. ○rasa m. = majjā-r○ L.

⋙majjasamudbhava

1. ○samudbhava m. 'produced from the marrow', semen virile L.

≫majjaka

1. majjaka a-majjaka

≫majjan

1. majján m. (lit, 'sunk or seated within) the marrow of bones (also applied to the pith of plants) RV. &c. &c. (according to ŚBr. &c. one of the 5 elements or essential ingredients of the body [Page 773, Column 3] ; in the later medical system that element which is produced from the bones and itself produces semen Suśr.) ; scurf. Kull. on Mn. v, 135. [Cf. Zd. maśga ; Slav. mośgū ; Germ. marg, marag, ṃark ; Angl. Sax. mearg ; Eng. marrow.]

⋙majjanvat

1. ○vát mfn. marrowy (opp. to a-majiaka) TS.

≫majjana

1. majjana m. N. of a demon causing sickness or fever Hariv.
2. • of one of Siva's attendants L.
3. • n. sinking (esp. under water), diving, immersion, bathing, ablution GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
4. • (with niraye), sinking into hell MBh.
5. • drowning, overwhelming ib.
6. • = majjan, marrow L.

⋙majjanagata

1. ○gata mfn. plunged in a bath MBh.

⋙majjanamaṇḍapa

1. ○maṇḍapa m. a bathing-house, bath Siṃhâs.

⋙majjanonmajjana

1. majjanônmajjana m. du. 'Majjana and Unmajjana.' N. of two demons Hariv.

≫majjayitṛ

1. majjayitṛ́ mfn. one who causes to sink or plunge ŚBr.

≫majjala

1. majjala m. N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh. (vḷ. majjāna
2. • cf. majjana)

≫majjas

1. majjas n. = majjan, marrow Suśr.

≫majjā

1. majjā́
2. f. id. ŚBr. MaitrUp. Hariv. (cf. nirmajja)

⋙majjākara

1. ○kara n. 'producing marrow', a bone L.

⋙majjāja

1. ○ja m. a species of bdellium L.

⋙majjāṭikā

1. ○ṭikā (○jjâṭ○?), f. a partic. weight Hcat.

⋙majjāmeha

1. ○meha m. N. of a partic. disease of the urinary organs, ŚarṅgS

⋙majjārajas

1. ○rajas n. apartic. hell L.
2. • bdellium L.

⋙majjārasa

1. ○rasa m. 'marrow-secretion', semen virile L.

⋙majjāsāra

1. ○sāra n. 'having marrow as its chief ingredient', a nutmeg L.

≫majjāna

1. majjāna majjala

≫majjikā

1. majjikā f. the female of the Indian crane W.

≫majjūka

1. majjūka mfn. repeatedly diving (used to explain maṇḍūka) Nir. ix, 5

majjara

1. majjara m. a kind of grass L. (vḷ. garjara)

majjūṣā

1. majjūṣā f. = mañjāṣā

majmana

1. majmána n. greatness, majesty RV. AV.
2. • (ā), ind. altogether, generally, at all (with nákis, no one at all') RV.

majra

1. majra khara-majrá

mañc

1. mañc (= √mac
2. • prob. artificial), cl. 1. Ā. mañcate, to cheat &c. Dhstup. vi, 12, vḷ
3. • to hold
4. • to grow high
5. • to adore
6. • to shine, vi, 13
7. • to go, move, vii, 15, vḷ

≫mañca

1. mañca m. a stage or platform on a palace or on columns, raised seat, dais, throne MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • a bedstead, couch Ragh. Sch. Divyâv.
3. • a pedestal Baudh.
4. • an elevated platform or shed raised on bamboos in a field (where a watchman is stationed to protect the crop from cattle, birds &c.) W.
5. • (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.

⋙mañcanṛtya

1. ○nṛtya n. a kind of dance Saṃgīt.

⋙mañcapītha

1. ○pītha n. a seat on a platform Kāraṇḍ.

⋙mañcamaṇḍapa

1. ○maṇḍapa m. a sort of temporary open shed, a platform erected for partic. ceremonies W.

⋙mañcayāpya

1. ○yāpya m. N. of a man Cat. (vḷ. yayya)

⋙mañcayūpa

1. ○yūpa m. a post supporting a plṭplatform R.

⋙mañcavāṭa

1. ○vāṭa m. the enclosure of a plṭplatform Hariv.

⋙mañcastha

1. ○stha mfn. standing on a plṭplatform Pañcar.

⋙mañcāgāra

1. mañcâgāra n. (prob.) = mañca-maṇḍapa Hariv.

⋙mañcārohaṇa

1. mañcârohaṇa n. ascending a platform ib.

≫mañcaka

1. mañcaka m. n. a stage or platform &c. ( mañca) MBh.
2. • a couch, bed Kathās.
3. • any frame or stand (esp. one for holding fire) TĀr. Sch.
4. • m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.
5. • (ikā), f. = āsandī, a chair KātyŚr. Sch.
6. • a kind of trough on legs Suśr.
7. • (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.

⋙mañcakagata

1. ○gata mfn. gone to bed Sāh.

⋙mañcakāśraya

1. mañcakâśraya or m. 'bed-infesting', a bed-bug, house-bug L.

⋙mañcakāśrayin

1. mañcakâśraḍyin m. 'bed-infesting', a bed-bug, house-bug L.

⋙mañcakāsura

1. mañcakâsura m. N. of an Asura Cat.
2. • -dundubhi-vadha m. N. of ch. of GaṇP.

≫mañcana

1. mañcana m. (with ācārya) N. of a teacher (father of Śiṅgāya) Cat.

≫mañcayayya

1. mañcayayya mañca-yāpya above

≫mañcipattra

1. mañci-pattra n. a species of plant L.

≫mañcukā

1. mañcukā madana-m○

mañj

1. mañj (prob. in-vented to account for the following words of more or less uncertain origin
2. • √.mārj, mṛj), cl. 10. P. mañjayati, to cleanse or be bright
3. • to sound, Dhātu. xxxii, 106 Vop.

≫mañjana

1. máñjana m. the son of a Sūdra and a Vaṭi L.

≫mañjara

1. mañjara n. a cluster of blossoms, panicle (as of corn &c.) Bhpr.
2. • a species of plant (= tilaka) L.
3. • a pearl L. (cf. deva-)
4. • (ī), f. below

≫mañjaraya

1. mañjaraya Nom. P. ○yati, to adoni with clusters of blossoms Vās.

≫mañjari

1. mañjari mañjarī

⋙mañjaridhārin

1. ○dhārin mfn. having clusters of flowers MBh. R. [Page 774, Column 1]

≫mañjarikā

1. mañjarikā f. = mañjarī ( kaṭu-m○ and puṣpa-m○)
2. • N. of a princess Rājat.

≫mañjarita

1. mañjarita mfn. 'having clusters of flowers' or 'mounted on a stalk' Amar. (g. tārakâdi)

≫mañjarī

1. mañjarī f. a cluster of blossoms MBh. Kāv. &c. (also ○ri
2. • often at the end of titles of wks., cf. pradīpa-m○ &c.)
3. • a flower, bud Kāv. (also ○ri)
4. • a shoot, shout, sprig ib. (also ○ri)
5. • foliage (as an ornament on buildings) Vāstuv.
6. • a parallel line or row Gīt. Sāh.
7. • a pearl L.
8. • N. of various plants (= tilakā, latā, or holy basil L.)
9. • of 2 metres Col.
10. • of various wks

⋙mañjarīcāmara

1. ○cāmara n. a fan-like sprout Vikr.

⋙mañjarījāla

1. ○jāla n. a dense mass of buds or flowers MBh.
2. • -dhārin mfn. thickly covered with buds or flowers ib.

⋙mañjarīdīpihā

1. ○dīpihā f. N. of wk

⋙mañjarīnamra

1. ○namra m. 'bent down with clusters of flowers', Calamus Rotang L.

⋙mañjarīpiñjarita

1. ○piñjarita mfn. 'having pearls and gold' or 'yellowish coloured with clusters of flowers' Daś.

⋙mañjarīprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa and m. N. of wks

⋙mañjarīsāra

1. ○sāra m. N. of wks

≫mañjarīka

1. mañjarīka m. a species of fragrant Tulasī L.

≫mañjarīkṛ

1. mañjarī-kṛ √P. -karoti, to turn into flowerbuds, Kāvyâd.

≫mañjā

1. mañjā f. = mañarī, a cluster of blossoms &c. L.
2. • = ajā, a she-goat L.

≫mañji

1. mañji f. a cluster of blossoms &c. L. (also ○jī cf. aṅgāra-mañjī)

⋙mañjiphalā

1. ○phalā f. Musa Sapientum L.

≫mañjikā

1. mañjikā f. a harlot, courtezan L.

≫mañjiman

1. mañjiman m. (fr. mañju) beauty, elegance W.

≫mañjiṣṭha

1. mañjiṣṭha mf(ā)n. (superl. of mañju) very bright, bright red (as the Indian madder) MBh. (perhaps wṛ. for māñjiṣṭha)
2. • (ā), f. next

≫mañjiṣṭhā

1. mañjiṣṭhā f. Indian madder, Rubia Munjista Kauś. Suśr.

⋙mañjiṣṭhābha

1. ○"ṣbha (○ṭhâbha), mfn. having the colour of Indian madder VarBṛS.

⋙mañjiṣṭhāmeha

1. ○meha m. a disease in which the urine is of a light red colour Suśr.
2. • ○hin mfn. suffering from this disease ib.

⋙mañjiṣṭhārāga

1. ○rāga m. the colour or dye of the Indian madder Hariv.
2. • an attachment pleasing and durable as the colour of the IṭIndian madder Sāh.

≫mañjī

1. mañjī f. a compound pedicle L. (cf. mañji)
2. • a she-goat L. (cf. mañjā)

≫mañjīra

1. mañjīra m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a foot-ornament, anklet Kāv. Pur.
2. • m. N. of a poet Cat.
3. • (ā), f. N. of a river L.
4. • n. a post round which the string of the churning-stick passes L.
5. • a kind of metre Col.

⋙mañjīrakvaṇita

1. ○kvaṇita n. the tinkling of anklets Kāv.

⋙mañjīradhvanikomala

1. ○dhvani-komala n. N. of wk

≫mañjīraka

1. mañjīraka m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi

≫mañjīla

1. mañjīla m. a village inhabited especially by washermen W.

≫mañju

1. mañju mfn. beautiful, lovely, charming, pleasant, sweet MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • m. (with bhaṭṭa) N. of a Sch. on Amara-kośa

⋙mañjukula

1. ○kula m. N. of a man Buddh.

⋙mañjukeśīn

1. ○keśīn m. 'beautiful-haired', N. of Kṛishṇa L.

⋙mañjugamana

1. ○gamana mfn. going beautifully or gracefully
2. • (ā), f. a goose or a flamingo L.

⋙mañjugarta

1. ○garta m. or n. N. of Nepal W.

⋙mañjugir

1. ○gir mfn. sweet-voiced Kāvyâd.

⋙mañjugīti

1. ○gīti f. N. of a metre Col.

⋙mañjuguñja

1. ○guñja m. a charming murmur or humming ŚārṅgP.

⋙mañjuguñjatsamīra

1. ○guñjat-samīra mfn. exhaling a sweet-sounding breeze or breath, Śāntiś

⋙mañjughoṣa

1. ○ghoṣa mfn. uttering a sweet sound BhP.
2. • m. a dove L.
3. • = -śrt SaddhP.
4. • (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras L.
5. • of a Suraṅgana Siṃhâs.

⋙mañjutara

1. ○tara mfn. more or most lovely or charming Gīt.

⋙mañjudeva

1. ○deva and m. = -śrī Buddh.

⋙mañjunātha

1. ○nātha m. = -śrī Buddh.

⋙mañjunāśī

1. ○nāśī f. (wṛ. for -nārī) a beautiful Woman L.
2. • N. of Indra's wife or Durga L.

⋙mañjunetra

1. ○netra mfn. fair-eyed. Dhūrtas.

⋙mañjupaṭṭana

1. ○paṭṭana or n. N. of a town built by Mañju-śrī Buddh.

⋙mañjupattana

1. ○pattana n. N. of a town built by Mañju-śrī Buddh.

⋙mañjupāṭhaka

1. ○pāṭhaka m. 'repeating beautifully', a parrot L.

⋙mañjuprāṇa

1. ○prâṇa m. N. of Brahms L.

⋙mañjubhaṭṭa

1. ○bhaṭṭa under mañju

⋙mañjubhadra

1. ○bhadra m. = -śrī L.

⋙mañjubhāṣin

1. ○bhāṣin mfn. sweetly speaking Ragh. Kathās.
2. • (iṇī), f. N. of a metre Col.
3. • of various wks

⋙mañjumañjīra

1. ○mañjīra m. n. a beautiful foot-ornament Rājat.

⋙mañjumaṇi

1. ○maṇi m. 'beautiful gem', a topaz L.

⋙mañjumati

1. ○mati f. 'the beautiful N. of a princess Kathās.

⋙mañjuvaktra

1. ○vaktra mfn. beautiful faced, lovely, handsome W.

⋙mañjuvacana

1. ○vacana (cf. Pañcar.),

⋙mañjuvāc

1. ○vāc (cf. Ragh.), mfn. = -bhāṣin

⋙mañjuvādin

1. ○vādin mfn. id
2. • (ī), f. N. of a woman Daś.
3. • of a metre Col.

⋙mañjuśrī

1. ○śrī m. N. of one of the most celebrated Bodhisattvas among the northern Buddhists MWB. 195 &c
2. • paripṛcchā f. N. of wk
3. • -parvata m. N. of a mountain SaddhP.
4. • -buddha-kṣetra-guṇavyūha m. -mūla tantra n. -vikrīḍita, n. -vihāra m. N. of wks

⋙mañjusaurabha

1. ○saurabha n. a kind of metre Col.

⋙mañjusvana

1. ○svana mfn. sweet-sounding Vikr.

⋙mañjusvara

1. ○svara mfn. id. MBh.
2. • m.= -śrī Buddh.

≫mañjula

1. mañjula mfn. beautiful, pleasing, lovely, charming Kāv. (cf. g. sidhmâdi)
2. • m. a species of waterhen or gallinule L.
3. • (ā), f. N. of a river MBh.
4. • n. a bower, arbour L. (also m.) [Page 774, Column 2]
5. • a spring, well L.
6. • the fruit of Ficus Oppositifolia L.
7. • Blyxa Octandra L.

≫mañjulikā

1. mañjulikā f. N. of a woman Kathās.

mañjūṣā

1. mañjūṣā f. (L., also mañjuṣā) a box, chest, case, basket MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • receptacle of or for (often ifc., rarely ibc. in titles of wks
3. • also N. of various wks. and sometimes abridged for the fuller names, e.g. for dhātu-nyāya-m○ &c.)
4. • Rubia Munjista Bhpr.
5. • a stone L.

⋙mañjūṣākuñcikā

1. ○kuñcikā f. N. of wk

≫mañjūṣaka

1. mañjūṣaka m. N. of a species of celestial flower L. (mañjuṣaka Kāraṇḍ.)

maṭa

1. maṭa m. (Prākr. for mṛta) the son of a Vaiśya and a Kuṭi L.

≫maṭaka

1. maṭaka m. or n. a dead body, corpse Kathās. (cf. mṛtaka)

maṭacī

1. maṭacī f. hail ChUp. i, 10, 1 (maṭacyo'śanayaḥ Śaṃk.)

⋙maṭacīhata

1. ○hata mfn. struck by hail ib.

maṭatī

1. maṭatī f. hail W.

maṭamaṭāya

1. maṭamaṭāya ○yati onomat. Pāṇ. 8-1, 12 Vārtt. 8 Pat.

maṭutacaṇḍī

1. maṭutacaṇḍī f. N. of a Rākshasī Buddh.

maṭusphaṭi

1. maṭusphaṭi m. incipient arrogance or pride (= darpârambha) L.

maṭūṣikā

1. maṭūṣikā maḍūṣikā

maṭṭa

1. maṭṭa m. a kind of drum Saṃgīt. (cf. maḍḍu)
2. • a kind of dance ib. (also -nṛtya n.)

maṭṭaka

1. maṭṭaka m. the top of a roof L.
2. • Eleusine Coracana L.

maṭmaṭa

1. maṭmaṭá m. a class of demons or evil spirits AV.

maṭh

1. maṭh (prob. invented for the words below), cl. P. maṭhati, to dwell or to be intoxicated Dhātup. ix, 47 (cf. Vop. 'to grind', others, 'to go'): Caus. maṭhayati, mathaya

≫maṭha

1. maṭha m. n. (g. ardharcâdi
2. • ī f. g. gaurâdi) a hut, cottage, (esp.) the retired hut (or cell) of an ascetic (or student) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. • a cloister, college (esp. for young Brāhmans), temple ib.
4. • m. a cart or carriage drawn by oxen L.

⋙maṭhakesavadhāriṇī

1. ○kesavadhāriṇī f. N. of Nandā (the founder of the college of Keśava) Rājat.

⋙maṭhacintā

1. ○cintā f. the charge of a convent Pañcat.

⋙maṭhapratiṣṭhātattva

1. ○pratiṣṭhā-tattva n. N. of wk

⋙maṭhasthiti

1. ○sthiti mfn. staying or residing in a college of priests MW.

⋙maṭhādhipati

1. maṭhâdhipati m. the superintendent of a monastery, principal of a college &c. Rājat.

⋙mathādhyakṣa

1. mathâdhyakṣa m. id.,

⋙maṭhāyatana

1. maṭhâyatana n. a monastery, college Pañcat.

≫maṭhaya

1. maṭhaya Nom. P. ○yati, to build, erect Hcat.

≫mathara

1. mathara mfn. (cf. g. kaḍārâdī) insisting on (loc.) Rājat.
2. • hard, harsh (of sound) L.
3. • intoxicated Uṇ. v, 39 Sch.
4. • m. N. of a man (prob. of a saint) ib. (cf. g. bidâdi and gargâdi)
5. • hardness, harshness L.

≫mathikā

1. mathikā f. a hut, cell Daś. Kathās. Rājat.

maṭhosiloṭhikā

1. maṭhosiloṭhikā f. N. of a woman Rājat.

maḍaka

1. maḍaka m. Eleusine Corocana L.
2. • pl. N. of a people MBh. (B. maruta)

maḍamaḍ

1. maḍamaḍ onomat. (with iti), crackl Bālar.

maḍarakantha

1. maḍara-kantha n. N. of and town, g. cihaṇâdi (vḷ. mandar○ Kāś. maḍur○)

maḍararājya

1. maḍara-rājya n. N. of a district n. Kaśmīra Rājat. (vḷ. maḍava-r○)

maḍāra

1. maḍāra g. pragady-ādi

maḍūṣikā

1. maḍūṣikā f. a dwarfish girl unfit for marriage GṛS. (cf. L. = svalpa-dehā
2. • v. l. maṭūṣikā, marṇḍūṣikā, madhūṣikā and mandhūṣikā)

maḍḍacandra

1. maḍḍa-candra m. N. of a man Rājat.

maḍḍu

1. maḍḍu m. a kind of drum L. (cf. matṭa)

⋙maḍḍukairika

1. ○kairika m. the son of a Nishāda and a Māgadhī L.

≫maḍḍuka

1. maḍḍuka m. = maḍḍu Śiś.v, 29 (v. l. maṇḍuka). [Page 774, Column 3]

maṇ

1. maṇ cl. 1.P. maṇati, to sound, murmur Dhātup. xiii, 5

≫maṇita

1. maṇita n. an inarticulate sound said to be uttered (by women Śiś. Sch.) during cohabitation, murmur libidissosum Kāv.

maṇa

1. maṇa m. or u. (?) (fr. Arabic) a partic. measure of grain Col.

maṇaū

1. maṇaū (fr. Arabio ?), N. of the seventh Yoga (in astronomy)

maṇi

1. maṇí m. (i f. only L.
2. • ī f. Siṃhâs.
3. • maṇī7va = maṇī du. iva Naish.) a jewel, gem, pearl (also fig.), any ornament or amulet, globsile, crystal RV. &c. &c
4. • a magnet, loadstone Kap.
5. • glans penis Suśr.
6. • N. of the jewel-lotus prayer MWB. 37 2
7. • clitoris L.
8. • the hump (of a camel) MBh.
9. • the dependent fleshy excrescences on a goat's neck VarBṛS.
10. • thyroid cartilage L. (cf. kaṇṭha-m○)
11. • the wrist (= mṭmaṇí-bandha) L.
12. • a large water-jar L.
13. • N. of a Nāga MBh.
14. • of a companion of Skanda (associated with Su-maṇi) ib.
15. • of a sage ib.
16. • of a son of Yuyudhāna ib. (in Hariv. vḷ. tūṇi)
17. • of a king of the Kim-ṇaras, Kāraṇd
18. • of various wks. and a collection of magical formulas (also abridged for Tattva-cintāmaṇi and Siddhânta-śiromaṇi). [Cf. Gk. [774, 3] ?, ? ; Lat. monile ; Germ. mane, ṃāhne ; Eng. mane.]

⋙maṇikaṇṭha

1. ○kaṇṭha m. the blue jay L.
2. • N. of a Nāga Buddh.
3. • of an author Cat.

⋙maṇikaṇṭhaka

1. ○kaṇṭhaka m. a cock L.

⋙maṇikarṇa

1. ○karṇa mfn. 'jewel-eared', having an ornament of any kind (as a mark) on the ear (of cattle &c.) Pāṇ. 6-3, 115
2. • m. N. of a Liṅga, KāIP
3. • (ī), f. = -karṇikā, a sacred pool, RsmatUp
4. • ○ṇī7ivara (Kāśī Kh.) and ○ṇśvara (cf. KālP.), m. N. of two Liṅgas

⋙maṇikarṇikā

1. ○karṇikā f. an ear-ornament consisting of pearls or jewels
2. • N. of a sacred pool in Benares (also written -karṇikī RāmatUp.) Daś. RTL. 308 ; 438
3. • of a daughter of Caṇḍa-ghosha ib.
4. • -mahiman m. N. of wk
5. • -māhātmya n. N. of the 22nd ch. of the Uttara-khaṇda of the SivaP.
6. • -ṣṭaka (○kilST○), n. -stotra n. N. of wks

⋙maṇikāca

1. ○kāca in. the feathered part of an arrow L.

⋙maṇikāñcana

1. ○kāñcana m. N. of a mountain MBh.
2. • -prameya-saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙maṇikānana

1. ○kānana n. a wood or grove containing jewels MW.
2. • the neck (as covered with jewels) L.

⋙maṇikāra

1. ○kārá m. a lapidary, jeweller VS. R. (ī f. Kālac.)
2. • the adulterous off spring of Vaiśya parents whose mother's husband is still alive L.
3. • N. of various authors Cat.

⋙maṇikuṭṭikā

1. ○kuṭṭikā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.

⋙maṇikusuma

1. ○kusuma m. N. of a Jina W.

⋙maṇikūṭa

1. ○kūṭa m. N. of two mountains Pur.

⋙maṇikṛt

1. ○kṛt m. = -kāra (author of the Maṇi) Cat.

⋙maṇiketu

1. ○ketu m. N. of a partic. comet or meteor Var.

⋙maṇikhaṇḍadvayatraya

1. ○khaṇḍa-dvaya-traya n. N. of wk

⋙maṇigaṇa

1. ○gaṇa m. pl. pearls BrahmUp.

⋙maṇigarbha

1. ○garbha m. N. of a park Divyâv.

⋙maṇiguṇanikara

1. ○guṇa-nikara m. a multitude of strings of pearls Piṅg.
2. • N. of a metre Chandom. Col.

⋙maṇigrantha

1. ○grantha m. N. of wk

⋙maṇigrāma

1. ○grāma m. N. of a place Inscr.

⋙maṇigrīva

1. ○grīvá mfn. 'jewel. necked', wearing a necklace RV. i, 122, 14
2. • m. N. of a son of Kubera L.

[[]]

1. maṇighaṇṭākṛtanyāyaratnaprakaraṇa3maṇí--ghaṇṭā-kṛta-nyāyaratna-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk

⋙maṇicīra

1. ○cīra n. (prob.) a garment adorned with jewels MBh.

⋙maṇicūḍa

1. ○cūḍa m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara Śatr.
2. • of a Nāga Buddh.
3. • of a king of Sāketa-nagara (= ratna-cūḍa) W.
4. • (ā), f. N. of a Kiṃ-nari Kāraṇḍ.

⋙maṇicchidrā

1. ○cchidrā f. 'jewelholed', a √resembling ginger ( = medā) L.
2. • a partic. bulb growing on the Hima-vat (= ṛṣabha) L.

⋙maṇijalā

1. ○jalā f. 'having jewel-holed-like water', N. of a river MBh.

⋙maṇitāraka

1. ○tāraka m. 'jewel-eyed', the Indian crane L. (vḷ. -tārava, -bhārava)

⋙maṇituṇḍaka

1. ○tuṇḍaka m. a kind of bird living on the water Car.

⋙maṇitulākoṭi

1. ○tulā-koṭi f. a foot-ornament consisting of jewels Kāv.

⋙maṇidaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa mfn. having a handle adorned with jewels R.

⋙maṇidatta

1. ○datta m. N. of sev. men Kathās. Cat.

⋙maṇidara

1. ○dara m. N. of a chief of the Yakshas Kathās.

⋙maṇidarpaṇa

1. ○darpaṇa m. a mirror adorned with jewel or consisting of jewel Rājat.
2. • N. of sev. wks

⋙maṇidīkṣitīya

1. ○dīkṣitīya n. N. of wk

⋙maṇidīdhiti

1. ○dīdhiti f. N. of wk
2. • -gūḍhârtha-prakāśikā f. N. of Comm. on it,

⋙maṇidīpa

1. ○dīpa m. a lamp having jewel instead of a wick, Rajat. (also ○paka, m.)
2. • N. of wk

⋙maṇidoṣa

1. ○doṣa m. a flaw or defect in a jewel L.

⋙maṇidvīpa

1. ○dvīpa m. 'jewel -island', the hood of the serpent Aninta L.
2. • N. of a mythical island in the ocean of nectar Ānand.

⋙maṇidhanu

1. ○dhanu m. (cf. AdbhBr. Āpast.) or (Gaut PārGṛ.) 'jewel-bow', a rain-bow

⋙maṇidhanus

1. ○dhanus n. (Gaut PārGṛ.) 'jewel-bow', a rain-bow

⋙maṇidhara

1. ○dhara mfn. having a string of beads for counting BhP.
2. • m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ.
3. • (ā), f. a partic. position of the fingers ib.

⋙maṇidhāna

1. ○dhāna mṆ. of a king VP. (also read -dkāna, -dhānya, -dhānyaka, or -dhāra). [Page 775, Column 1]

⋙maṇidhāriṇī

1. ○dhāriṇī f. N. of a Kiṃ-nara maid Kāraṇḍ.

⋙maṇidhāva

1. ○dhāva m. v. l. for -dhāna or -dhāra (q.v.) VP.

⋙nanda

1. nanda m. N. of sev. authors Cat.

⋙maṇināga

1. ○nāga m. N. of a snake-demon MBh. Hariv.
2. • m. or n. (?) N. of a sacred bathing-place MBh.

⋙maṇiniryātana

1. ○niryātana n. the restitution of a jewel R.

⋙maṇipaticaritra

1. ○pati-caritra n. N. of wk

⋙maṇipadma

1. ○padma m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva W.

⋙maṇiparikṣā

1. ○paríkṣā f. N. of wk

⋙maṇiparvata

1. ○parvata m. 'jewel-mountain', N. of a mythical mountain Hariv.

⋙maṇipālī

1. ○pālī f. a female keeper of jewels, g. revaty-ādi

⋙maṇipuccha

1. ○puccha mf(ī)n. having lumps on the tail Pāṇ. 4-1, 55 Vārtt. 2 Pat.

⋙maṇipura

1. ○pura n. N. of town (= -pūra n.) MBh.
2. • -purêśvara m. = -pūr○, q.v., Rajat

⋙maṇipuṣpaka

1. ○puṣpaka m. N. of the conch-shell of Saha-deva Bhag.

⋙maṇipuṣpesvara

1. ○puṣpêsvara m. N. of one of Śiva's attendants Kathās.

⋙maṇipūra

1. ○pūra m. the navel L.
2. • a sort of bodice (worn by women and richly adorned with jewels) L.
3. • n. a partic. mystical circle on the navel Pañcar. Ānand.
4. • N. of a town in Kaliṅga situated on the sea-shore (also read -pura n.) MBh. Rājat.
5. • pati m. N. of king Babhru-vāhana Rājat. BhP.
6. • -vibhedana n. N. of a jewel MW.
7. • ○rêśvara m. ○rapati, q.v. MBh.

⋙maṇipūraka

1. ○pūraka n. N. of a mystical circle on the navel Cat.

⋙maṇiprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m

⋙maṇiprakāśakadīpti

1. ○prakāśaka-dīpti f

⋙maṇiprakāśikā

1. ○prakāśikā f

⋙maṇipratyakṣa

1. ○pratyakṣa n. N. of wks

⋙maṇipradāna

1. ○pradāna n. N. of the 34th ch. of the Sundara-kāṇḍa of the Rāmāyaṇa

⋙maṇipradīpa

1. ○pradīpa m. = -dīpa (q.v.) BhP. ŚarṅgP.
2. • N. of wk

⋙maṇiprabhā

1. ○prabhā f. 'jewel-splendour', N. of a metre Inscr.
2. • of an Apsaras Kāraṇḍ. (wṛ. -prastha)
3. • of a lake Cat.
4. • of a wk

⋙maṇipravāla

1. ○pravāla m. or u. (?) N. of wk

⋙maṇipraveka

1. ○praveka m. a most excellent jewel MBh.

⋙maṇiprastha

1. ○prastha (prob.) wṛ. for -prabhā (q.v.) Kāraṇḍ. iii, 12

⋙maṇibandha

1. ○bandha in. the fastening or putting on of jewel Ragh.
2. • the wrist (as the place on which jewel are fastened) Suśr.
3. • GtruḍaP
4. • a kind of metre Col N. of a mixed race ib.

⋙maṇibandhana

1. ○bandhana n. the fastening on of jewel MW.
2. • a string of pearls, an ornament of pearls MBh.
3. • the part of a ring or bracelet where the jewel are set MW.
4. • the wrist Śak. Var. Suśr.
5. • &c

⋙maṇibīja

1. ○bīja m. the pomegranate tree L.

⋙maṇibhadra

1. ○bhadra m. N. of a brother of Kubera and king of the Yakshas (the tutelary deity of travellers and merchants) MBh. Kathās. Daś. &c
2. • of a Śreshṭhin Pañcat.
3. • of a poet Subh.

⋙maṇibhadraka

1. ○bhadraka m. pl. N. of a race MBh. (also read pāri-bh○)
2. • of a serpent-demon Cat.

⋙maṇibhava

1. ○bhava m. N. of one of the 5 Dhyāni-Buddhas W.

⋙maṇibhārava

1. ○bhārava m. -tāraka

⋙maṇibhitti

1. ○bhitti f. 'jewel-walled', N. of the palace of the serpent-demon Sesha L.

⋙maṇibhū

1. ○bhū f. a floor inlaid with jewel L.

⋙maṇibhūmi

1. ○bhūmi f. = prec. L.
2. • a mine of jewel L.

⋙maṇibhūmikākarman

1. ○bhūmikā-karman n. the inlaying or covering of a floor with jewel (one of the 64 arts
2. • accord. to a Sch. = kṛtrimaputrikā-nirmāṇa) Cat.

⋙maṇimañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f. rows of jewel or pearls Gīt.
2. • a species of metre Col.
3. • N. of sev. wks
4. • -chedinī f. N. of wk

⋙maṇimaṇḍapa

1. ○maṇḍapa m. a crystal hall or a hṭhall on crystal pillars Pañcar. Rudray.
2. • N. of the residence of Śesha L.
3. • of the residence of Nairṛita (the ruler of the south-west quarter) L.
4. • -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙maṇimaṇḍita

1. ○maṇḍita mfn. set or studded with jewel or pearls MW.

⋙maṇimat

1. ○mat mfn. adorned with jewel, jewelled BhP.
2. • m. the sun MW.
3. • N. of a Yaksha MBh.
4. • of a servant of Śiva BhP.
5. • of a Rakshas MBh.
6. • of a Nāga ib.
7. • of a king (who was Vṛitra in a former birth) ib.
8. • of a mountain ib. R. Var.
9. • of a Tirtha MBh. (atī), f. N. of a town of the Daityas MBh. Hariv.
10. • of a river W.

⋙maṇimadhya

1. ○madhya n. N. of 2 metres Śrutab.
2. • Chandoiu. Col.

⋙maṇimantha

1. ○mantha m. N. of a mountain MBh.
2. • n. rocksalt L.

⋙maṇimaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. formed or consisting of jewels, crystalline MBh. Hariv. Kāv. &c
2. • ○yī purī f. N. of a mythical town of the Nirvāta-kavacas R.
3. • -bhū f. a jewelled floor Megh.

⋙maṇimaheśa

1. ○mahêśa m. N. of a Tīnha Cat.

⋙maṇimālā

1. ○mālā f. a string or necklace of jewels or pearls Chandom.
2. • a circular impression left by a bite (esp. in amorous dalliance) L.
3. • lustre, beauty L.
4. • a kind of metre Chandom. Col.
5. • N. of Lakshmī L.
6. • of wk

⋙maṇimāhātmya

1. ○māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙maṇimiśra

1. ○miśra m. N. of 2 authors Cat.

⋙maṇimuktā

1. ○muktā f. N. of a river Cat.

⋙maṇimekhala

1. ○mekhala mfn. girdled with gems, surrounded by jewel Ṛitus.

⋙maṇimegha

1. ○megha m. N. of a mountain MārkP.

⋙maṇiyaṣṭi

1. ○yaṣṭi f. a string of pearls Vikr.
2. • a jewelled stick MW.

⋙maṇirata

1. ○rata (?), m. N. of a teacher Buddh.

⋙maṇiratna

1. ○ratna n. a jewel, gem Hariv. R. (with Buddhists 'one of a sovereign's 7 treasures, Dharniaś. 85)
2. • -maya mf(ī) n. formed or consisting of j's, crystalline MBh.
3. • -māla f. 'garland of jewel s, N. of 2 wks
4. • -vat mfn. containing jewels MBh.
5. • -suvarṇin mfn. containing precious stones and gold R.
6. • ○nâkara m. N. of wk. (also called nāma-r○). [Page 775, Column 2]

⋙maṇiradana

1. ○radana mfn. pearl-toothed Bhām.

⋙maṇirāga

1. ○rāga mfn. having the colour of a jewel L.
2. • m. the colour of a jewel Var.
3. • a kind of metre L.
4. • n. vermilion L.
5. • a kind of ruby L.

⋙maṇirāja

1. ○rāja m. jewel-king', (prob.) a diamond (cf. maṇī7ndra) Pañcar.
2. • N. of a king Vīrac.

⋙maṇirāma

1. ○rāma m. N. of sev. authors
2. • -kṛṣṇa-dīkṣitīya n. N. of wk

⋙maṇirūpya

1. ○rūpya māṇirūpyaka

⋙maṇirocanī

1. ○rocanī f. N. of a Kiṃ-nara maid Kāraṇḍ.

⋙maṇiliṅgeśvara

1. ○liṅgêśvara m. N. of one of the 8 Vīta-rāgas. W.

⋙maṇivara

1. ○vara m. N. of a man Hariv.
2. • n. a diamond Bhpr.

⋙maṇivarman

1. ○varman m. N. of a merchant Kathās.
2. • n. a talisman consisting of jewels Divyâv.

⋙maṇivāla

1. ○vā́la mfn. (prob.) having beads (or lumps of excrement) on the tail (accord. to Mahi-dhara= mani-śuddhavāla or maṇi-varṇa-keśa) VS.

⋙maṇivāhana

1. ○vāhana m. 'jewel bearer', N. of Kuśâmba or Kuśa MBh. Hariv.

⋙maṇiviśeṣa

1. ○viśeṣa m. a kind of jewel, an excellent jewel MW.

⋙maṇiśaṅkhaśarkara

1. ○śaṅkha-śarkara mfn. having jewel-like shells and gravel ib.

⋙maṇiśabda

1. ○śabda mṆ. of wk

⋙maṇiśara

1. ○śara -sara

⋙maṇiśilā

1. ○śilā f. a jewelled slab MW.

⋙maṇisṛṅga

1. ○sṛṅga m. the god of the sun Hariv.

⋙maṇiśekhara

1. ○śekhara m. N. of a Gandharva Bālar.

⋙maṇiśaila

1. ○śaila m. jewel-mountain', N. of a Gandharva Bālar.

⋙maṇiśaila

1. ○śaila m. 'jewel -mountain', N. of a mountain MārkP.

⋙maṇiśyāma

1. ○śyāma mfn. dark-blue like a jewel (i.e. like a sapphire) MBh.

⋙maṇisara

1. ○sara m. a string or ornament of pearls Gīt. (wṛ. -śara
2. • cf. muktā-m○)

⋙maṇisānu

1. ○sānu m. 'jewel-ridged', N. of mount Meru L.

⋙maṇisāra

1. ○sāra m.or n. (?), N. of a Nyāya wk
2. • -khaṇḍana n. -darpaṇa m. -prāmāṇya-vāda m. N. of wks

⋙maṇisūtra

1. ○sūtra n. a string of pearls L.

⋙maṇisopāna

1. ○sopāna n. steps or stairs formed of jewel or crystal Hariv.
2. • a chain of golden beads L.

⋙maṇisaupāna

1. ○saupāna (!), m. a staff or stick set with jewel W.

⋙maṇiskandha

1. ○skandha m. N. of a snakedemon MBh. (v. l. maṇi and skandha as 2 names)

⋙maṇistambha

1. ○stambha m. a crystal post or column BhP.

⋙maṇisraj

1. ○sraj f. a garland of jewel Pañcar.

⋙maṇiharmya

1. ○harmya n. 'jewelled palace, crystal palace, N. of a palace Vikr.

⋙maṇīndra

1. maṇī7ndra m. 'jewel-chief.' a diamond Pañcar.

⋙maṇisvaratīrtha

1. maṇísvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Cat.

⋙maṇyāloka

1. maṇyāloka m. N. of wk
2. • -kaṇṭakâoddhāra m. N. of Comm. on it

≫maṇika

1. maṇika m. a jewel, gem, precious stone MW.
2. • (ifc. f: ā) a water-jar or pitcher AdbhBr. GṛS. KātyŚr. Sch. MBh.
3. • pl. (accord. to Sāy.) globular formations of flesh on an animal's shoulder AitBr.

≫maṇila

1. maṇilá mfn. having fleshy excrescences (as on the dew-lap &c.) TS. Comm.

≫maṇiva

1. maṇiva mfn. in a-m○, q.v
2. • m. N. of a serpent. demon Siddh.

≫maṇīca

1. maṇīca n. a hand L.
2. • a flower L.
3. • a pearl L.

≫maṇīcaka

1. maṇīcaka m. a king-fisher, halcyon L.
2. • n. a partic. jewel, = candra-kānta L.
3. • a flower L. (cf. maṇīvaka)

≫maṇīya

1. maṇīya Nom.Ā. ○yate, to resemble a jewel Cat.

≫maṇīvaka

1. maṇīvaka m. N. of a son of Bhavya
2. • n. N. of the Varsha ruled by that king VP. (vḷ. ṣaṇīv○)
3. • a flower L.

≫maṇīvatī

1. maṇīvatī f. N., g. śarâdi

maṇittha

1. maṇittha m. N. of an astronomer (= Manetho) VarBṛ.

⋙maṇitthavarṣaphala

1. ○varṣa-phala n. N. of wk

maṇṭ

1. maṇṭ cl. 10. P. maṇṭayati, to act as an intermediator TBr. (cf. Sch.)

maṇṭapa

1. maṇṭapa m. n. = maṇḍapa L.
2. • (ī), f. a kind of purslain L. (v. l. maṇḍapī)

maṇṭi

1. maṇṭi m. N. of a man Pravar. (prob. wṛ. for māṇṭi)

maṇṭh

1. maṇṭh cl. 1. Ā. maṇṭhate, to long for, desire eagerly Dhātup. viii, 10

maṇṭha

1. maṇṭha m. a sort of baked sweetmeat Bhpr.

≫maṇṭhaka

1. maṇṭhaka m. id. ib.
2. • a partic. musical air Cat.

maṇḍ

1. maṇḍ cl. 1. P. maṇḍati, to deck, adorn Dhātup. ix, 36
2. • A. maṇḍate, to distribute or to clothe, viii, 19: Caus. maṇḍayati (ep. also ○te), to adorn, decorate (Ā. one's self Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 18 Pat.) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. • to glorify, extol Prasannar.
4. • to rejoice, exhilarate L.

≫maṇḍa

1. maṇḍa m. n. (ifc. f. ā) the scum of boiled rice (or any grain) Nir. Uttarar. Suśr.
2. • the thick part of milk, cream,
3. ŚveUp. MBh. &c. (cf. dadhi-m○)
4. • the spirituous part of wine &c. Hariv. R. (cf. W. also 'foam or froth
5. • pith, essence
6. • the head')
7. • m. (only L.) Ricinus Communis
8. • a species of potherb
9. • a frog (cf. maṇḍūka)
10. • ornament, decoration
11. • a measure of weight (= 5 Māshas)
12. • (ā), f. the emblic myrobalan tree L.
13. • spirituous or vinous liquor, brandy L.
14. • n. nau-maṇḍá

⋙maṇḍakarṇa

1. ○karṇa m. N. of a man ( māṇḍakarṇi). [Page 775, Column 3]

⋙maṇḍakuṇḍa

1. ○kuṇḍa kuṇḍa-m○

⋙maṇḍacitra

1. ○citra m. N. of a man
2. • pl. his family Saṃskārak.

⋙maṇḍajāta

1. ○jāta n. the second change which takes place in sour milk when mixed with Takra L.

⋙maṇḍapa

1. ○pa mfn. (cf. Uṇ. iii, 145 Sch.) drinking the scum of boiled rice or of any liquor Pañcar.
2. • m. n. (g. ardharcâdi L. also ī, f
3. • cf. maṇṭapī) an open hall or temporary shed (erected on festive occasions), pavilion, tent, temple
4. • (ifc. with names of plants) arbour, bower Hariv. Kāv. &c
5. • m. N. of a man Cat.
6. • (ā), f. a sort of leguminous plant (= niṣpāvii) L.
7. • -pakṣetra n. N. of a sacred district Kathās.
8. • -pa-druma m. -pa-nirṇaya m. -pa-pūjā-vidhi m. N. of, vks
9. • -pa-pratiṣṭhā f. the consecration of a temple MW.
10. • -"ṣpâroha m. a species of plant L.
11. • ○pikā f. a small pavilion, an open hall or shed Kād. Bālar.

⋙maṇḍapīṭhikā

1. ○pīṭhikā f. two quarters of the compass L.

⋙maṇḍapūla

1. ○pūla m. or n. (?) a top-boot L.

⋙maṇḍamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made of cream or from the scum of any liquid MBh.

⋙maṇḍavāṭa

1. ○vāṭa m. a garden (?), Divyâs. (cf. maṇḍala-v○)

⋙maṇḍahāraka

1. ○hāraka m. a distiller of spirits &c. (the son of a Nishṭhya and a Śūdrs) L.

⋙maṇḍodaka

1. maṇḍôdaka n. barm, yeast Suśr.
2. • the decorating of walls &c. on festive occasions L.
3. • 'mental excitement' or, variegated colour' (citta- or citra-rāga) L.

≫maṇḍaka

1. maṇḍaka (ifc., with f. ikā), rice-gruel, Hativ
2. • m. a sort of pastry or baked flour Pañcat. Śukas. Bhpr. (cf. maṇṭhaka)
3. • a partic. musical air Saṃgīt. (cf. id.)
4. • pl. N. of a people VP. (cf. mandaka)

≫maṇḍana

1. maṇḍana mfn. adorning, being an ornament to (gen.) Kāv. Pur.
2. • m. N. of various authors and other men (also with kavi, bhaṭṭa, miśra &c.) Cat.
3. • n. (ifc. f. ā) adorning, ornament, decoration MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙maṇḍanakārikā

1. ○kārikā f. N. of wk

⋙maṇḍanakāla

1. ○kāla m. time for adorning Ragh.

⋙maṇḍanapriya

1. ○priya mf(ā)n. fond of ornaments, Pañcat. (cf. priya-m○)

⋙maṇḍanārha

1. maṇḍanârha mfn. worthy of ornaments MW.

≫maṇḍanaka

1. maṇḍanaka mukha-m○

≫maṇḍayanta

1. maṇḍayanta m. (only L.) an ornament
2. • an actor
3. • an assembly of women
4. • food
5. • (ī), f. a woman L.

≫maṇḍik

1. maṇḍik m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (B. śuṇḍika
2. • cf. maṇḍaka)

≫maṇḍita

1. maṇḍita mfn. adorned, decorated MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 11 Gaṇsdhipas L.

⋙maṇḍitaputra

1. ○putra m. = prec. m. L.

≫maṇḍitṛ

1. maṇḍitṛ mfn. adorning, one who adorns (= ornament) Bālar.

≫maṇḍīlaka

1. maṇḍīlaka m. a kind of cake Divyâv.

maṇḍapa

1. maṇḍa-pa under maṇḍa above

maṇḍara

1. maṇḍara m. or n. g. aṅguly-ādi
2. • (ī), f. a sort of cricket L. (cf. māṇḍarika)

maṇḍala

1. máṇḍala mf(ā)n. circular, round VarBṛS.
2. • n. (rarely m. g. ardharcâdi, and f. ī g. ganrâdi) a disk (esp. of the sun or moon)
3. • anything round (but in Hcat. also applied to anything triangular
4. • cf. maṇḍalaka)
5. • a circle (instr. 'in a circle'
6. • also 'the charmed circle of a conjuror'), globe, orb, ring, circumference, ball, wheel ŚBr. &c. &c
7. • the path or orbit of a heavenly body Sūryas.
8. • a halo round the sun or moon VarBṛS.
9. • a ball for playing MBh.
10. • a circular bandage (in surgery) Suśr.
11. • (also n. pl.) a sort of cutaneous eruption or leprosy with circular spot ib.
12. • a round mole or mark (caused by a finger-nail &c.) on the body Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Sch.
13. • a circular array of troops MBh. Kām.
14. • a partic. attitude in shooting L.
15. • a district, arrondissement, territory, province, country (often at the end of modern names, e.g. Coro-mandal coast) Inscr. AV.Pariś. MBh. &c
16. • a surrounding district or neighbouring state, the circle of a king's near and distant neighbours (with whom he must maintain political and diplomatic relations ; 4 or 6 or 10 or even 12 such neighbouring princes are enumerated) Mn. (esp. vii, 154 &c.) Yājñ. MBh. &c
17. • a multitude, group, band, collection, whole body, society, company Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c
18. • a division or book of the Ṛig-veda (of which there are 10, according to the authorship of the hymns
19. • these are divided into 85 Anuvākas or lessons, and these agan into 1017, or with the 11 additional hymns into 1028 Sûktas or hymns
20. • the other more mechanical division, is into Ashṭakas, Adhyāyas and Vargas, q.v.) RPrāt. Bṛih. &c
21. • m. a dog L.
22. • a kind of snake L.
23. • (ī), f. Panicum Dactylon L.
24. • Cocculus Cordifolius Bhpr.
25. • n. Unguis Odoratus L.
26. • a partic. oblation or sacrifice L.

⋙maṇḍalakavi

1. ○kavi m. a poet for the crowd, bad poet, Dhanaioj

⋙maṇḍalakārmuka

1. ○kārmuka mfn. 'having a circular bow', one whose bow is completely bent MBh.

⋙maṇḍalacihna

1. ○cihna n. the sign or mark of a circle Cat. [Page 776, Column 1]

⋙maṇḍalatva

1. ○tva n. roundness Śiś.

⋙maṇḍalanābhi

1. ○nābhi m. centre i.e. chief of the circle of neighbouring princes (-tā f.) Ragh.

⋙maṇḍalanṛtya

1. ○nṛtya n. a circular dance (like that said to have been danced by the Gopīs round Kṛishṇa and Rādhā) L. (v. l. ○lI-n○)

⋙maṇḍalanyāsa

1. ○nyāsa m. the putting down or drawing a circle (○saṃ √kṛ, to describe a circle) Kathās.

⋙maṇḍalapattrikā

1. ○pattrikā f. a red-flowering Punaravā L. (cf. maṇḍali-p○)

⋙maṇḍalapucchaka

1. ○pucchaka m. a species of insect Suśr.

⋙maṇḍalabandha

1. ○bandha m. formation of a circle or roundness Śiś.

⋙maṇḍalabrāhmaṇa

1. ○brāhmaṇa n. (and ṇôpaniṣad), f. N. of wks

⋙maṇḍalabhāga

1. ○bhāga m. part of a circle, arc Jyot.

⋙maṇḍalamāda

1. ○māda m. a pavilion L.

⋙maṇḍalavaṭa

1. ○vaṭa m. an Indian fig-tree forming a circle Pañcat. (cf. maṇḍalin)

⋙maṇḍalavartin

1. ○vartin m. the governor of a province, ruler of a small kingdom BhP. (cf. cakra-v○)

⋙maṇḍalavarṣa

1. ○varṣa n. (prob.) universal or lasting rain VarBṛS.

⋙maṇḍalavāṭa

1. ○vāṭa m. a garden Divyâv. (cf. maṇḍa-v○)

⋙maṇḍalaśas

1. ○śas ind. by circles, in rings MBh.

⋙maṇḍalāgra

1. maṇḍalâgra mfn. round-pointed (as a sword) VarBṛS.
2. • m. (n.) a bent or rounded sword, scimitar Rājat.
3. • n. (scil. śastra) a surgeon's circular knife Suśr.

⋙maṇḍalādhipa

1. maṇḍalâdhipa (cf. Kām.),

⋙maṇḍalādhīsa

1. maṇḍaḍlâdhī7sa (cf. Pañcar.), m. the lord of a district, governor or king of a country

⋙maṇḍalābhiṣekapūjā

1. maṇḍalâbhiṣeka-pūjā f

⋙maṇḍalārcana

1. maṇḍaḍlârcana n. N. of wks

⋙maṇḍalāsana

1. maṇḍalâsana mfn. sitting in a circle Śiś.

⋙maṇḍalīśa

1. maṇḍal'-īśa m. 'lord of rings' and = next, Sṛiṅgār

⋙maṇḍaleśa

1. maṇḍalêśa Rājat.

⋙maṇḍaleśvara

1. maṇḍalêśvara m. id. Vcar.

⋙maṇḍaleṣṭakā

1. maṇḍalêṣṭakā f. a round or circular brick TS. ĀpŚr.

⋙maṇḍalottama

1. maṇḍalôttama n. the best or principal kingdom MW.

≫maṇḍalaka

1. maṇḍalaka n. a disk, circle, orb &c. (= maṇḍala) Yājñ. MBh. (also applied to a square Hcat.)
2. • a sacred circle, Divyñv
3. • a cutaneous disease with round spots L.
4. • a circular array of troops L.
5. • a mirror L.
6. • a group, collection, mass, heap MBh.
7. • (ikā), f. a group, troop, band, crowd Śiś.
8. • m. a dog L.
9. • N. of a prince VP.

⋙maṇḍalakarājan

1. ○rājan m. the prince of a small district or province L.

≫maṇḍalaya

1. maṇḍalaya Nom. P. ○yati, to whirl round Kir.

≫maṇḍalāya

1. maṇḍalāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become or form one's self into a circle or ring, coil one's self. Ratnâv.

≫maṇḍalika

1. maṇḍalika wṛ. for māṇḍalika, q.v

≫maṇḍalita

1. maṇḍalita mfn. made round or circular ( next)

⋙maṇḍalitahastakāṇḍa

1. ○hasta-kāṇḍa mfn. having a trunk formed in rings or circles (said of an elephant) Daś.

≫maṇḍalin

1. maṇḍalin mfn. forming a circle or ring, surrounding, enclosing (ifc.) Kathās.
2. • (with vāta m.) a whirlwind R.
3. • marked with round spots (as a snake) L.
4. • possessing or ruling a country Lalit.
5. • m. the ruler of a province (with Śaivas, a partic. order or degree) Sarvad.
6. • the sun L.
7. • a snake or a partic. species of snake (cf. above) MBh. Var. Suśr.
8. • a chameleon L.
9. • a cat L.
10. • a polecat L.
11. • a dog L.
12. • the Indian fig-tree L.
13. • (inī), f. Cocculus Cordifolius L.

≫maṇḍalipattrikā

1. maṇḍali-pattrikā f. = maṇḍala-p○ L. ....

≫maṇḍalī

1. maṇḍalī in comp. for maṇḍala

⋙maṇḍalīkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. rounding, gathering in a ball or circle, coiling W.

⋙maṇḍalīkāram

1. ○kāram ind. rounding, making round Baudh.

⋙maṇḍalīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. (√kṛ) made circular, curved, bent (as a bow), rounded MBh. R. Hariv.

⋙maṇḍalīnṛtya

1. ○nṛtya n. maṇḍala-n○,

⋙maṇḍalībhāva

1. ○bhāva m. circular form, roundness Hcat.

⋙maṇḍalībhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. (√bhū) become round or circular, curved, bent (as a bow) MBh. Var.

maṇḍika

1. maṇḍika maṇḍita &c. p. 775, col. 3

maṇḍu

1. maṇḍu m. N. of a Rishi
2. ŚāṅkhGṛ. (cf. g. gargâdi and māṇḍavya)

≫maṇḍuka

1. maṇḍuka m. or n. = saṃgraha, Śis. xviii, 21 (cf. Sch.)
2. • v. l. for maḍḍuka ib. v, 29 ( also paṅkamaṇḍuka)
3. • m. pl. N. of a people VP.
4. • (ī), f. the third part of an elephant's hind leg L.

≫maṇḍukeya

1. maṇḍukeya m. v. l for māṇḍukeya VP.

maṇḍūka

1. maṇḍū́ka m. (ifc. f. ā) a frog RV. &c. &c
2. • N. of a partic. breed of horses MBh.
3. • Calosanthes Indica L.
4. • a machine like a frog L.
5. • the sole of a horse's hoof. L.
6. • N. of a Ṛishi Pāṇ. 4-1, 119
7. • of a Nāga L.
8. • (ī́), f. a female frog, KV
9. • N. of various plants (Hydrocotyle Asiatica, Clerodendrum Siphonantus, Ruta Graveolens &c.) L.
10. • a wauton woman L.
11. • the sole of a horse's hoof L.
12. • n. a kind of coitus L.

⋙maṇḍūkakula

1. ○kula n. a collection or assembly of frogs Ṛitus.

⋙maṇḍūkagati

1. ○gati f. the gait of a frog (-lālasa mfn. ardently desiring the gait of a frog) Pañcar.
2. • mfn. (in gram.) leaping like a frog i.e. skipping several Sūtras Pat.

⋙maṇḍūkaparṇa

1. ○parṇa m. Calosanthes Indica L.
2. • = kapītana L.
3. • (ī), f. N. of various plants (Rubia Munjista, Clerodendrum Siphonantus &c.) Bhpr. L. [Page 776, Column 2]

⋙maṇḍūkaparṇikā

1. ○parṇikā f. a species of plant L.

⋙maṇḍūkapluta

1. ○pluta n. (prob.) = -pluti
2. • -sādhana n. N. of wk

⋙maṇḍūkapluti

1. ○pluti f. 'frog-leap', (in gram.) the skipping of several Sūtras and supplying from a previous Sūtra Pāṇ. Sch.

⋙maṇḍūkabrahmīkalpa

1. ○brahmī-kalpa m. N. of wk

⋙maṇḍūkamātṛ

1. ○mātṛ f. 'frog-mother', Clerodendrum Siphonantus L.

⋙maṇḍūkayoga

1. ○yoga m. frog-meditation' (in which an ascetic sits motionless like a frog-meditation)
2. • -niyata mfn. intent upon the frog-medṭmeditation MBh.
3. • -śayana mfn. lying on the ground in the fṭfrog-mṭmeditation ib.

⋙maṇḍūkaśāyin

1. ○śāyin mfn. lying like a fṭfrog-meditation MBh.

⋙maṇḍūkaśikṣā

1. ○śikṣā f. N. of wk. (cf. māṇḍūkī-ś)

⋙maṇḍūkasarasa

1. ○sarasa n. a fṭfrog-meditation-pond Pāṇ. 5-4, 94 Sch.

⋙maṇḍūkānuvṛtti

1. maṇḍūkânuvṛtti f. 'frog-course', skipping over or omitting at intervals
2. MW. (cf. maṇḍūka-pluti)

≫maṇḍūkihā

1. maṇḍūkihā f. a female frog Suparṇ.

maṇḍūra

1. maṇḍūra n. rust of iron L.

⋙maṇḍūradhāṇikī

1. ○dhāṇikī f. (prob.) having an impure pudendum RV. x, 155, 4

mat

1. mát 3. ma and 1. mád

mata

1. mata mataṃ-ga &c. under √man, p. 783, col. 1

matallikā

1. matallikā f. (ifc.) anything excellent of its kind (e.g. go-m○, 'an excellent cow'), g. matallikâdi (cf. Gaṇar.)
2. • a kind of metre Col.

≫matallī

1. matallī f. anything excellent &c. ( = prec.) Sāh.

matasna

1. mátasna n. du. N. of partic. internal organs of the body RV. AV. VS. (hṛdayôbhaya-pārśva-sthe asthinī, two bones situated on either side of the heart, Mahidh.)

mati

1. mati &c. p. 783, col. 2

matināra

1. matināra m. N. of a king MBh. Hariv. Pur.

matila

1. matila m. N. of a king Inscr.

matīkṛ

1. matī-kṛ √under matya

matutha

1. matútha m. (√man) an intelligent person RV. iv, 71, 5 (= medhāvin Naigh. iii, 15)

matula

1. matula m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.

matka

1. matka m. (for 2. p. 777, col. 2) a bug L.

≫matkuṇa

1. matkuṇa m. a bug
2. Kāv. Pur. Suśr. (tva n. Siś.)
3. • a beardless man L.
4. • an elephant without tusks or of small stature L.
5. • a buffalo L.
6. • a cocoa-nut L.
7. • (ā), f. pudendum (of a young girl = ajāta-loma-bhaga) L.
8. • N. of a river VP.
9. • n. armour for the thighs or legs, greaves L.

⋙matkuṇagandha

1. ○gandha mfn. having the smell of a bug Suśr.

⋙matkuṇāri

1. matkuṇâri m. 'bug-enemy', hemp L.

≫matkuṇikā

1. matkuṇikā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh. (B. ○kulikā)

matkoṭaka

1. matkoṭaka m. a termite HPariś.

matta

1. matta &c. p. 77, col. 3

matya

1. matyá n. (for 2. p. 783, col. 2) a harrow, roller TS. Br.
2. • a club (perhaps with iron points) AV.
3. • harrowing, rolling, making even or level L.

≫matīkṛ

1. matī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to harrow, roll, make even by rolling AitBr. (cf. dur-matī-kṛta)

matsa

1. matsa m. (fr. √2. mad, 'the gay one') a fish (= matsya
2. • cf. maccha) L. (ī f. a female fish Kāv.)
3. • the king of the Matsyas. MBh. iv, 145 (B. matsya)

⋙matsagaṇṭa

1. ○gaṇṭa or m. a kind of fish-sauce L. (cf. matsya-ghaṇṭa)

⋙matsagaṇḍha

1. ○gaṇḍha m. a kind of fish-sauce L. (cf. matsya-ghaṇṭa)

⋙matsodarī

1. matsôdarī v. l. for matsyâdarī, q.v

≫matsara

1. matsará (prob. fr. √2. mad
2. • Uṇ. iii, 73), exhilarating, intoxicating RV.
3. • cheerful, joyous, gay ib.
4. • selfish, greedy, envious, jealous, hostile, wicked Kāv.
5. • m. the exhilarater, gladdener (Soma) RV.
6. • selfishness, envy, jealousy, hostility MBh. Kāv. &c
7. • wrath, anger ib.
8. • passion for (loc. or comp.) MBh. Hariv.
9. • N. of a Sādhya Hariv.
10. • (also ā f.) a fly, mosquito L.
11. • (ī), f. (in music) a partic. Mūrchanā Saṃgīt.

⋙matsaramanas

1. ○manas mfn. of envious disposition, SārṅgP

⋙matsaravat

1. ○vat (○rá-), mfn. exhilarating, intoxicating RV. ix, 97, 32

≫matsarin

1. matsarín mfn. exhilarating, intoxicating RV. (superl. ○rīn-tama)
2. • jealous, envious, wicked, bad Mn. MBh. &c
3. • addicted to, fond of (loc.) R. (cf. a-m○)
4. • m. an enemy Harav. [Page 776, Column 3]

⋙matsarīkṛtā

1. matsarī-kṛtā f. (in music) a partic. Mūrchanā Saṃgīt.

≫matsin

1. matsin mfn. containing fish, marked by water (as a boundary) Nār.

≫matsya

1. mátsya m. (cf. matsa and maccha) a fish RV. &c. &c. (personified as a prince with the patr. sāmmada ŚBr.)
2. • a partic. species of fish L.
3. • (in astron.) the figure of a figure (= timi) Sūryas.
4. • a partic. luminous appearance VarBṛS.
5. • (du.) the 12th sign of the zodiac (Pisces) Jyot.
6. • a partic. figure (= svastikamadhyâkṛti) Hcat.
7. • (pl.) N. of a people and country (which accord. to Mn. ii, 19 forms part of Brahmarshi) RV. &c.&c
8. • a king of the Matsyas (cf. matsa)
9. • N. of Virāṭa (as having been found by fishermen, along with his sister Matsyā or Satya-vatī, in the body of the Apsaras Adrikā, metamorphosed into a fish) MBh.
10. • N. of a pupil of Deva-mitra Śskalya Cat.
11. • (ā), f. a female fish Uṇ. iv, 104 Sch.
12. • N. of the sister of king Virāṭa (cf. above) MBh.
13. • (ī) f. matsa and g. gaurâdi

⋙matsyakaraṇḍikā

1. ○karaṇḍikā f. a fish-basket, any receptacle for fish L.

⋙matsyakūrmādyavatārin

1. ○kūrmâdy-avatārin m. 'descending (and become in-carnate) as a fish, tortoise &c.', N. of Vishṇu MW.

⋙matsyagandha

1. ○gandha mf(ā)n. having the smell of fish MBh.
2. • m. (pl.) N. of a race Saṃskārak.
3. • (ā), f. N. of Satya-vatī (mother of vyasa, also called Mina-gandha
4. • matsya above) MBh.
5. • Commelina Salicifolia L.

⋙matsyagu

1. ○gu m. N. of Cyavsna L.

⋙matsyaghaṇṭa

1. ○ghaṇṭa m. a kind of fish-sauce or a dish of fish L. (cf. matsagaṇṭa)

⋙matsyaghāta

1. ○ghāta m. the killing or catching of fish Mn. x, 45

⋙matsyaghātin

1. ○ghātin mfn. killing fṭfish
2. • m. a fisherman MBh. (also with puruṣa Kathās.)

⋙matsyajāla

1. ○jāla n. a fishing-net L.

⋙matsyajīvat

1. ○jīvat or (v. l.), mfn. living by catching fish. a fisherman Pañcat.

⋙matsyajīvtn

1. ○jīvtn (v. l.), mfn. living by catching fish. a fisherman Pañcat.

⋙matsyatantra

1. ○tantra n. N. of wk. (prob. = -silkta)

⋙matsyadeśa

1. ○deśa m. the country of the Matsyas (cf. above) Cat.

⋙matsyadvādaśikā

1. ○dvādaśikā or f. N. of the 12th day in one of the halves of the month Margaśīrsha ib.

⋙matsyadvādaśī

1. ○dvāḍdaśī f. N. of the 12th day in one of the halves of the month Margaśīrsha ib.

⋙matsyadvīpa

1. ○dvīpa m. 'fish-island', N. of a Dvipa VP.

⋙matsyadhānī

1. ○dhānī f. 'fish-holder', a fishbasket or a kind of snare for catching fish L.

⋙matsyadhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. a fṭfishbasket-banner Ragh.
2. • N. of a mountain, KāIP

⋙matsyanātha

1. ○nātha m. 'fish-lord', N. of a man Cat. (cf. matsyândra)

⋙matsyanārī

1. ○nārī f. 'fish-woman i.e. half fish half woman', N. of Satya-vati Cat.

⋙matsyanāśaka

1. ○nāśaka and m. 'fṭfish-destroyer', a sea-eagle, osprey L.

⋙matsyanāśana

1. ○nāśana m. 'fish-destroyer', a sea-eagle, osprey L.

⋙matsyapittā

1. ○pittā f. Helleborus Niger L.

⋙matsyapurāṇa

1. ○purāṇa n. 'fish-Purāṇs', N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas (so called as communicated by Vishṇu in the form of a fish to the 7th Manu
2. • cf. matsyā́vatāra and IW. 512)

⋙matsyaprādurbhāva

1. ○prādur-bhāva m. fṭfishbasket-manifestation', Vishṇu's fish incarnation, N. of ch, of the NarasP. (cf. matsyâvatāra)

⋙matsyabandha

1. ○bandha m. fish-catcher, a fisherman MBh.

⋙matsyabandhana

1. ○bandhana n. a fish-hook L.
2. • (ī), f. a fish-basket L.

⋙matsyabandhin

1. ○bandhin m. = -bandha Pañcat.
2. • (inī), f. a fish-basket (v. l. for -bandhanī) L.

⋙matsyamāṃsa

1. ○māṃsa n. fish-flesh Mn. iii, 268

⋙matsyamādhava

1. ○mādhava n. N. of a Tirtha Cat.

⋙matsyaraṅka

1. ○raṅka or

⋙matsyaraṅga

1. ○raṅga

⋙matsyaraṅgaka

1. ○raṅgaka m. a halcyon, king-fisher L.

⋙matsyarāja

1. ○rāja m. pl. fishkings, the best' of fishes Bhpr.
2. • Cyprinus Rohita L.
3. • a king of the Matsyas. MBh.

⋙matsyavid

1. ○vid mfn. knowing fish, an ichthyologist ŚāṅkhSr.

⋙matsyavinnā

1. ○vinnā f. a species of plant L.

⋙matsyavedhana

1. ○vedhana n. fish-piercing', a fish-hook, angle L.
2. • (ī), f. id. L.
3. • a cormorant L.

⋙matsyavratin

1. ○vratin mfn. one who lives in water L.

⋙matsyasakalā

1. ○sakalā f. Helleborus Niger Bhpr.

⋙matsyasagandhin

1. ○sagandhin mfn. = -gaudha MBh.

⋙matsyasaṃghāta

1. ○saṃghāta m. a shoal of young fry or small fish L.

⋙matsyasaṃtānika

1. ○saṃtānika m. a partic. dish of fish (eaten with condiments or oil) L.

⋙matsyasūkta

1. ○sū7kta n. N. of wk

⋙matsyahan

1. ○hán m. 'fish-killer', a fisherman ŚBr.

⋙matsyākṣaka

1. matsyâkṣaka m. fish-eyed (?)', a species of Soma plant Car. Suśr.
2. • (ā), f. id. L.
3. • (ikā), f. a kind of grass L.

⋙matsyākṣī

1. matsyâkṣī f. prec. m. L.
2. • Hincha Repens L.
3. • Solanum Indicum L.
4. • a kind of grass (= gaṇḍa-dūrvā) L.

⋙matsyāṅgī

1. matsyâṅgī wṛ. for matsyâkṣī

⋙matsyāṇḍa

1. matsyâṇḍa n. fish-roe Bhpr.

⋙matsyād

1. matsyâd mfn. 'fish-eating', feeding on fish L.

⋙matsyāda

1. matsyâda mfn. id. Mn. Pañcat.

⋙matsyādanī

1. matsyâdanī f. Commelina Salicifolia L.

⋙matsyāvatāra

1. matsyâvatāra m. 'fish-descent', N. of the first of the 10 incarnations of Vishṇu (who became a fish to save the 7th Manu from the universal deluge
2. • the conversation between them forms the Matsya-Purāṇa, q.v
3. • in MBh. i. the fish is represented as an incarnation of Brahmā
4. • cf. IW. 327, 397 &c.)
5. • -kathana n. -prabandha m. N. of wk

⋙matsyāśana

1. matsyâśana m. 'feeding on fish', a halcyon, king-fisher L.

⋙matsyāśin

1. matsyâśin mfn. eating fish, living on fish Bhpr.

⋙matsyāsura

1. matsyâsura m. 'fish-Asura', N. of an AsṭAsura Cat.
2. • -śaila-vadha m. N. of ch. of GaṇP. ii

⋙matsyendra

1. matsyêndra m. N. of a teacher of Yoga Cat.
2. • of an author (-muhūrta m. or n. N. of his wk. ) ib. [Page 777, Column 1]

⋙matsyeśvaratīrtha

1. matsyêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Cat.

⋙matsyotthā

1. matsyôtthā f. 'sprung from a fish', N. of Satyavatī Gal. ( under matsya above)

⋙matsyodarin

1. matsyôdarin ns. N. of Matsya or Virāṭa (as the brother of Matsyôdari) Cat.

⋙matsyodarī

1. matsyôdarī f. 'sprung from a fish-belly', N. of Satya-vatī L. ( under matsya above)
2. • N. of a sacred bathing-place in Benares Cat.

⋙matsyodarīya

1. matsyôdarīya mfn. relating to a fish-belly
2. • m. N. of Vyāsa (son of Matsyôdari, q.v.) MBh.

⋙matsyopajlvin

1. matsyôpajlvin m. 'living by fish', a fisherman MBh. R. (cf. matsya-jīvat, ○vin)

≫matsyaka

1. matsyaka m. a little fish MBh.

matsara

1. matsara ○rin, p. 176, col, 2

matsya

1. matsya &c. p. 776, col. 3

matsyaṇḍikā

1. matsyaṇḍikā f. inspissated juice of the sugar-cane Mālav. Car. Suśr.

≫matsyaṇḍī

1. matsyaṇḍī f. id. Bhpr.

math

1. math or manth (q.v.), cl. 1. 9. P. (cf. Dhātup. xx, 18, iii, 5 and xxxi, 40) mâthati, mánthati, mathnā́ti (Ved. and ep. also Ā. máthate, mánthate and mathnīte
2. • Impv. mathnadhvam MBh.
3. • pf. mamātha AV.
4. • 3. pl. mamathuḥ Vop.
5. • methuḥ, methire Br.
6. • mamantha, ○nthuḥ MBh.
7. • aor. mathīt RV.
8. • amanthiṣṭām ib.
9. • amathiṣata Br.
10. • fut. mathiṣyati, ○te manthiṣyati Br. &c
11. • mathitā MBh.
12. • inf. mathitum MBh. &c
13. • ○tos Br.
14. • mánthitavaí MaitrS.
15. • ind. p. mathitvā́, -máthya Br. &c
16. • manthitvā, PIṇ. i, 2, 33
17. • -manthya and -mātham n. MBh. &c.). to stir or whirl round RV. &c. &c
18. • (with agnim), to produce fire by rapidly whirling round or rotating a dry stick (araṇi) in another dry stick prepared to receive it ib.
19. • (with araṇim), to rotate the stick for producing fire MBh. Kāv. Pur.
20. • (with ūrum, hastam &c.), to use friction upon any part of the body with the object of producing offspring from it Hariv. BhP.
21. • to churn (milk into butter), produce by churning TS. &c. &c. (also with two acc., e.g. sudhāṃ kṣīra-nidhim mathnāti, 'he churns nectar out of the ocean of milk' Siddh. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 51)
22. • to mix, mingle Suśr.
23. • to stir up, shake, agitate, trouble disturb, afflict, distress, hurt, destroy AV. &c. &c.: Pass. mathyáte (ep. also ○ti), to be stirred up or churned &c. RV. &c. &c.: Caus. manthayati (cf. Lāṭy.), [m�Athayati] (cf. MBh.), to cause to be stirred up or churned &c.: Desid. mimathiṣati, mimanthiṣati Gr.: Intens. māmathyate, māmantti &c. ib. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. mentha, menta ; Lit. mentúre3 ; Germ. [777, 1] minśa, ṃinśe ; Angl. Sax. minte ; Eng. mint.]

≫math

1. math (ifc.) detroying, a destroyer (cf. madhumath)
2. • m. mathin

≫matha

1. matha m. = mātha g. jvalâdi

≫mathaka

1. mathaka m. N. of a man
2. • pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi (v. l. for, manthaka)

≫mathan

1. mathan (only instr. mathnā), a piece of wood for producing fire by attrition BhP.

≫mathana

1. mathana mf(ī, once ā)n. rubbing, stirring, shaking, harassing, destroying (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. R. &c
2. • m. Premna Spinosa (the wood of which is used to produce fire by attrition) L.
3. • n. the act of rubbing, friction BhP.
4. • stirring or whirling round, churning or producing by churning MBh. R. Pur.
5. • hurting, annoying, injury, destruction R. Ratnâv.

⋙mathanācala

1. mathanâcala m. the mountain (Mandara, q.v.) used as a churning-stick (by the gods and Dānavas in churning the ocean of milk) BhP. (cf. mantha-śaita)

≫mathāya

1. mathāya Nom. P. ○yáti, to produce fire by friction RV.
2. • to tear off (a head) ib.
3. • to shake AV.

≫mathi

1. mathi (ifc
2. • cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 27), urā-, vastra- and havir-máthi (mathīnā́n RV. viii, 53, 8 prob. wṛ. for matīnā́m
3. • cf. mathín)

≫mathita

1. mathita mfn. stirred round, churned or produced by churning RV.
2. • shaken, agitated, afflicted, hurt, destroyed MBh. R. Hariv.
3. • dislocated, disjointed Suśr.
4. • ni. N. of a descendant of Yama (and supposed author of RV. x, 19) RAnukr.
5. • n. buttermilk churned without water Kauś. MBh. &c

⋙mathitapādapa

1. ○pādapa mfn. (a wood) whose trees are damaged or destroyed Hariv.

⋙mathitorasa

1. mathitôrasa mfn. one whose breast is pierced or wounded (by arrows) ib. (vḷ. vyath○)

≫mathitṛ

1. mathitṛ mfn. (ifc.) crushing, destroying Ānand.

≫mathin

1. mathin m. (strong stem, mánthan, older mánthā ; middle mathín or mathí q.v. ; sg. nom. mánthās acc. mánthām [for mantkānam manthāna under √manth] [Page 777, Column 2] ; instr. mathā́ du. mathíbhyām pl. mathíbhyas &c. [cf. pathin and Pāṇ. 7-1, 83 &c.] ; for mathīnā́m mathi above) a churning-stick, any stick or staff for stirring or churning RV. &c. &c
2. • the penis L.
3. • a thunderbolt L.
4. • wind L.

≫mathina

1. mathina ○nati (artificial Nom. fr' mathin), Siddb. on Pāṇ. 6-4, 13

≫mathna

1. mathná (only mathnā́ RV. i, 181, 5), prob. wṛ. for mathrá

≫mathya

1. mathya mfn. to be rubbed out of ( ulmuka-m○)
2. • to be extracted or produced from ( sindhu-m○)

≫mathra

1. mathrá mfn. shaken, agitated, whirling RV. (cf. mathná)

≫mantha

1. mantha

⋙manthys

1. manthys &c. under √manth

mathavya

1. mathavyá prob. wṛ. for madh○ AV.

mathā

1. mathā ind, a Nidhana formula Lāṭy.

mathāta

1. mathāta māthāta

mathu

1. mathu m. a proper N. (= madhu
2. • cf. māthavá)

mathura

1. mathura m. (√math?) N. of a man (cf. māthura)
2. • (ā), f. next

≫mathurā

1. mathurā f. N. of various towns (esp. of an ancient town now called Muttra and held in great honour as the birthplace of Kṛishṇa
2. • situated in the province of Agra on the right bank of the Yamunā or Jumns
3. • described in VP. xii, 1 as having been founded by Śatru-ghna
4. • accord. to Kull. on Mn. ii, 19 it forms part of a district called Brahmarshi, belonging to Śūra-sena) AV.Pariś. Hariv. Pur. &c

⋙mathurākāṇḍa

1. ○kāṇḍa n

⋙mathurāguhyavarnaṇa

1. ○guhya-varnaṇa n

⋙mathurācampū

1. ○campū f

⋙mathurātīrthamahātmya

1. ○tīrtha-mahātmya n. N. of wks

⋙mathurādāsa

1. ○dāsa m. N. of the author of the drama Vṛishabhânujā

⋙mathurānāṭaka

1. ○nāṭaka n. N. of a drama

⋙mathurānātha

1. ○nātha (also ○ra-n○), m. 'lord of Mathurā', N. of Kṛishṇa Pañcar.
2. • N. of various men and authors (also with śukla, cakravartin and tarka-vāg-īśa)
3. • -jāsi-mālā f. N. of wk
4. • -rāya m. N. of a man Cat.
5. • ○thīya n. N. of wk

⋙mathurāmahiman

1. ○mahiman m

⋙mathurāmāhātmya

1. ○māhātmya n

⋙mathurāmāhātmyasaṃgraha

1. ○māhātmyasaṃgraha m

⋙mathurāsetu

1. ○setu m. N. of wks

⋙mathurāśa

1. mathurâśa m. lord of Mathurā', N. of Kṛishṇa L.
2. • of various authors (also with vidyâlaṃkāra) Cat.

≫mathūrā

1. mathūrā f. = mathurā above L.

mad

1. mad base of the first pers. pron. in the sg. number (esp. in comp.)

⋙madartha

1. ○artha m. my purpose
2. • (am), ind. for the sake of me Bhag.

⋙maddeha

1. ○deha m. my body ib.

⋙madbandhanasamudbhava

1. ○bandhana-samudbhava mfn. causel by the binding of me i.e. by my bondage ib.

⋙madbhakta

1. ○bhakta mfn. devoted to me ib.

⋙madbhāva

1. ○bhāva m. my essence ib. root

⋙madbhū

1. ○bhū P. -bhavati, to become I ib.

⋙madvacana

1. ○vacana n. my word, my order
2. • (āt), ind. in my name, from me ib. -1

⋙madvat

1. ○vat ind. (for 2. p. 779, col. 2) like me Kathās.

⋙madvargīṇa

1. ○vargīṇa or mfn. belonging to my class or party, connected with or related to me Siddh.

⋙madvargīya

1. ○vargīya or mfn. belonging to my class or party, connected with or related to me Siddh.

⋙madvargya

1. ○vargya mfn. belonging to my class or party, connected with or related to me Siddh.

⋙madvidha

1. ○vidha mfn. like me, equal to me, of my sort or kind MBh. Kāv. Pur.

⋙madviyoga

1. ○viyoga mṣeparation from me Bhag.

⋙madvihīna

1. ○vihīna mfn. separated from me ib.

≫mac

1. mac in comp. for 1. mad

⋙maccitta

1. ○citta mfn. having the mind (fixed) on me, thinking of me Bhag.

⋙maccharīra

1. ○charīra (mad + śar○), n. my body ib.

≫mat

1. mat in comp. for 1. mad

⋙matkṛta

1. ○kṛta (mát-), mfn. done by me RV. MBh.

⋙mattara

1. ○tara mfn. compar. Pāṇ. 7-2, 98 Sch.

⋙matpara

1. ○para

⋙matparama

1. ○parama or mfn. devoted to me Bhag.

⋙matparāyaṇa

1. ○parâyaṇa mfn. devoted to me Bhag.

⋙matputra

1. ○putra m. the son of me, my son MW.

⋙matpūrva

1. ○pūrva mfn. one who has lived before me MārkP.
2. • m. my elder brother R.

⋙matprasūta

1. ○prasūta mfn. produced from me MW.

⋙matsakāśe

1. ○sakāśe ind. in my presence ib.

⋙matsakhi

1. ○sakhi (mát.), m. my companion, my friend RV.

⋙matsaṃsthā

1. ○saṃsthā f. union with me Bhag.

⋙matsaṃdeśa

1. ○saṃdeśa m. news or tidings of me ib.

⋙matsamakṣana

1. ○samakṣana ind. in my sight or presence ib.

⋙matsamatva

1. ○sama-tva or n. likeness or resemblance of me ib.

⋙matsādṛśya

1. ○sādṛśya n. likeness or resemblance of me ib.

≫matka

1. matka mfn. (for 1. p. 776, col. 2) mine, my Bālar. Bhaṭṭ.

≫madīya

1. madīya mfn. my, my own, belonging to me MBh. Kāv. &c

≫madya

1. madya (for 2. p. 779, col. 1), Nom. P. ○yati Pāṇ. 7-2, 98 Sch.

≫madrik

1. madrík ind. (fr. next) to me, towards me RV.

≫madryañc

1. madryáñc mfn. directed towards me RV.
2. • (ák), ind. towards me ib. (cf. asmadryáñc)

≫madryadrik

1. madryadrik ind. = madrik

≫man

1. man in comp. for 1. mad

⋙manmanasa

1. ○manasa mf(ā)n. thinking of me PārGṛ.

⋙manmaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of or proceeding from me, full of me, like me Bhag. Hariv. [Page 777, Column 3]

mad

1. mad (cf. √mand), cl. 4.P. (cf. Dhātup. xxvi, 99) mā́dyati (ep. also ○te
2. • Ved. also I. P. Ā. mā́dyati ○te
3. • 3. P. mamátti, ○ttu, mamádat, ámamaduḥ
4. • Ved. Impv. mátsi, ○sva
5. • pf. mamā́da
6. • aor. amādiṣuḥ, amatsuḥ, amatta
7. • Subj. mátsati, ○sat
8. • fut. maditā, madiṣyati Gr
9. • Ved. inf. maditos), to rejoice, be glad, exult, delight or revel in (instr., gen., loc., rarely acc.), be drunk (also fig.) with (instr.) RV. &c. &c
10. • to enjoy heavenly bliss (said of gods and deceased ancestors) RV. TBr.
11. • to boil bubble (as water) RV. TS. ŚBr. Hariv.
12. • to gladden, exhilarate, intoxicate, animate, inspire RV.: Caus. [m�Adáyati], ○te (cf. Dhātup. xxxiii, 31, xix, 54
13. • aor. ámīmadat or amamadat
14. • Ved. inf. madayádhyai), to gladden, delight, satisfy, exhilarate, intoxicate, inflame, inspire RV. &c. &c
15. • (Ā.) to be glad, rejoice, be pleased or happy or at ease RV. VS. Kauś.
16. • (Ā.) to enjoy heavenly bliss RV. TBr. BhP.: Desid. mimadiṣati Gr.: Intens. māmadyate, māmatti ib. [Perhaps orig. 'to be moist'
17. • Gk. ? ; Lat. madere.] [777, 3]

≫matta

1. mattá mfn. excited with joy, overjoyed, delighted, drunk, intoxicated (lit. and fig.) AV. &c. &c
2. • excited by sexual passion or desire, in rut, ruttish (as an elephant) MBh. R. &c
3. • furious, mad, insane ib.
4. • m. a buffalo L.
5. • the Indian cuckoo L.
6. • a drunkard L.
7. • a ruttish or furious elephant L.
8. • a madman L.
9. • a thorn-apple L.
10. • N. of a Rākshasa R.
11. • (ā), f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous or vinous liquor L. ; N. of a metre Col. [Lat. mattus, drunk]

⋙mattakāla

1. ○kāla m. N. of a king of Lāṭa Daś.

⋙mattakāśinī

1. ○kāśinī f. 'appearing intoxicated', a bewitching or wanton woman (esp. used in address) MBh. Kāv. &c. (also written -kāsinī or -kāṣiṇī)

⋙mattakīśa

1. ○kīśa m. an elephant L.

⋙mattagāminī

1. ○gāminī f. 'having the gait of an elephant in rut', a woman with a rolling walk, a bewitching or wanton woman L.

⋙mattadantin

1. ○dantin m. a furious or ruttish elṭelephant W.

⋙mattanāga

1. ○nāga m. id. L.
2. • N. of an author Cat.

⋙mattamayūra

1. ○mayūra m. a peacock intoxicated with joy or passion L.
2. • m. N. of a man L.
3. • pl. = next Nīlak.
4. • n. a kind of metre Col.

⋙mattamayūraka

1. ○mayūraka m. pl. N. of a warrior-tribe MBh.

⋙mattamātaṃgalīlākara

1. ○mātaṃga-līlâkara m. or n. (?) N. of a metre Col.

⋙mattavāṅmaunamūlikā

1. ○vāṅ-mauna-mūlikā f. N. of wk

⋙mattavāraṇa

1. ○vāraṇa m. = -dantin Vas. (-vikrama mfn. having the might of a mad elephant Ml.)
2. • m. or n. = mattâlamba L.
3. • n. a turret, pinnacle, pavilion Vās.
4. • a peg or bracket projecting from a wall L.
5. • a bedstead L.

⋙mattavāraṇīya

1. ○vāraṇīya mfn. attached to the turret (of a car) Bālar.

⋙mattavilāsinī

1. ○vilāsinī f. N. of a metre L.

⋙mattahastin

1. ○hastin m. = -dantin Mālav.

⋙mattākrīḍā

1. mattâkrīḍā f. N. of a metre Col.

⋙mattālamba

1. mattâlamba m. a fence or hedge round the house of a rich man L.

⋙mattebha

1. mattêbha m. = matta-dantin
2. • -kumbha-pariṇāhin mfn. round as the frontal globes of an elephant in rut Pañcat.
3. • -gamanā f. = mattā-gāminī L.
4. • -vikrīḍita n. N. of a metre L.
5. • ○bhâsya (?), n. N. of wk

≫mattaka

1. mattaka mfn. somewhat drunk or intoxicated MW.
2. • somewhat proud or overbearing Hariv.
3. • m. N. of a Brāhman Rājat. vi, 339 (perhaps sumanom○ in one word)

≫mada

1. máda m. hilarity, rapture, excitement, inspiration, intoxication RV. &c. &c
2. • (du. wite madasya, N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr.)
3. • ardent passion for (comp.) MBh.
4. • (ifc. f. ā) sexual desire or enjoyment, wantonness, lust, ruttishness, rut (esp. of an elephant) MBh. Kāv. &c
5. • (ifc. f. ā), pride, arrogance, presumption, conceit of or about (gen. or comp.) ib.
6. • any exhilarating or intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor, wine, Soma RV. &c. &c,
7. • honey Ragh.
8. • the fluid or juice that exudes from a rutting elephant's temples MBh. Kāv. &c
9. • semen virile L.
10. • musk L.
11. • any beautiful object L.
12. • a river L.
13. • N. of the 7th astrol. mansion Var.
14. • Intoxication or Insanity personified (as a monster created by Cyavana) MBh.
15. • N. of a son of Brahmā VP.
16. • of a Dānava Hariv.
17. • of a servant of Śiva BhP.
18. • (ī), f. any agricultural implement (as a plough &c.) L.
19. • n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr.

⋙madakara

1. ○kara mf(ī)n. causing intoxication, intoxicating Suśr.

⋙madakarin

1. ○karin m. an elephant in rut Rājat.

⋙madakala

1. ○kala mfn. sounding or singing softly or indistinctly (as if intoxicated) MBh. Kāv.
2. • drunk, intoxicated (with liquor or passion), ruttish, furious, mad Kālid.
3. • m. an elephant L.
4. • -kokilakūjita n. the warbling of Kokilas during the breeding season Vikr.
5. • -yuvati f. a young woman intoxicated with love ib. [Page 778, Column 1]

⋙madakāraṇa

1. ○kāraṇa n. a cause of pride or arrogance MW.

⋙madakārin

1. ○kārin (cf. SārṅgS.),

⋙madakṛt

1. ○kṛt (cf. Suśr.), mfn. = -kara

⋙madakohala

1. ○kohala m. a bull set at liberty (at a festival and allowed to range about at will) L.

⋙madagandha

1. ○gandha m. Alstonia Scholaris L.
2. • (ā). f. an intoxicating beverage L.
3. • Linum Usitatissimum or Crotolaria Juncea L.

⋙madagamana

1. ○gamana prob. wṛ. for manda-g○

⋙madagurupakṣa

1. ○guru-pakṣa mfn. having wings heavy with honey (as bees) Ragh.

⋙madaghnī

1. ○ghnī f. 'destroying intoxication', a species of leguminous plant (= pūtikā) L.

⋙madacyut

1. ○cyút mfn. reeling with excitement, wanton, intoxicated, exhilarated or inspired with Soma RV.
2. • gladdening, exhilarating, inspiriting ib.
3. • emitting temple-juice (as an elephant in rut) BhP.

⋙madacyuta

1. ○cyuta (máda.). mfn. staggering or reeling with intoxication RV.

⋙madajala

1. ○jala n. the temple juice (of a ruttish elephant) Prab.

⋙madajvara

1. ○jvara m. the fever of passion or pride Bhartṛ.

⋙madadurdina

1. ○durdina n. large exudation of temple-juice Ragh.

⋙madadvipa

1. ○dvipa m. a ruttish or furious elephant Kāv.

⋙madadhāra

1. ○dhāra m. N. of a king MBh.

⋙madapaṭu

1. ○paṭu mfn. ruttish MBh.
2. • ind. (to sing) loud or shrill Ragh.

⋙madapati

1. ○pati m. 'lord of the Somajuice', N. of Indra and Vishṇu RV.

⋙madaprada

1. ○prada mfn. 'intoxicating' and 'causing arrogance' Kāv.

⋙madaprayoga

1. ○prayoga m. the issue of temple-juice (in a rutting elephant) L.

⋙madapraseka

1. ○praseka m. id. R.
2. • the aphrodisiacal fluid (of a woman) Mṛicch. iv, 14 (perhaps 'sprinkling with wine')

⋙madaprasravaṇa

1. ○prasravaṇa n. = -prayoga MBh.

⋙madabhaṅga

1. ○bhaṅga m. breach or humiliation of pride Bhām.

⋙madabhañjinī

1. ○bhañjinī f. 'destroying intoxication', Asparagus Racemosus L. (cf. -ghnī)

⋙madamattaka

1. ○mattaka m. a kind of thorn-apple L.

⋙madamattā

1. ○mattā f. N. of a metre Col.

⋙madamuc

1. ○muc mfn. emitting templejuice (as a rutting elephant) Uttarar.

⋙madamohita

1. ○mohita mfn. stupefied by drunkenness Mn. xi, 97
2. • infatuated by pride MW.

⋙madarāga

1. ○rāga m. affected by passion or by intoxication', the god of love L.
2. • a cock L.
3. • a drunken man MW.

⋙madarudradatta

1. ○rudra-datta m. N. of an author Cat.

⋙madalekhā

1. ○lekhā f. a line formed by the rutjuice (on, an elephant's temples) Chandom.
2. • a kind of metre, Srutab

⋙madavallabha

1. ○vallabha m. N. of a Gandharva Bālar.

⋙madavāraṇa

1. ○vāraṇa m. a furious elephant, Srikaṇṭh

⋙madavāri

1. ○vāri n. = -jala Pañcat.

⋙madavikṣipta

1. ○vikṣipta mfn. 'distracted by passion', ruttish, furious (as an elephant) L.

⋙madavihvala

1. ○vihvala or mfn. excited by passion, lustful, wanton R.

⋙madavihvalita

1. ○vihvaḍlita mfn. excited by passion, lustful, wanton R.

⋙madavīrya

1. ○vīrya n. the power of passion or fury Pañcat.

⋙madavṛddha

1. ○vṛddha (máda-), mfn. invigorated or inspired by Soma-juice RV.

⋙madavyādhi

1. ○vyādhi n. = madâtyaya L.

⋙madaśāka

1. ○śāka m. Portulaca Quadrifiga L.

⋙madasauṇḍaka

1. ○sauṇḍaka n. a nutmeg L.

⋙madasāra

1. ○sāra m. Salmalia Malabarica L.

⋙madasthala

1. ○sthala or n. 'place of intoxication', a drinking-house, tavern L.

⋙madasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. 'place of intoxication', a drinking-house, tavern L.

⋙madasrāvin

1. ○srāvin mfn. = -muc MBh.

⋙madahastinī

1. ○hastinī f. a species of Karañja L.

⋙madahetu

1. ○hetu m. 'cause of intoxication', Grislea Tomentosa L.

⋙madākula

1. madâkula mfn. agitated by passion or lust, furious with rut Ṛitus.

⋙madāgha

1. madâgha m. N. of a man
2. • pl. his descendants, g. upakâdi

⋙madāḍhya

1. madâḍhya mfn. rich in or filled with wine, intoxicated, drunk W.
2. • m. the wine-palm L.
3. • Nauclea Cadamba L.
4. • a red-flowering Barleria L.

⋙madātaṅka

1. madâtaṅka m. = madâtyaya L.

⋙madātmānanda

1. madâtmânanda m. N. of an author Cat.

⋙madātyaya

1. madâtyaya m. 'passing off of wine', disorder resulting from intoxication (as head-ache &c.) Suśr. (cf. pānâtyaya) ○tyayita, mfn. suffering from this disorder Car.

⋙madāndha

1. madândha mfn. blind through drunkenness or passion, infatuated, ruttish (as an elephant) MBh. Kāv. Pur.
2. • (ā), f. N. of a metre Col.

⋙madāpanaya

1. madâpanaya m. remov, l of intoxication Prab.

⋙madānāta

1. madânāta m. a kettle-drum carried on an elephant L.

⋙madāmbara

1. madâmbara m. the elephant of Indra or an elṭelephant in rut L.

⋙madāmbu

1. madâmbu and n. = mada-jala Śiś.

⋙madāmbhas

1. madâḍmbhas n. = mada-jala Śiś.

⋙madalasa

1. madalasa mfn. lazy from drunkenness, languid, indolent, slothful Kāv.
2. • (ā), f. N. of the daughter of the Gandharva Viśvā-vasu (carried off by the Daitya Pātāla-ketu, and subsequently the wife of Kuvalayśśva) Pur.
3. • of the daughter of the Rākshasa Bhramara-ketu Uttamac.
4. • of a poetess Cat.: ○sacampū f. ○sa-nāṭaka n. ○sâkhyāyikā (or ○sâkh○ ?), f. ○sā-pariṇaya m. N. of wks

⋙madālāpin

1. madâlāpin m. 'uttering sounds of love or joy', the Indian cuckoo or koil L.

⋙madāvat

1. madā́-vat mfn. intoxicated drunk AV.

⋙madāvasthā

1. madâvasthā f. a state of passions, ruttishness Kathās.

⋙madāhva

1. madâhva m. musk L.

⋙maderaghu

1. máderaghu mfn. (fr. loc. made + r○) eager with enthusiasm RV.

⋙madotkaṭa

1. madôtkaṭa mfn. excited by drink, intoxicated R.
2. • excited by passion, furious ib.
3. • ruttish MBh.
4. • m. an elephant in rut L.
5. • a dove L.
6. • N. of a lion Pañcat.
7. • (ā), f. an intoxicating beverage L.
8. • Linum Usitatissimum L.
9. • N. of the goddess Dākshāyaṇī (as worshipped in Caitraratha) Cat. [Page 778, Column 2]
10. • n. an intoxicating drink made from honey or the blossoms of the Bassia Latifolia L.

⋙madodagra

1. madôdagra mf(ā)n. much excited, furious Ragh.
2. • arrogant, haughty L.

⋙madodarkā

1. madôdarkā f. a collective N. of the 3 myrobolans (Terminalia Chebula T. Bellerica and Phyllanthus Emblica) L.

⋙madoddhata

1. madôddhata mfn. intoxicated L.
2. • puffed up with pride, arrogant Kām.

⋙madodreka

1. madôdreka m. Melia Bukayun L.

⋙madonmatta

1. madônmatta mfn. mfn. intoxicated with passion (rut) or pride Pañcat.

⋙madorjita

1. madôrjita mfn. swollen with pride, haughty with arrogance Rājat.

⋙madollāpin

1. madôllāpin m. the Indian cuckoo L. (cf. madâāpin)

≫madana

1. mádana m. (ifc. f. ā) passion, love or the god of love MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • a kind of embrace L.
3. • the season of spring L.
4. • a bee L.
5. • (?) bees-wax ( paṭṭikā)
6. • Vanguiera Spinosa Suśr.
7. • a thorn-apple and various other plants (e.g. Phaseolus Radiatus, Acacia Catechu &c.) L.
8. • a bird L.
9. • (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.
10. • (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion Var.
11. • N. of various men and authors (also with ācārya, bhaṭṭa, sarasvatī &c
12. • below.) Rājat. Inscr. Cat.
13. • (ā), f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor L.
14. • (ī), f. id. L.
15. • musk L.
16. • N. of a plant (= atimukta) L.
17. • the civet-cat L.
18. • n. the act of intoxicating or exhilarating MW.
19. • (scil. astra), N. of a mythical weapon R. (vḷ. mādana)
20. • bees-wax L.
21. • mfn. = mandrá Nir.

⋙madanakaṇṭaka

1. ○kaṇṭaka m. erection of hair caused by a thrill of love A.
2. • Vanguiera Spinosa L.

⋙madanakalaha

1. ○kalaha m. a love-quarrel Mālatīm.

⋙madanakākurava

1. ○kāku-rava m. a pigeon L.

⋙madanakīrti

1. ○kīrti m. N. of a poet Cat.

⋙madanakliṣṭa

1. ○kliṣṭa mfn. pained by love Śak.

⋙madanagṛha

1. ○gṛha n. N. of a partic. Prākṛit metre Col.

⋙madanagopāla

1. ○gopāla m. 'herdsman of lṭlove', N. of Kṛishṇa PadmaP.
2. • N. of the preceptor of Vaikuṇṭha-purī Cat.
3. • -vāda-prabandha m. -vilāsa m. N. of wks

⋙madanacaturdaśī

1. ○caturdaśī f. N. of a festival in honour of Kāma-deva on the 14th day in the light half of the month Caitra L.

⋙madanatantra

1. ○tantra n. the science of sexual love Daś.

⋙madanatṛṣṇā

1. ○tṛṣṇā f. 'love-thirst', N. of a dancing girl Kautukas.

⋙madanatrayodaśī

1. ○trayodaśī f. N. of a festival in honour of Kāma-deva on the 13th day in the light half of the month Caitra L.

⋙madanadaṃṣṭrā

1. ○daṃṣṭrā f. N. of a princess Kathās.

⋙madanadamana

1. ○damana m. 'Kāma-deva's subduer', N. o f. Śiva Daś.

⋙madanadahana

1. ○dahana m. 'Kāma-deva's burner or consumer', N. of Śiva-Rudra (and so of the number eleven) Piṅg.

⋙madanadvādaśī

1. ○dvādaśī f. the 12th day of the light half of the month Caitra (sacred to, Kāma-deva) MW.

⋙madanadviṣ

1. ○dviṣ m. 'enemy of KṭKāma-deva', N. of Śiva Bālar.

⋙madanadhvajā

1. ○dhvajā f. the 15th day in the light half of the month Caitra L.

⋙madananālikā

1. ○nālikā f. a faithless wife L.

⋙madananṛpa

1. ○nṛpa m. N. of an author (= -pāla). Cat.

⋙madanapakṣin

1. ○pakṣin m. a kind of bird (= sārikā) L.

⋙madanapaṭṭikā

1. ○paṭṭikā f. (prob.) a wax-tablet Cat.

⋙madanaparājaya

1. ○parājaya m. N. of wk

⋙madanapāthaka

1. ○pāthaka m. 'announcer of love or the spring', the Indian cuckoo L.

⋙madanapārijāta

1. ○pārijāta m. N. of a compendium of rules of morality and ritual composed by Viśvêśvara ( next)

⋙madanapāla

1. ○pāla m. N. of a king (patron of Viśvêśvara &c. and supposed author of various wks.)
2. • -vinoda-nighaṇṭu m. = madana-viloda, q.v

⋙madanapīḍā

1. ○pīḍā f. = -bādhā A.

⋙madanapura

1. ○pura n. N. of a town, Kathls

⋙madanaprabha

1. ○prabha m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara ib.
2. • (ā), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs.

⋙madanaphala

1. ○phala n. the fruit of Vanguiera Spinosa Suśr.

⋙madanabādhā

1. ○bādhā f. the pain or disquietude of love Vikr.

⋙madanabhavana

1. ○bhavana n. 'abode of love or matrimony', (in astrol.) a partic. station or state of the heavenly bodies L.

⋙madanabhūṣaṇa

1. ○bhūṣaṇa n. N. of a play

⋙madanamañcukā

1. ○mañcukā f. N. of a daughter of Madana-vega and Kaliṅga-senā (the 6th Lambaka in the Kathās. is called after her) Kathās.

⋙madanamañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f. N. of a daughter of the Yaksha prince Dundubhi ib.
2. • of a Surâṅganl Siṃhâs.
3. • of other women Vcar.
4. • of a Sārikā Vet.
5. • of a drama Cat.

⋙madanamanohara

1. ○manohara m. N. of an author (son of Madhu-sūdina Paṇḍiti-rāja) Cat.

⋙madanamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. entirely under the influence of the god of love Kāv.

⋙madanamaha

1. ○maha m. a festival held in honour of Kāma-deva Ratnâv.
2. • ○hôtsava m. id. ib.

⋙madanamahārṇava

1. ○mahârṇava m. N. of 2 wks

⋙madanamālā

1. ○mālā (cf. Kathās.),

⋙madanamālinī

1. ○mālinī (cf. Vas., Introd.), f. N. of two women

⋙madanamiśra

1. ○miśra m. N. of a man W.

⋙madanamukhacapeṭā

1. ○mukha-capeṭā f. N. of wk

⋙madanamodaka

1. ○modaka m. a partic. medicinal powder L.

⋙madanamohana

1. ○mohana m. 'the infatuater of the god of love', N. of Krishṇa PadmaP.
2. • (nī), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs.

⋙madanayaṣṭiketu

1. ○yaṣṭi-ketu m. a kind of lag Kād.

⋙madanaratna

1. ○ratna n. N. of wk
2. • -nighaṇṭu m. -pradīpa m. N. of wks

⋙madanarāja

1. ○rāja m. N. of a man Rājat.

⋙madanaripu

1. ○ripu m.= -dviṣ Bhartṛ.

⋙madanarekhā

1. ○rekhā f. N. of the supposed mother of Vikramâditya Inscr.
2. • of a divine female Siṃhâs.

⋙madanalalita

1. ○lalita mf(ā)n. amorously sporting or dallying Chandom. (ā), f. a kind of metre ib. [Page 778, Column 3]

⋙madanalekha

1. ○lekha m. a love-letter Śak.
2. • (ā), f. id. Sarvad.
3. • N. of a daughter of Pratipa-mukha (king of Vārāṇasi), Kath
4. • of another woman ib.

⋙madanavatī

1. ○vatī f. N. of a town Vcar.

⋙madanavaśa

1. ○vaśa mfn. influenced by love, enamoured A.

⋙madanavahniśikhāvalī

1. ○vahni-śikhâvalī f. the flame of the fire of love, Śṛiṅgār

⋙madanavinoda

1. ○vinoda m. N. of medical vocabulary (written in 1375 and attributed to Madana-pāla, q.v.)

⋙madanavega

1. ○vega m. N. of a king of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās.

⋙madanaśalākā

1. ○śalākā f. Turdus Salica (= sārikā) L.
2. • the female of the Indian cuckoo L.
3. • an aphrodisiac L.

⋙madanaśikhipīḍā

1. ○śikhipīḍā f. the pain of the fire of love Kuval.

⋙madanasaṃpīḍā

1. ○saṃpīḍā n. N. of a drama Cat.
2. • (ī) f. N. of a divine female Siṃhâs.
3. • of a treatise on erotics Cat.

⋙madanasaṃdesa

1. ○saṃdesa m. a message of love Mālav.

⋙madanasārikā

1. ○sārikā f. Turdus Salica L.

⋙madanasiṃha

1. ○siṃha m. N. of various authors Cat.

⋙madanasundarī

1. ○sundarī and f. N. of various women Siṃhâs.

⋙madanasenā

1. ○senā f. N. of various women Siṃhâs.

⋙madanaharā

1. ○harā f. (Prākṛit for -gṛha) N. of a metre Col.

⋙madanāgraka

1. madanâgraka m. Paspalum Scrobiculatum L.

⋙madanāṅkuśa

1. madanâṅkuśa m. the penis L.
2. • a finger-nail L.

⋙madanācārya

1. madanâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat.

⋙madanātapatra

1. madanâtapatra n. the vulva Bhpr.

⋙madanātura

1. madanâtura mfn. love-sick Ragh.

⋙madanāditya

1. madanâditya m. N. of a man Rājat.

⋙madanāntaka

1. madanântaka m. 'Kāma-deva's destroyer', N. of Śiva Bhartṛ.

⋙madanāndhamiśra

1. madanândha-miśra m. N. of a man Hāsy.

⋙madanābhirāma

1. madanâbhirāma m. N. of a prince Caurap.

⋙madanāyudha

1. madanâyudha n. pudendum muliebre L.

⋙madanāyuṣa

1. madanâyuṣa m. a species of shrub L.

⋙madanāri

1. madanâri m.= ○na-dviṣ, Prasanuar

⋙madanārṇava

1. madanârṇava 'love-dwelling', pudendum muliebre L.
2. • a lotus L.
3. • a sovereign, prince L.
4. • = ○na-bhavana L.

⋙madanāvastha

1. madanâvastha mfn. being in a state of love, enamoured Śak.
2. • (ā), f. the being in love Ratnâv.

⋙madanāśaya

1. madanâśaya m. sexual desire VarBṛS.

⋙madanecchāphala

1. madanêcchā-phala n. a species of mango L.

⋙madanotsaya

1. madanôtsaya m. kāma-deva's festival (= ○na-maha) the holy or vernal festival L. (cf. RTL. 430)
2. • a partic. game Cat.
3. • (ā), f. a courtezan of Svarga L.

⋙madanotsuka

1. madanôtsuka mfn. pining or languid with love Vikr.

⋙madanodaya

1. madanôdaya m. 'rising of love', N. of wk

⋙madanodyānāna

1. madanôdyānāna n. 'love's garden', N. of a garden Mālatīm.

≫madanaka

1. madanaka m. Artemisia Indica L. (prob. wṛ. for damanaka)
2. • the thorn-apple L.
3. • ī. bees-wax Bhpr.
4. • (ikā), f. N. of a woman Mṛicch.

≫madanāya

1. madanāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the god of love Hariv.

≫madanīya

1. madanīya mfn. intoxicating Nir.
2. • exciting passion or love Ṛitus.

≫madantikā

1. madantikā f. (in music) a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt.

≫madantī

1. mádantī f. id. ib.
2. • pl. (with or scil. āpas) bubbling or boiling water RV.

≫madayat

1. madayat mfn. (fr. Caus.) intoxicating &c
2. • (antī), f. Arabian or wild jasmine L.
3. • N. of the wife of Kalmāsha-pāda or Mitra-saha MBh. Pur.

≫madayantikā

1. madayantikā f. Arabian jasmine, Var Yogay
2. • N. of a woman, Mālatim

≫madayitṛ

1. madayitṛ mfn. intoxicating, an intoxicater, maddener, delighter Ragh.

≫madayitnu

1. madayitnu m. 'intoxicating &c.', (only L.) the god of love
2. • a distiller of spirituous liquor
3. • a drunken man
4. • a cloud
5. • m. n. spirituous liquor

≫madāmada

1. madāmada mfn. being in perpetual excitement KaṭhUp.

≫madāra

1. madāra m. (only L.
2. • cf. Uṇ. iii, 134) a hog
3. • an elephant (in rut)
4. • a thorn-apple
5. • a lover, libertine
6. • a kind of perfume
7. • N. of a prince

≫madin

1. madín mfn. intoxicating, exhilarating, delighting, lovely (compar. ○din-tara, superl. ○din-tama) RV. VS. VPrāt.

≫madira

1. madira mfn. = prec. RV. &c. &c
2. • m. a species of red-flowering Khadiri L.
3. • (ā), f. below

⋙madiradṛś

1. ○dṛś mfn. 'having intoxicating or fascinating eyes', lovely-eyed Viddh.
2. • f. a fascinating woman ib.

⋙madiranayana

1. ○nayana mf(ā)n. id. Kautukas.

⋙madirākṣa

1. madirâkṣa mf(ī) n. id. Vikr. Kāvyâd.
2. • m. N. of a younger brother of Śatānika MBh.

⋙madirāyatanayanā

1. madirâyata-nayanā f. a mistress with fascinating and lovely eyes Śak.

⋙madirāśva

1. madirâśva m. N. of a Rājarshi and of a king (son of Daśâśva and grandson of Ikshvāku) MBh.

⋙madirekṣaṇa

1. madirêkṣaṇa mf(ā)n. = ○ra-driś Vikr.
2. • -vallabhā f. a mistress with fascinating eyes Śak. (v. l.)

≫madirā

1. madirā f. spirituous liquor, any inebriating drink, wine, nectar Mn. MBh. &c
2. • a wagtail (esp. in the pairing season, = matta-khañjana) L.
3. • a kind of metre Col.
4. • N. of Durgā, Hiriv
5. • of the wife of Varuṇa VP.
6. • of one of the wives of Vasu-deva ib. Pur.
7. • of the mother of Kādambarī Kād.

⋙madirāgṛha

1. ○gṛha n. a drinking-house, tavern L. [Page 779, Column 1]

⋙madirāmadāndha

1. ○madândha mfn. blind through drunkenness, dead drunk BhP.

⋙madirāmaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of intoxicating liquor Hcar.

⋙madirārṇava

1. ○"ṣrṇava (○rârṇ○), m. N. of wk

⋙madirāvatī

1. ○vatī f. N. of a girl (and of Kathās. xiii so called after her)
2. • of another girl Hcar.

⋙madirāvaśaga

1. ○vaśa-ga mfn. subdued by i.e. drunk with wine Hariv.

⋙madirāsālā

1. ○sālā f. = -gṛha MW.

⋙madirāsakha

1. ○sakha m. 'frieid of wine', the mangotree L.

⋙madirāsava

1. ○sava (○râs○), m. any intoxicating liquor R.

⋙madirotkaṭa

1. madirôtkaṭa mfn. excited or intoxicated with spirituous liquor R.

⋙madironmatta

1. madirônmatta mfn. drunk with wine or spirituous liquor MaitrUp.

≫madiṣṭha

1. mádiṣṭha mf(ā)n. (superl. of madín) very intoxicating or exhilarating &c. RV. AV. PañcavBr.
2. • (ā), f. any intoxicating beverage L.

≫madiṣṇu

1. madiṣṇu mfn. = mandu Nir. iv, 12

≫madugha

1. madúgha m. N. of a plant yielding honey or a species of liquorice AV. Kauś.

≫madura

1. madura m. a bird L.
2. • N. of a prince VP.

≫maderu

1. maderú mfn. 'very intoxicating' or 'worthy of praise' RV. x, 106, 6 (cf. Sāy.)

≫madya

1. mádya mf(ā)n. (for 1. p. 777, col. 2) intoxicating. exhilarating, gladdening, lovely RV.
2. • n. any intoxicating drink, vinous or spiritous liquor, wine Mn. MBh. &c

⋙madyakīta

1. ○kīta m. a kind of insect or animalcule bred in vinegar &c. L.

⋙madyakumbha

1. ○kumbha m. a vessel for intoxicating liquors, brandy-jar Kāv.

⋙madyadruma

1. ○druma m. Caryota Urens L.

⋙madyapa

1. ○pa mf(ā)n. drinking intoxicating liquor, a drunkard ChUp. Mn. &c
2. • m. N. of a Dānava Hariv.
3. • -"ṣpâśana n. a drankard's meal L.

⋙madyapaṅka

1. ○paṅka m. vinous liquor for distilling, mash L.

⋙madyapāna

1. ○pāna n. the drinking of intoxicating liquors MBh. Pañcat. Suśr.
2. • any intṭintoxicating drink MārkP.

⋙madyapīta

1. ○pīta mfn. = pīta-madya g. āhitâgny-ādi

⋙madyapura

1. ○pura n. du. (?) Divyâv.

⋙madyapuṣpā

1. ○puṣpā or f. Grislea Tomentosa L.

⋙madyapuṣpī

1. ○puṣpī f. Grislea Tomentosa L.

⋙madyabīja

1. ○bīja n. lees of wine, ferment L.

⋙madyabhājana

1. ○bhājana (L.),

⋙madyabhāṇḍa

1. ○bhāṇḍa (cf. Vas.). n. = -kumbha, q.v

⋙madyamaṇḍa

1. ○maṇḍa m. yeast, barm, froth L.

⋙madyamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of intoxicating liquors Jātakam.

⋙madyalālasa

1. ○lālasa m. Mimusops Elengi L.

⋙madyavāsinī

1. ○vāsinī f. = -puṣpā L.

⋙madyavikraya

1. ○vikraya m. the sale of intṭintoxicating liquors Yājñ. Sch.

⋙madyavīja

1. ○vīja -see -bīja

⋙madyasaṃdhāna

1. ○saṃdhāna n. distillation of spirit L.

⋙madyākṣepa

1. madyâkṣepa m. addiction to drink Car.

⋙madyāmoda

1. madyâmoda m. Mimusops Elengi L.

⋙madyāsattaka

1. madyâsattaka m. N. of a man Rājat. (prob. wṛ. for madyâsaktaka)

≫madra

1. madrá m. a country to the north-west of Hindūstan proper, or a king (pl. the people) of this country ŚBr. &c. &c
2. • N. of a son of Śibi (the progenitor of the Madras) Pur.
3. • (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Raudrāśva Hariv.
4. • (in music) a personification of the first Mūrchanā in the Gāndhāra-grāma
5. • (ī), f. a princess of Madra Pāṇ. 4-1, 177. Sch.
6. • n. joy, happiness (madraṃ tasya or tasmai, 'joy to him!' n. of bhadra) Pāṇ. 2-3, 73

⋙madrakāra

1. ○kāra mfn. causing joy or happiness Pāṇ. 3-2, 44
2. • m. vḷ. for mādra-gāra VBr.

⋙madrakūla

1. ○kūla g. dhūmâdi

⋙madragāra

1. ○gāra or m. N. of a man VBr. Pravar.

⋙madragāri

1. ○gāri m. N. of a man VBr. Pravar.

⋙madraṃkara

1. ○ṃ-kara mfn. = ○dra-kāra Pāṇ. 3-2, 44

⋙madraja

1. ○ja mfn. born in Madra VP.

⋙madranagara

1. ○nagara n. the city of the Madras Pāṇ. 7-3, 24 Sch.

⋙madranābha

1. ○nābha m. a partic. mixed caste MBh.

⋙madrapa

1. ○pa m. a ruler of the Madras ib.

⋙madrarāja

1. ○rāja m. a king of the Madras Hariv.

⋙madravāṇija

1. ○vāṇija m. a merchant who goes to Madra Pāṇ. 6-2, 13 Sch.

⋙madrasadeśa

1. ○sadeśa

⋙madrasanīḍa

1. ○sanīḍa

⋙madrasamaryāda

1. ○samaryāda

⋙madrasavidha

1. ○savidha

⋙madrasaveśa

1. ○saveśa n. neighbourhood of the MṭMadras Pāṇ. 6-2, 23 Sch.

⋙madrasutā

1. ○sutā f. 'daughter of the king of MṭMadras', N. of Mādrī (the second wife of Pāṇḍu) L.

⋙madrastrī

1. ○strī f. a Madra woman MBh.

⋙madrahrada

1. ○hrada m. N. of a lake Pat.

⋙madrārma

1. madrârma and n. Pāṇ. 6-2, 91

⋙madrāśmārma

1. maḍdrâśmârma n. Pāṇ. 6-2, 91

⋙madreśa

1. madrêśa or m. a sovereign of the Madras Hariv. Pur.

⋙madreśvara

1. madrêḍśvara m. a sovereign of the Madras Hariv. Pur.

≫madraka

1. madraka mfn. = mādro mādrau vā bhaktir asya Pāṇ. 4-3, 100, Vartt. 2 Pat.
2. • belonging to or produced in Madra W.
3. • m. (pl.) N. of a degraded people (= madra) MBh. Hariv. Pur.
4. • (sg.) a prince or an inhabitant of Madra MBh.
5. • N. of Śibi ( under madra) Hariv.
6. • of a poet Cat.
7. • (ikā), f. below
8. • n. N. of a kind of song Yājñ.
9. • a kind of metre Col.

⋙madrakapati

1. ○pati m. a ruler of the Madras VarBṛS.

⋙madrakagīti

1. ○gīti f. the song called Madraka L.

⋙madrakādhsma

1. madrakâdhsma mfn. the lowest or meanest of the Madras MBh.

≫madrākṛ

1. madrā-kṛ √P. -karoti, to shear, shave Pāṇ. 5-4, 67 (cf. bhadrā-.√kṛ)

≫madrāya

1. madrāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be glad, rejoice, g. lohitâdi

≫madrikā

1. madrikā f. a Madra woman MBh.

⋙madrikākalpa

1. ○kalpa mfn. resembling a MṭMadra woman Pāṇ. 6-3, 37 Sch. [Page 779, Column 2]

⋙madrikābhārya

1. ○bhārya m. 'having a MṭMadra woman for wife', the husband of a Madra woman ib.

⋙madrikāmānin

1. ○mānin mfn. thinking (a person to be) a Madra woman ib.

≫madrikāya

1. madrikāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like a Madra woman Pāṇ. 6-3, 37 Sch.

≫madvat

1. madvat mfn. (for 1. p. 777, col. 2) intoxicating, gladdening ŚāṅkhBr. (cf. Sch.)
2. • containing a form or derivative of √2. mad Br.

≫madvan

1. mádvan mfn. addicted to joy or intoxication RV. viii, 81, 19
2. • gladdening, intoxicating ib. ix, 86, 35
3. • m. N. of Siva Uṇ. iv, 112 Sch.

madadin

1. madadin g. pragady-ādi

madarpatapura

1. madarpata-pura or ○pita-pura n. N. of a town Rājat.

madārmada

1. madārmada m. a species of fish L. (cf. mahônmada)

madi

1. madi or madikā f. a kind of harrow or roller Kṛishis. (cf. matya)

madīṇu

1. madīṇu N. of a place (Medina?) Romakas.

madīya

1. madīya p. 777, col. 2

madga

1. madga puru-madga

madgu

1. madgú m. (accord. to Uṇ. i, 7 fr. √majj) a, diver-bird (a kind of aquatic bird or cormorant ; Lat. mergus) VS. &c. &c. (also ○guka R.)
2. • a species of wild animal frequenting the boughs of trees (= parṇa-mṛga) Suśr.
3. • a kind of snake L.
4. • a partic. fish Nīlak.
5. • a kind of galley or vessel of war Daś.
6. • a partic. mixed caste Mn. x, 48 (the son of a Nishṭya and a Varuṭī, a Māhishya who knows medicine, or a Pāra-dhenuka who proclaims orders L.)
7. • a person who kills wild beasts L. (cf. Mn. x, 48)
8. • N. of a son of Śvaphalka Hariv.

⋙madgubhūta

1. ○bhūta wṛ. for maṅku-bh○ Divyâv.

≫madgura

1. madgura m. (cf. Uṇ. i, 42) a species of fish, Macropteronatus Magur Lalit. Bhpr. (-priyā f. a female Macropteronatus L.)
2. • a diver, pearl-fisher (as a partic. mixed caste) MBh. Hariv.

≫madguraka

1. madguraka m. Macropteronatus Magur L.

≫madgurasī

1. madgurasī f. a species of fish L.

maddhaka

1. maddhaka m. (with paṇḍita) N. of a poet Cat. (cf. madraka)

madbhū

1. mad-√bhū p. 777 col. 2

madya

1. madya 1. 2. pp. 777 and 779

madra

1. madra &c. col. 1

madrik

1. madrík p. 777, col. 2

madrukasthalī

1. madruka-sthalī f. g. dhūmâdi

madrumarakantha

1. madrumara-kantha n. g. cihaṇâdi

madryañc

1. madryáñc p. 777, col. 2

madvacana

1. mad-vacana &c. p. 777, col. 2

madhavya

1. madhavyá p. 781, col. 1

madhu

1. mádhu mf([�U] or vii)n. (gen. n. Ved. mádhvas, mádhos, or mádhunas
2. • instr. mádhvā
3. • dat. mádhune
4. • loc. mádhau) sweet, delicious, pleasant, charming, delightful RV. TS.
5. • bitter or pungent L.
6. • m. N. of the first month of the year (= Caitra, March-April) ŚBr. &c. &c
7. • the season of spring Var. Kālid.
8. • Bassia Latifolia L.
9. • Jonesia Asoka L.
10. • liquorice L.
11. • N. of Śiva MBh.
12. • of two Asuras (the one killed by Vishṇu, the other by Śatru-ghna) MBh. Hariv. Pur.
13. • of one of the 7 sages under Manu Cākshusha MārkP.
14. • of a son of the third Manu Hariv.
15. • of various princes (of a son of Vṛisha, of Deva-kshatra, of Bindu-mat, of Arjuna Kārtavirya) Hariv. Pur.
16. • of a son of Bhaṭṭa-nārāyaṇa, Kshittîs of a teacher (= madhva or ananda-tīrtha) Col.
17. • of a mountain MārkP.
18. • (pl.) the race of Madhu (= the Yādavas or Māthuras) MBh. Hariv. BhP.
19. • (u), f. a partic. plant (= jīvā or jīvantī) L.
20. • n. anything sweet (esp. if liquid), mead &c. RV. AV. TBr.
21. • Soma (also somyam madhu) RV.
22. • honey (said to possess intoxicating qualities and to be of 8 kinds
23. • madhuno leha m. licker of honey a bee W.) RV. &c. &c
24. • milk or anything produced from milk (as butter, ghee &c.) RV. VS. GṛŚrS.
25. • the juice or nectar of flowers, any sweet intoxicating drink, wine or spirituous liquor Kāv. Var. Sāh. [Page 779, Column 3]
26. • sugar L.
27. • water L.
28. • pyrites Bhpr.
29. • N. of a Brāhmaṇa ŚBr. ; a kind of metre Col. [Cf. Gk., ?, ?, Slav. [med�u] ; Lith. [779, 3] midús, medús ; Germ, meth ; Eng. mead.]

⋙madhukaṇṭha

1. ○kaṇṭha m. the Iudian cuckoo (= kokila) L.
2. • N. of a poet Cat.

⋙madhukara

1. ○kara m. 'honey-maker', a bee Hariv. Kāv. &c
2. • a lover, libertine L.
3. • Eclipta Prostrata or Asparagus Racemosus L.
4. • Achyranthes Aspera W.
5. • the round sweet lime W.
6. • (ī), f. a female bee Kāv. Pañcat. (vḷ.) &c
7. • N. of a girl Hcar.
8. • -gaṇa m. a swarm of bees ŚārṅgP.
9. • -maya mfn. consisting of bees Kād.
10. • -rājan m. the king of bees i.e. the queen bees PraśnUp.
11. • -śreṇi f. a line of bees Megh.
12. • -sāha (cf. Cat.) and -sāhi (cf. Inscr.), m. N. of two kings

⋙madhukarāya

1. ○karāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to represent a bee Daś.

⋙madhukarikā

1. ○karikā f. N. of woman Mālav.

⋙madhukarin

1. ○karin m. a bee Pañcat. (vḷ.)

⋙madhukarkaṭikā

1. ○karkaṭikā f. the sweet lime L.
2. • the date L.

⋙madhukarkaṭī

1. ○karkaṭī f. the sweet L.
2. • the sweet cucumber L.

⋙madhukarṇa

1. ○karṇa g. kumudâdi

⋙madhukaśā

1. ○kaśā́ f. 'whip of sweetness', a kind of whip or lash belonging to the Aśvins with which they are said to sweeten the Soma juice (afterwards, a symbol of plenty) RV. AV. TāṇḍyaBr. KātySr.

⋙madhukāṇḍa

1. ○kāṇḍa n. N. of the first Kāṇḍa of the Bṛihad-āraṇyakô-panishad

⋙madhukānana

1. ○kānana n. the forest of the Asura Madhu Pañcar.

⋙madhukāra

1. ○kāra m. 'honey-maker', a bee BhP.
2. • (ī), f. a female bee R.
3. • a partic. wind-instrument Saṃgīt.

⋙madhukārin

1. ○kārin m. a bee W.

⋙madhukirī

1. ○kirī f. N. of a Rāga Saṃgīt.

⋙madhukukkuṭikā

1. ○kukkuṭikā f. = -kukkuṭi L.
2. • another plant ( = madhurā) L.

⋙madhukukkuṭī

1. ○kukkuṭī f. a kind of citron tree with ill-smelling blossoms L.

⋙madhukumbhā

1. ○kumbhā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.

⋙madhukulyā

1. ○kulyā́ f. a stream of honey, hṭhoney in strṭstream ŚBr.
2. • N. of a river in Kuśa-dvipa BhP.

⋙madhukūṭa

1. ○kūṭa m. N. of a poet

⋙madhukūla

1. ○kūla (mádhu-) mf(ā)n. whose banks consist of butter AV.

⋙madhukṛt

1. ○kṛ́t mfn. making honey or sweetness
2. • m. a bee AV. TS. Br. ChUp.

⋙madhukeśaṭa

1. ○keśaṭa m. 'honey-insect', a bee L.

⋙madhukaiṭasasūdana

1. ○kaiṭasa-sūdana m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ. (wṛ. for -kaiṭabha-s○)

⋙madhukosa

1. ○kosa m. 'honey-receptacle', a beehive L.
2. • N. of sev. wks
3. • n. a honeycomb ĀpŚr. Comm.

⋙madhukrama

1. ○krama m. a bee-hive L.
2. • a honeycomb MW.
3. • pl. a drinking bout L.

⋙madhukroḍa

1. ○kroḍa m. or n. (?) a fritter with sweet stuffing Car.

⋙madhukṣīra

1. ○kṣīra (cf. L.) or (A.), m. Phoenix Silvestris

⋙madhukṣīraka

1. ○kṣīḍraka (A.), m. Phoenix Silvestris

⋙madhukharjūrikā

1. ○kharjūrikā or f. a kind of date L.

⋙madhukharjūrī

1. ○kharḍjūrī f. a kind of date L.

⋙madhugandhika

1. ○gandhika mfn. sweet-swelling Suśr.

⋙madhugāyana

1. ○gāyana m. the Indian cuckoo L.

⋙madhuguñjana

1. ○guñjana m. Hyperanthera Moringa L.

⋙madhugraha

1. ○grahá m. a libation of honey ŚBr. KātyŚr.

⋙madhugluntha

1. ○gluntha m. a lump of honey (honeycomb?) ĀpŚr.

⋙madhughoṣa

1. ○ghoṣa m. 'sweetly-sounding', the Indian cuckoo L.

⋙madhucchattra

1. ○cchattra m. or n. (?) = vṛkṣâdana L.

⋙madhucchada

1. ○cchada m. Flacourtia Sapida L. (also ā, f. Bhpr.)

⋙madhucchanda

1. ○cchanda m. (mostly m. c.) = next MBh. Hariv. R.

⋙madhucchandas

1. ○cchandas m. N. of the 51st of Viśvā-mitra's 101 sons AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. &c
2. • pl. N. of all the sons of Viśvā BhP.

⋙madhucyut

1. ○cyut mfn. (cf. MBh. R. &c.) or dropping sweets or honey

⋙madhucyuta

1. ○cyuta mf(ā)n. (cf. R. BhP.) dropping sweets or honey

⋙madhuja

1. ○ja mf(ā)n. obtained from honey L.
2. • (ā). f. sugar made from honey, sugar-candy L.
3. • the earth L.
4. • n. bees-wax L.

⋙madhujambīra

1. ○jambīra

⋙madhujambha

1. ○jambha or m. a kind of sweet citron L.

⋙madhujambhala

1. ○jambhala m. a kind of sweet citron L.

⋙madhujāta

1. ○jāta (mâdhu-), mf(ā)n. sprung or produced from honey AV.

⋙madhujālaka

1. ○jālaka n. a honey-comb AV.Pariś

⋙madhujit

1. ○jit m. conqueror of the Daitya Madhu', N. of Vishṇu L.

⋙madhujihva

1. ○jihva (mádhu.), mfn. hṭhoney -tongued, sweet-tṭtongued, sweetly-speaking RV. VS. ŚBr.

⋙madhutaru

1. ○taru m. (cf. Vās. Comm.) and m. n. (cf. Vās.) sugar-cane

⋙madhutṛṇa

1. ○tṛṇa m. n. (cf. Vās.) sugar-cane

⋙madhutraya

1. ○traya n. the three sweet things (viz. sitā, mākṣika and sarpis, q.v.) L.

⋙madhutva

1. ○tva n. sweetness MaitrUp.

⋙madhudalā

1. ○dalā f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.

⋙madhudīpa

1. ○dīpa m. 'lamp of spring', the god of love L.

⋙madhudugha

1. ○dúgha mf(ā)n. milking (i.e. yielding) sweetness RV.

⋙madhudūta

1. ○dūta m. 'messenger of spring', the mango tree L.
2. • (ī), f. Bignonia Suaveolens Bhpr.

⋙madhudogha

1. ○doghá mfn. = -dúgha RV.

⋙madhudoham

1. ○doham ind. milking out or obtaining honey MBh.

⋙madhudra

1. ○dra m. (√2. drā) 'hastening after honey or sweets', a bee L.
2. • a libertine L.

⋙madhudrava

1. ○drava m. a red-blossomed Hyperanthera Moringa L.

⋙madhudruma

1. ○druma m. the mango tree L.
2. • Bassia Latifolia L.

⋙madhudviṣ

1. ○dviṣ m. 'foe of the Daitya Madhu', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa Śiś. BhP.

⋙madhudhā

1. ○dhā́ mfn. dispensing sweetness RV.

⋙madhudhātu

1. ○dhātu m. pyrites L.

⋙madhudhāna

1. ○dhāna (mádhu-), mf(ā)n. pouring out sweetness RV. AV.

⋙madhudhārā

1. ○dhārā f. a stream of honey Kād. BhP. &c
2. • a stream or plenty of sweet intoxicating drinks Vcar.
3. • N. of a mythical river Hariv.
4. • of wk

⋙madhudhūli

1. ○dhūli f. molasses, unrefined brown sugar L.

⋙madhudhenu

1. ○dhenu f. honey offered to Brāhmans in the form of a cow Hcat.

⋙madhudhvaja

1. ○dhvaja and m. N. of 2 kings VP. [Page 780, Column 1]

⋙madhunandi

1. ○nandi m. N. of 2 kings VP. [Page 780, Column 1]

⋙madhunāḍī

1. ○nāḍī f. a cell in a honeycomb ChUp.
2. • N. of RV. iii, 54, 55 ŚāṅkhŚr.

⋙madhunārikeraka

1. ○nārikeraka

⋙madhunālikeraka

1. ○nālikeraka or m. a kind of cocoanut tree L.

⋙madhunālikerika

1. ○nālikeḍrika m. a kind of cocoanut tree L.

⋙madhunighātin

1. ○nighātin m. N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa VP.

⋙madhunirgama

1. ○nirgama m. the departure of spring Ragh.

⋙madhuniṣūdana

1. ○niṣūdana (cf. Hariv.),

⋙madhunihan

1. ○nihan (cf. MBh.),

⋙madhunihantṛ

1. ○nihantṛ (cf. Hariv.), m. N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa

⋙madhunetṛ

1. ○netṛ m. a bee L.

⋙madhupa

1. ○pá mf(ā)n. drinking sweetness, honey-drinker RV. R.
2. • m. (with or scil. khaga) a large black bee Kāv. Pañcat. &c
3. • a bee or a drunkard Bhām.
4. • -dhvaja m. N. of a king VP.

⋙madhupaṭala

1. ○paṭala m. a bee-hive Nīlak.

⋙madhupati

1. ○pati m. 'chief of the race of Madhu', N. of Kṛishṇa BhP. (cf. -mati)

⋙madhuparka

1. ○parká m. (n. L.) a mixture of honey, an offering of honey and milk, a respectful offṭoffering to a guest or to the bridegroom on his arrival at the door of the father of the bride (sometimes consisting of equal parts of curds, honey and clarified butter)
2. • the ceremony of receiving a guest with it AV. GṛŚrS. &c
3. • N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh.
4. • of wks
5. • -dāna n. the offering of the Madhu-parka MW.
6. • -nirṇaya m. N. of wk
7. • -pāṇi mfn. having the Madhu-pṭparka oblation in the hand, offering the Madhu-pṭparka MW.
8. • -prayoga m. -mantra m. or n. N. of wks
9. • ○kâcamana n. the tasting of the Madhu.pṭparka

⋙madhuparkika

1. ○parkika mfn. presenting the offering of honey &c. MBh. (cf mādhup○)

⋙madhuparkya

1. ○parkya mfn. worthy of the hṭhoney offering, g. daṇḍâdi

⋙madhuparṇi

1. ○parṇi (cf. Car., m. c.) or (cf. Suśr. Bhpr.), f. N. of sev. plants (Gmelina Arborea, Indigofera Tinctoria, Cocculus Cordifolius &c. L.)

⋙madhuparṇī

1. ○parḍṇī (cf. Suśr. Bhpr.), f. N. of sev. plants (Gmelina Arborea, Indigofera Tinctoria, Cocculus Cordifolius &c. L.)

⋙madhuparṇikā

1. ○parṇikā f. N. of various plants Suśr. Bhpr. (Gmelina Arborea, Indigofera Tinctoria &c. L.)

⋙madhupavana

1. ○pavana m. a vernal breeze Gīt.

⋙madhupā

1. ○pā mfn. = -pá. mfn
2. • -tama mfn. drinking sweetness excessively RV. -pākā f. sweet melon L. -pāni (mádhu.), mfn. having sweetness in the hand RV.

⋙madhupātra

1. ○pātra n. a drinking vessel for intoxicating drinks Vcar.

⋙madhupāna

1. ○pāna n. sipping the nectar of flowers ( comp.)
2. • a partic. sweet drink MānGṛ.
3. • -kala mfn. sweet through the sipping of the nectar of flowers (as the hum of bees), Kavyâd

⋙madhupāyin

1. ○pāyin m. 'honey-drinker', a bee L.

⋙madhupārī

1. ○pārī f. = -pātra Vcar.

⋙madhupāla

1. ○pāla m. a honey keeper R.

⋙madhupālikā

1. ○pālikā f. Gmelina Arborea L.

⋙madhupiṅgākṣa

1. ○piṅgâkṣa mfn. having eyes as yellow as honey Var.
2. • m. N. of a Muni Cat.

⋙madhupīlu

1. ○pīlu m. a species of tree L.

⋙madhupura

1. ○pura n. the city of the Asura Madhu Hariv.
2. • N. of a city in Northern India Pañcat.
3. • (ī), f. the city of the Madhus i. e. Mathurā BhP. Bhām.
4. • ripu m. N. of Vishṇu Hcat.

⋙madhupuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa (only L.), m. Bassia Latifolia, Acacia Sirissa, Jonesis Asoka, Mimusops Elengi
2. • (ā), f. Croton Polyandrum or Croton Tiglium Tiaridium Iudicum. =

⋙madhupū

1. ○pū́ mfn. purifying itself while becoming sweet AV.

⋙madhupṛc

1. ○pṛ́c mfn. dispensing sweetness RV. AV.

⋙madhupṛṣṭha

1. ○pṛṣṭha (mádhu-), mfn. whose back or surface consists of sweetness or milk (said of Soma) RV.

⋙madhupeya

1. ○péya mfn. sweet to drink RV.
2. • n. the drinking of sweetness (as Soma &c.) ib.

⋙madhupraṇaya

1. ○praṇaya m. addiction to wine MW.

⋙madhuvat

1. ○vat mfn. addicted to wine ib.

⋙madhupratīka

1. ○pratīka (mádhu-), mf(ā)n. having a sweet mouth or sweetness in the mouth RV.
2. • (ā), f. (with or scil. siddhi) N. of certain supernatural powers and properties of a Yogin Cat.

⋙madhuprapāta

1. ○prapāta m. a precipice (met with) while seeking honey MBh.

⋙madhuprameha

1. ○prameha m. honey-like or saccharine urine, diabetes MW.

⋙madhuprasaṅgamadhu

1. ○prasaṅga-madhu n. hṭhoney connected with spring Ratnâv.

⋙madhuprāśana

1. ○prâśana n. putting a little honey into the mouth of a new-born male infant (one of the 12 Saṃskāras or purificatory rites of the Hindūs) RTL. 358

⋙madhupriya

1. ○priya mfn. fond of honey or the juice of flowers Hariv.
2. • m. a kind of plant, = bhūmi-jambu L.
3. • N. of Akrūra VP.
4. • of Bala-bhadra L.

⋙madhupluta

1. ○pluta mfn. swimming with honey, mixed with honey Vishṇ.

⋙madhupsaras

1. ○psaras (mádhu-), mfn. fond of sweetness RV.

⋙madhuphala

1. ○phala m. a kind of cocoa-nut tree L.
2. • Flacourtia Sapida L.
3. • (ā), f. water-melon L.
4. • a kind of grape L.

⋙madhuphalikā

1. ○phalikā f. a kind of date L.

⋙madhubahulā

1. ○bahulā f. Gaertnera Racemosa L.

⋙madhubīja

1. ○bīja m. a pomegranate tree L.
2. • -pūra m. a kind of citron L.

⋙madhubrāhmaṇa

1. ○brāhmaṇa n. N. of a Brāhmaṇa

⋙madhubhakṣaṇa

1. ○bhakṣaṇa n. N. of ch. of the Bāla-kāṇḍa of the Rāmāyaṇa

⋙madhubhadra

1. ○bhadra m. N. of man Rājat.

⋙madhubhāga

1. ○bhāga (mádhu-), mfn. whose lot or portion is sweetness AV.

⋙madhubhāṇḍa

1. ○bhāṇḍa n. = -pātra Vcar.

⋙madhubhāva

1. ○bhāva m. a partic. Prākṛit metre Col.

⋙madhubhid

1. ○bhid m. slayer of Madhu', N. of Vishnu Kād.

⋙madhubhuj

1. ○bhuj mfn. enjoying sweetness or gladness BhP.

⋙madhubhūmika

1. ○bhūmika m. N. of a Yogin in the second order or degree Sarvad.

⋙madhumakṣa

1. ○makṣa m

⋙madhumakṣā

1. ○makṣā f. or 'honey-fly', a bee Kauś.

⋙madhumakṣikā

1. ○makṣikā f. 'honey-fly', a bee Kauś.

⋙madhumajjan

1. ○majjan m. a walnut tree L.

⋙madhumat

1. ○mat (mádhu-.), mfn. possessing or containing sweetness, sweet [Page 780, Column 2]
2. • pleasant, agreeable (-tama mfn. ) RV. AV. VS. &c
3. • mixed with honey Kum.
4. • rich in honey, richly provided with the juice of flowers Chandom.
5. • containing the word mádhu ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ.
6. • m. N. of a country, g. kacchâdi and sindhv-ādi
7. • of a city (?) MW.
8. • pl. N. of a people MBh.
9. • (atī), f. Gmelina Arborea L.
10. • Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.
11. • a partic. step or degree in the Yoga Cat.
12. • a partic. supernatural faculty belonging to a Yogin Prab.
13. • a kind of metre Chandom.
14. • N. of a daughter of the Asura Madhu (wife of Hary-aśva) Hariv.
15. • of a female servant of Lakshmi (?) Pañcar.
16. • of a river Hariv. Mālatīm.
17. • of a city in Saurāshṭra Śatr. Daś.
18. • of sev. wks
19. • ○tī-saṃgamêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha Rājat. Cat.

⋙madhumati

1. ○mati m. Mohammed Kālac. (wṛ. -pati)
2. • -gaṇêśa m. N. of an author Cat.

⋙madhumatta

1. ○matta mfn. drunk with wine L.
2. • intoxicated or excited by the spring Hariv.
3. • m. N. of a man R.
4. • pl. N. of a people MBh. (v. l. -mat)
5. • (ā), f. a species of Karañja L.

⋙madhumath

1. ○math m. 'crusher or destroyer of Madhu', N. of Vishṇu Ragh. =

⋙madhumathana

1. ○mathana m. = prec. Kāv. BhP. Chandom.
2. • -vijaya m. N. of wk

⋙madhumada

1. ○mada m. intoxication with wine Kāv.

⋙madhumadya

1. ○madya n. intoxicating drink made from honey or from the blossoms of Bassia Latifolia L.

⋙madhumanta

1. ○manta n. N. of a town R.

⋙madhumantha

1. ○mantha m. a kind of drink mixed with honey ĀśvGṛ. Kauś. Lāṭy.

⋙madhumaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of honey Hcat.
2. • sweet is honey, luscious Hit. Sāh.

⋙madhumallī

1. ○mallī (also -malli, A.), f. Jasminum Grandiflorum L.

⋙madhumastaka

1. ○mastaka (n. L.), N. of a partic. kind of sweetmeat Suśr.

⋙madhumāṃsa

1. ○māṃsa n. honey and meat Mn. xi, 159

⋙madhumādhava

1. ○mādhava m. du. or n. s. the two spring months (kāle "ṣve, 'in the spring') MBh. Suśr. BhP. &c
2. • -māsa m. sg. one of the 2 spṭparka months, Pañicar
3. • -sahāya m. N. of author Cat.

⋙madhumādhavī

1. ○mādhavī f. any spring flower abounding in honey or a partic. species of flower
2. • (perhaps) Gaertnera Racemosa BhP.
3. • a kind of intoxicating drink MBh.
4. • a kind of metre Col.
5. • a partic. Rāgiṇī Saṃgīt.
6. • N. of Comm.

⋙madhumādhvīka

1. ○mādhvīka n. any intoxicating drink L.
2. • a partic. intṭintoxicating drink Hariv. Bhaṭṭ. (vḷ.)

⋙madhumāraka

1. ○māraka m. destroyer of honey', a bee L.

⋙madhumālatīnāṭaka

1. ○mālatī-nāṭaka n. N. of wk. (Mālatī-mādhava?)

⋙madhumālapattrikā

1. ○māla-pattrikā f. a species of small shrub L. (uncertain reading)

⋙madhumāsa

1. ○māsa m. a spring month
2. • mahôtsava m. the spring festival Kathās.
3. • ○sâvatāra m. the setting in of the spṭparka month Prasannar.

⋙madhumiśra

1. ○miśrá mfn. mixed with honey or sweet milk TS. Kauś. Lāṭy.
2. • N. of man Cat.

⋙madhumuranarakavināśana

1. ○mura-naraka-vināśana m. 'destroyer of (the Daityas) Madhu, Mura and Naraka', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa Gīt.

⋙madhumūla

1. ○mūla n. the edible √of Amorphophallus Campanulatus L.

⋙madhumeha

1. ○meha m. honey-like or saccharine urine, diabetes Suśr.
2. • -tva n. the state of passing sacchṭsaccharine urine ib.

⋙madhumehin

1. ○mehin mfn. suffering from sacchṭsaccharine urine Car. Suśr.

⋙madhumaireya

1. ○maireya m. an intoxicating drink made of honey BhP. Pāṇ. 6-2, 70 Sch.

⋙madhuyaṣṭi

1. ○yaṣṭi f. sugar-cane L.
2. • liquorice L.
3. • = tiktaparvan L.

⋙madhuyaṣṭikā

1. ○yaṣṭikā or f. liquorice L.

⋙madhuyaṣṭī

1. ○yaṣṭī f. liquorice L.

⋙madhurasa

1. ○rasa m. the juice of honey R.
2. • sweetness, pleasingness Bhartṛ. (v. l.)
3. • sugar-cane L.
4. • the wine palm L.
5. • (ā), f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana Suśr.
6. • Gmelina Arborea Bhpr.
7. • a vine, bunch of grapes L.
8. • a kind of Asclepias L.
9. • mfn. sweet L.
10. • -maya mf(ī)n. full of the juice of honey Hcar.

⋙madhuripu

1. ○ripu m. 'enemy of Madhu', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa Śiś.

⋙madhuruha

1. ○ruha m. N. of a son of Ghṛita-pṛishṭha BhP.

⋙madhureṇu

1. ○reṇu m. a species of plant L.

⋙madhulagna

1. ○lagna m. a red-blossomed Moringa L.

⋙madhulatā

1. ○latā f. a kind of liquorice L. (cf. madhura-l○)

⋙madhulih

1. ○lih mfn. (ifc.) one who has licked the honey of. BhP.
2. • m. a bee Kāv. BhP. Kuval.

⋙madhuleha

1. ○leha (cf. MW.),

⋙madhulehin

1. ○lehin or (cf. L.), m. 'licking honey' or 'longing after honey', a bee

⋙madhulolupa

1. ○lolupa (cf. L.), m. 'licking honey' or 'longing after honey', a bee

⋙madhuvacas

1. ○vacas (mádhu-), mfn. sweet-voiced, sweetly or friendly speaking RV.

⋙madhuvaṭī

1. ○vaṭī f. N. of a district MBh.

⋙madhuvat

1. ○vat ind. as honey BhP.
2. • as through an intoxicating drink ib.

⋙madhuvana

1. ○vana m. the Indian cuckoo L.
2. • n. N. of the forest of the ape Su-griva (which abounded in honey) MBh. R.
3. • of the forest of the Asura Madhu on the Yamunā (where Śatru-ghna, after slaying Lavaṇa, son of Madhu, founded the city of Mathurā or Madhurā)
4. • vraja-vāsi-go-svāmi-guṇa-leśâṣṭaka n. N. of wk

⋙madhuvarṇa

1. ○varṇa (mádhu-), mfn. honey-coloured or having an agreeable aspect RV.
2. • m. N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh.

⋙madhuvarṇana

1. ○varṇana n. N. of wk

⋙madhuvallī

1. ○vallī f. liquorice L.
2. • a kind of grape L.
3. • sweet citron L.

⋙madhuvāc

1. ○vāc m. 'honey-voiced', the Indian cuckoo L.

⋙madhuvātīya

1. ○vātīya mf(ā)n. beginning with the words mádhu-vātāḥ (cf. RV. i, 90, 6) ŚāṅkhGṛ. [Page 780, Column 3]

⋙madhuvāra

1. ○vāra m. tippling, carousing Śiś. Kir. Dharmaśarm.

⋙madhuvāhana

1. ○vā́hana mfn. bearing or carrying sweet things (as honey, milk &c
2. • said of the chariot of the Aśvins) RV.

⋙madhuvāhin

1. ○vāhin mfn. bearing or carrying honey (a river) Hariv.
2. • (inī), f. N. of a river MBh.

⋙madhuvidyā

1. ○vidyā f. 'science of sweeṇess', N. of a partic. mystical doctrine
2. BṛĀrUp. Śaṃk. SV. Sch. &c

⋙madhuvidviṣ

1. ○vidviṣ m. 'enemy of Madhu', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa VP.

⋙madhuvidhvaṃsabhāskara

1. ○vídhvaṃsa-bhāskara m. N. of wk

⋙madhuvṛkṣa

1. ○vṛ́kṣa m. Bassia Latifolia L.

⋙madhuvṛdh

1. ○vṛ́dh 'abounding in sweetness', (perhaps) a raincloud (others 'a partic. plant') RV. x, 75, 8

⋙madhuvṛṣā

1. ○vṛṣā mfn. dropping or raining swṭsweetness TBr. -vrata (mádhu-), mf(ā)n. occupied with sweetness RV.
2. • m. a large black bee Kāv. BhP. &c
3. • (with bodha-nidhi), N. of author Cat.
4. • (ī), f. a bee regarded as female Bālar. Vcar.
5. • -pati m. 'king of bees' i.e. the queen bee BhP.
6. • -varūtha m. n. a swarm of bees ib.

⋙madhuśarkarā

1. ○śarkarā f. honey-sugar Suśr.

⋙madhuśākha

1. ○śākha (mádhu-), mfn. having sweet branches VS.
2. • m. Bassia Latifolia L.

⋙madhuśigru

1. ○śigru (cf. Suśr.)or

⋙madhuśigruka

1. ○śigḍruka (cf. Car.), m. Moringa Pterygosperma (Rubriflora)

⋙madhuśiṣṭa

1. ○śiṣṭa n. wax R.

⋙madhuśīrṣaka

1. ○śīrṣaka n. vḷ. for -mastaka, q.v. Suśr. Comm.

⋙madhuśukta

1. ○śukta n. a sour drink with honey Suśr.

⋙madhuśeṣa

1. ○śeṣa n. wax Car. Bhpr.

⋙madhuścut

1. ○ścút mfn. distilling sweetness, overflowing with sweets RV. AV. VS. &c

⋙madhuścyut

1. ○ścyut mfn. id
2. • ścyun-ni-dhana n. N. of a Sāman (also called prajā-pater madhu-ścy○ ĀrshBr.) TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy.

⋙madhuścyuta

1. ○ścyuta mfn. = -ścút MBh.

⋙madhuśrava

1. ○śrava and wṛ. for -srava and ○vā, q.v

⋙madhuśravā

1. ○śraḍvā wṛ. for -srava and ○vā, q.v

⋙madhuśrī

1. ○śrī f. Beauty of Spring (personified) Vikr. Kum.

⋙madhuśreṇi

1. ○śreṇi m. the son of a Nishṭya and a Śūdrā (identical with a Śauṇḍika and Maṇḍa-hāraka) L.
2. • f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.

⋙madhuśvāsā

1. ○śvāsā f. a species of plant (= jivantī) L.

⋙madhuṣut

1. ○ṣút mfn. (ṣut for sut) pressing out sweetness RV.
2. • emitting sweetness (Soma) ib.
3. • -tama mfn. MW.

⋙madhuṣṭhāna

1. ○ṣṭhāna n. = -sthāna (q.v .) Pāṇ. 8-3, 106 Sch.

⋙madhuṣṭhāla

1. ○ṣṭhālá n. a honey-pot MaitrS. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr.

⋙madhuṣṭhīla

1. ○ṣṭhīla m. Bassia Latifolia L.

⋙madhuṣpanda

1. ○ṣpanda and m. -syanda

⋙madhuṣyanda

1. ○ṣyanda m. -syanda

⋙madhusakha

1. ○sakha m. 'friend of spring', the god of love L.

⋙madhusaṃkāśa

1. ○saṃkāśa (mádhu-). mf(ā)n. looking sweet, appearing pleasant AV.

⋙madhusaṃdṛśa

1. ○saṃdṛśa (mádhu-), mfn. swṭsweet-looking, appearing lovely AV.

⋙madhusaṃdhāna

1. ○saṃdhāna n. any intoxicating drink, (esp.) brandy L.

⋙madhusambhava

1. ○sambhava m. pl. N. of partic. Jinis Lalit.
2. • n. wax L.

⋙madhusammiśra

1. ○sammiśra mfn. mixed with hṭhoney Mn. iii, 273

⋙madhusarpis

1. ○sarpis n. du. honey and ghee ib. 274

⋙madhusahāya

1. ○sahāya m. 'having Spring for a companion', the god of love Cat.

⋙madhusāt

1. ○sāt ind. (with √bhū) to become honey W.

⋙madhusārathi

1. ○sārathi m. 'having Spring for a charioteer', the god of love L.

⋙madhusikthaka

1. ○sikthaka m. a kind of poison L.

⋙madhusuhṛd

1. ○suhṛd m. 'friend of spring', the god of love ib. Sch.

⋙madhusūkta

1. ○sū7kta n. N. of AV. ix, 1 Vait.

⋙madhusūdana

1. ○sūdana m. 'destroyer of honey', a bee L.
2. • 'destroyer of the demon Madhu', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa MBh. R. &c
3. • N. of various scholars Cat.
4. • (ī), f. Beta Bengalensis L.
5. • N. of various authors (also with guru, go-svāmin, ṭhakkura, dīkṣita, dujanti, paṇḍita and ○ta-rāja, vācas-pati-sarasvatī) Cat.
6. • -śikṣā f. N. of wk
7. • ○nâyatana n. a temple of Vishṇu Prab.

⋙madhusena

1. ○sena m. N. of a prince of Madhupura Pañcat.

⋙madhuskanda

1. ○skanda n. N. of a Tīrtha Cat.

⋙madhustoka

1. ○stoká m. a drop of honey ŚBr.

⋙madhusthāna

1. ○sthāna n. 'bee-place', a bee-hive L.

⋙madhusyanda

1. ○syanda m. N. of a son of Viśvā-mitra R. (vḷ. -ṣpanda, -ṣyanda)

⋙madhusyandin

1. ○syandin m. a partic. stringed instrument, Saṃigit

⋙madhusrava

1. ○srava mfn. dropping sweetness MBh. BhP.
2. • m. Bassia Latifolia L.
3. • Sanseviera Zeylanica L.
4. • (ā), f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.
5. • liquorice L.
6. • Hoya Viridiflora Bhpr.
7. • a kind of date L.
8. • = jīvantī L.
9. • = haṃsa-padī L.
10. • N. of the 3rd day in the light half of the month Śrāvaṇa Cat.
11. • N. of a river Cat.
12. • n. N. of a Tirtha MBh.

⋙madhusravas

1. ○sravas m. Bassia Latifolia L.

⋙madhusvara

1. ○svara m. 'sweet-voiced', the Indian cuckoo L.

⋙madhuhan

1. ○han m. a collector of honey (accord. to Comm. 'destroyer of a bee-hive') MBh. Pur.
2. • a partic. bird of prey Vāgbh. Car.
3. • 'slayer of the Daitya Madhu', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa MBh. BhP. Pañcar.
4. • a soothsayer W.

⋙madhuhantṛ

1. ○hantṛ m. 'slayer of the Daitya Madhu', N. of Rāma as an incarnation of Vishṇu R.

⋙madhuhastya

1. ○hastya (mádhu-), mfn. having honey or sweetness in the hand RV.

⋙madhūcchiṣṭa

1. madhū7cchiṣṭa n. bees-wax MBh. Yājñ. Suśr. &c. (cf. madhu-śiṣṭa, -śeṣa)
2. • -sthita mfn. covered on the outside with wax MBh.

⋙madhūttha

1. madhū7ttha mfn. made or produced from honey L.
2. • n. bees-wax Naish. ib. Sch.
3. • mead Yājñ. Comm. [Page 781, Column 1]

⋙madhūtthita

1. madhū7tthita n. 'produced from honey', wax L.

⋙madhūtsava

1. madhū7tsava m. the spring festival (on the day of the full moon in the month Caitra) Śak. (vḷ.)

⋙madhūdaka

1. madhū7daka n. 'honey-water', honey diluted in water Suśr.
2. • -prasravaṇa mfn. flowing with honey and water MW.

⋙madhūdaśvita

1. madhū7daśvita n. buttermilk with hṭhoney or sweet milk with water Kauś.

⋙madhūdyāna

1. madhū7dyāna n. a spring garden Kathās.

⋙madhūdyuta

1. madhū7dyutá mfn. mixed with honey MaitrS.

⋙madhūdvāpa

1. madhū7dvāpa m. pl. (?) Kauś.

⋙madhūpaghna

1. madhū7paghna n. (m. L.) N. of a city (= Mathurā or Madhurā) Ragh.

⋙madhūṣita

1. madhū7ṣita n. wax L.

≫madhavya

1. madhavyá mfn. fitted or authorized to drink Soma TS. TBr.
2. • consisting of honey Kāś. on Pāṇ. 4-4, 139
3. • m.= mādhava, the second month of spring Pāṇ. 4-4, 129

≫madhuka

1. madhuka (ifc.) = madhu g. ura-ādi
2. • mfn. honey-coloured (only in -locana, 'having hṭhoney-cṭcoloured eyes', N. of Siva) MBh.
3. • sweet (in taste) W.
4. • mellifluous, melodious ib.
5. • m. a species of tree R. Var. (Bassia Latifolia or Jonesia Asoka L.)
6. • Parra jacana or Goensis L.
7. • liquorice L. (cf. n.)
8. • a kind of bard or panegyrist L.
9. • the son of a Maitreya and a married Āyogavii L.
10. • (mádh○) N. of a man ŚBr.
11. • (ā), f. Menispermum Glabrum L.
12. • Glycyrrhiza Glabra L.
13. • black Panic L.
14. • N. of a river VP.
15. • n. liquorice Suśr. (cf. m.)
16. • old honey L.
17. • tin L.

≫madhunī

1. madhunī f. a species of shrub L.

≫madhuntama

1. madhún-tama mf(ā)n. (a superl. of madhu formed analogously to madin-tama) very sweet VS. Vprāt. Sch.

≫madhura

1. madhura mf(ā)n. sweet, pleasant, charming, delightful ĀśvGṛ. R. Suśr. &c
2. • sounding sweetly or uttering sweet cries, melodious, mellifluous MBh. Kāv. &c. (am ind.)
3. • m. sweetness L.
4. • a kind of leguminous plant Car.
5. • the red sugar-cane L.
6. • a species of mango L.
7. • a Moringa with red flowers L.
8. • rice L.
9. • a partic. drug (= jīvaka) L.
10. • molasses L.
11. • sour gruel (also f. ā) L.
12. • N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh.
13. • of a Gandharva, Saddhp
14. • (with ācārya), of a teacher Cat. (cf., mādhura)
15. • (ā), f. Anethum Sowa or Panmorium L.
16. • Beta Bengalensis L.
17. • Asparagus Racemosus and other plants L.
18. • liquorice L.
19. • a kind of √similar to ginger L.
20. • sour rice-water L.
21. • N. of a town (= mathurā) Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-2, 51 Vārtt. 5
22. • of the tutelary deity of the race of Vandhula Cat.
23. • (ī), f. ii kind of musical instrument L.
24. • n. kind or friendly manner (only eṇa ind.) Hariv.
25. • the quality of the throat which makes the voice sweet L.
26. • sweetness, syrup, treacle L.
27. • poison L. tin L.

⋙madhurakaṇṭaka

1. ○kaṇṭaka m. 'having sweet bones', a kind of fish L.

⋙madhurakaṇṭhin

1. ○kaṇṭhin mfn. 'sweet-throated', singing sweetly R.

⋙madhurakharjūrikā

1. ○kharjūrikā or f. a species of plant L.

⋙madhurakharjūrī

1. ○kharjūrī f. a species of plant L.

⋙madhuragātra

1. ○gātra mf(ī)n. 'sweet-linibed', lovely, beautiful Daś.

⋙madhuracārumañjusvaratā

1. ○cāru-mañju-svaratā f. the having a sweet and agreeable and pleasant voice (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. 84

⋙madhurajambīra

1. ○jambīra m. a species of citron or lime L.

⋙madhuratā

1. ○tā f. sweetness, suavity, pleasantness, amiability, softness Kāv. Sāh.

⋙madhuratraya

1. ○traya n. the three sweet things (sugar, honey and butter) L.

⋙madhuratva

1. ○tva n. sweetness (in taste) Suśr.
2. • suavity, charm (of speech) Kāv.

⋙madhuratvaca

1. ○tvaca m. Grislea Tomentosa L.

⋙madhuranirghoṣa

1. ○nirghoṣa m. N. of an evil spirit or demon Lalit.

⋙madhuranisvana

1. ○nisvana mf(ā)n. sweetvoiced L.

⋙madhurapaṭolī

1. ○paṭolī f. a species of plant L.

⋙madhurapralāpin

1. ○pralāpin mfn. singing sweetly Vikr.

⋙madhurapriyadarśana

1. ○priya-darśana m. 'of sweet and friendly aspect', N. of Śiva Śivag.

⋙madhuraphala

1. ○phala m. a species of jujube L.
2. • (ā), f. the sweet melon L.

⋙madhurabījapūra

1. ○bīja-pūra m. a kind of citron L.

⋙madhurabhāṣitṛ

1. ○bhāṣitṛ m. a sweet or kind speaker Hariv.

⋙madhurabhāṣin

1. ○bhāṣin mfn. speaking sweetly or kindly MBh.

⋙madhuramaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of or full of sweetness Hcar.

⋙madhurarāvin

1. ○rāvin mfn. rumbling sweetly (as a cloud) VarBṛS.

⋙madhuralatā

1. ○latā f. a kind of liquorice L.

⋙madhuravacana

1. ○vacana mfn. sweetly-speaking MW.

⋙madhuravallī

1. ○vallī f. a kind of citron L.

⋙madhuravāc

1. ○vāc mfn. = -vacana L.

⋙madhuravipāka

1. ○vipāka mf(ā)n. sweet after digestion Suśr.

⋙madhuraśīla

1. ○śīla m. N. of a poet Cat.

⋙madhuraśuklamūtra

1. ○śukla-mūtra mfn. discharging sweet and light-coloured urine (-tā f.) Suśr.

⋙madhurasambhāṣa

1. ○sambhāṣa mfn. discoursing agreeably MW.

⋙madhurasravā

1. ○sravā f. a kind of date tree L.

⋙madhurasvana

1. ○svana mfn. sweetly-sounding L.
2. • m. a conch L.

⋙madhurasvara

1. ○svara mfn. sweetly-sounding, sweet-voiced (am ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • m. N. of a Gandharva SaddhP.

⋙madhurākṣara

1. madhurâkṣara mf(ā)n. speaking or sounding sweetly, melodious, mellow (am ind.) R.
2. • n. pl. sweet or kind words Pañcat.

⋙madhurāṅgaka

1. madhurâṅgaka mf(ikā)n. astringent L.
2. • m. astringent taste ib. [Page 781, Column 2]

⋙madhurāniruddha

1. madhurâniruddha n. N. of a drama

⋙madhurāmla

1. madhurâmla mfn. sweet and sour, subacid Suśr.
2. • -kaṭuka mfn. sweet and subacid and pungent ib.
3. • -kaṣāya mfn. sweet and subacid and astringent ib.
4. • -kāvya n. N. of a poem Cat.
5. • -tikta mfn. sweet and subacid and bitter Suśr.
6. • -phala m. a species of fruit-tree L.
7. • -lavaṇa mfn. sweet and subacid and salty Suśr.

⋙madhurāmlaka

1. madhurâmlaka m. Spondias Mangifera L.

⋙madhurālāpa

1. madhurâlāpa mfn. uttering sweet sounds A.
2. • m. sweet or melodious notes (-nisarga-paṇḍita mfn. acquainted with the nature of sweet notes, i.e. skilled in swṭsweet songs) Kum.
3. • (ā), f. Turdus Salica L.

⋙madhurālābunī

1. madhurâlābunī f. a kind of cucumber L.

⋙madhurāvaṭṭa

1. madhurāvaṭṭa m. N. of a man Rājat.

⋙madhurāṣṭaka

1. madhurâṣṭaka n. N. of a collection of 8 verses by Vallabhacārya (in which various attributes of Kṛishṇa are described, each containing the word madhura) Cat.

⋙madhurāsvāda

1. madhurâsvāda mfn. sweet in taste ĀśvGṛ.

⋙madhurodaka

1. madhurôdaka m. (scil. samudra) 'the sea of sweet or fresh water', N. of the outermost of the seven great seas which encompass Jambu-dvipa L.

⋙madhuropanyāsa

1. madhurôpanyāsa m. kind address or speech Mālatīm.

≫madhuraka

1. madhuraka mfn. sweet, pleasant, agreeable L.
2. • m. a partic. drug (= jīvaka) L.
3. • (ikā), f. Anethum Panmorium (others a kind of fennel) L.
4. • Sinapis Racemosa L.
5. • (prob.) n. the seed of Anethum Panmorium Suśr.

≫madhuraya

1. madhuraya Nom. P. ○yati (○rita, mfn.), to sweeten, render sweet Pañcar.

≫madhuriman

1. madhuriman m. sweetness, suavity, charm Kāv. Rājat.

≫madhurila

1. madhurila g. kāśâdi

≫madhula

1. madhulá mf(ā́)n. = madhura, sweet RV. AV. Kauś.
2. • n. an intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor L.

≫madhulikā

1. madhulikā f. black mustard L.
2. • N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.

≫madhuvilā

1. madhuvilā f. (madhu + ila?) N. of the river Samaṅgi MBh.

≫madhus

1. mádhus n. = madhu, sweetness TS. TBr. (accord. to Uṇ. ii, 117 madhús = pavitra-dravya)

≫madhusya

1. madhusya Nom. P. ○syati, to wish for honey Siddh. on Pāṇ. 7-1, 51

≫madhūka

1. madhūka m. (fr. madhu) a bee ŚāṅkhGṛ.
2. • Bassia Latifolia (from the blossoms and seeds of which arrac is distilled and oil extracted) ib. MBh. Kāv. &c
3. • n. the blossoms or fruit of Bassia Latifolia L.
4. • liquorice L.
5. • bees-wax L.

⋙madhūkacchavi

1. ○cchavi mfn. having the colour of the flower of Bassia Latifolia Gīt.

⋙madhūkapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa n. the flower of BṭBassia Latifolia MBh.

⋙madhūkamālā

1. ○mālā f. a garland of flower of Bassia Latifolia Ragh.

⋙madhūkarasa

1. ○rasa m. the juice of the seeds of Bassia Latifolia Suśr.

⋙madhūkavrata

1. ○vrata n. N. of a partic. observance Cat.

⋙madhūkasāra

1. ○sāra m. the pith of the BṭBassia Latifolia Suśr.

≫madhūya

1. madhūya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. madhu) Pat.

≫madhūyu

1. madhūyu mfn. eager for sweetness RV.

≫madhūla

1. madhūla m. a kind of Bassia L.
2. • astringent, sweet and bitter taste L.
3. • (ī), f. a kind of grain L.
4. • a species of citron L.
5. • the mango tree L.
6. • a kind of drug L.
7. • liquorice L.
8. • pollen L.
9. • n. honey L.
10. • mfn. astringent, sweet and bitter L.

≫madhūlaka

1. madhūlaka mf(ikā)n. sweet L.
2. • m. sweetness L. (cf. n.)
3. • a mountain species of the Bassia Latifolia L.
4. • (ikā), f. a kind of bee Suśr.
5. • a species of grain ib.
6. • a species of Bassia L.
7. • Sanseviera Zeylanica L.
8. • a kind of citron L.
9. • Aletris Hyacinthoides or Dracaena Nervosa L.
10. • liquorice L.
11. • arrac distilled from the blossoms of the Bassia tree or any intoxicating drink (also n.) L.
12. • (madhū́l○), n. honey or sweetness AV.

≫madhūlika

1. madhūlika mfn. astringent, sweet and pungent L.
2. • m. astrṭastringent, sweet and pungent taste ib.
3. • (ā), f. prec

≫madhv

1. madhv in comp. for madhu

⋙madhvakṣa

1. ○akṣa mfn. having eyes of the colour of honey (said of Agni) MBh. (cf. madhuka-locana)

⋙madhvañc

1. ○añc mf(dhūcī)n. formed to explain mā́dhūcī Mahīdh. on VS. xxxvii, 18

⋙madhvad

1. ○ád mfn. eating sweetness RV.

⋙madhvarṇaś

1. ○arṇaś (mádhv-.), mfn. having sweet springs or waters (said of a river) ib.

⋙madhvaśva

1. ○aśva mādhvaśvi

⋙madhvaṣṭaka

1. ○aṣṭaka n. N. of a Stotra (cf. madhurâṣṭaka)

⋙madhvaṣṭhīlā

1. ○aṣṭhīlā f. a lump of honey Kāṭh. (cf. madhu-ṣṭhilā)

⋙madhvādhāra

1. ○ādhāra m. bees-wax Bhpr.

⋙madhvāpāta

1. ○āpāta m. honey at first sight Mn. xi, 9

⋙madhvāmra

1. ○āmra m. a kind of mango tree L.

⋙madhvālu

1. ○ālu or n. a kind of sweet potato Suśr.

⋙madhvāluka

1. ○āluka n. a kind of sweet potato Suśr.

⋙madhvāvāsa

1. ○āvāsa m. the mango tree L.

⋙madhvāśin

1. ○āśin mfn. eating honey or sweets KātyŚr.

⋙madhvāsava

1. ○āsava m. a decoction of honey or of the blosoms of the Bassia Latifolia, sweet spirituous liquor
2. • -kṣība mfn. drunk with sweet spirituous liquor MBh. R. Suśr.

⋙madhvāsavanika

1. ○āsavanika m. a preparer of sweet spirituous liquor, distiller L.

⋙madhvāsvāda

1. ○āsvāda mfn. having the taste of honey MW.

⋙madhvāhuti

1. ○āhuti f. a sacrificial offering consisting of honey or other sweet things MBh. [Page 781, Column 3]

⋙madhvṛc

1. ○ṛc f. pl. N. of partic. hymns Vas.

≫madhvaka

1. madhvaka m. a bee AdbhBr.

≫madhvala

1. madhvala m. repeated tippling, carousing L.

≫madhvasya

1. madhvasya P. ○syati, to long for honey or anything sweet L.

≫madhvijā

1. madhvijā f. any intoxicating drink L. (prob. wṛ.)

madhya

1. mádhya mf(ā)n. middle (used like medius e.g. mádhye samudré, 'in the midst of the sea') RV. VPrāt. KaṭhUp.
2. • middlemost, intermediate, central Var. Megh.
3. • standing between two, impartial, neutral Kām.
4. • middle i.e. being of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate (with vṛtti f. 'a middle course') Lāṭy. Mn. Suśr. &c
5. • (in astron.) mean i.e. theoretical (opp. to spaṣṭa, or sphuṭa) Sūryas. (-tva n.)
6. • lowest, worst L.
7. • m. n. (ifc. f. ā) the middle of the body, (esp.) a woman's waist ŚBr. &c. &c
8. • (in alg.) the middle term or the mean of progression Col.
9. • (ā), f. a young woman, a girl arrived at puberty Sāh.
10. • the middle finger L.
11. • (in music) a partic. tone Saṃgīt.
12. • (also n.) a kind of metre Col.
13. • n. (m., g. ardharcâdi) the middle, midst, centre, inside, interior RV. &c. &c. (am ind. into the midst of, into, among, with gen. or ifc. MBh. Kāv. &c
14. • ena ind. in or through the midst of, on the inside, through, between, with gen., acc. or ifc. ŚBr. MBh. &c
15. • āt ind. from the midst of. out of. from among R. Hariv. &c
16. • e ind., s.v.)
17. • the middle of the sky (with or scil. nabhasas) Mn. MBh.
18. • space between (e.g. bhruvos, the eye brows) MBh.
19. • midday (with ahnaḥ), Māav
20. • the meridian Mālatīm.
21. • intermediate condition between (gen.) R.
22. • the belly, abdomen Kum.
23. • the flank of a horse L.
24. • (in music) mean time Saṃgīt.
25. • ten thousand billions MBh.
26. • cessation, pause, interval L.
27. • N. of a country between Sindh and Hindūstan proper Cat. [Cf. Zd. maidhya
28. • Gk. ?, ? for ? ; Lat. [781, 3] medius ; Goth. midjiś ; Eng. mid in midland, midnight &c.]

⋙madhyakarṇa

1. ○karṇa m. a half diameter, radius MW.

⋙madhyakuru

1. ○kuru (prob.) m.pl. N. of a country Cat.

⋙madhyakaumudī

1. ○kaumudī f. = madhya-sid-dhânta-kaumudī, q.v

⋙madhyakṣāmā

1. ○kṣāmā f. 'slenderwaisted' or, 'slender in the centre', N. of a kind of metre Col.

⋙madhyaga

1. ○ga mf(ā)n. going or being in the middle or among (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙madhyagata

1. ○gata mfn. id. ib.
2. • n. the middle syllable Śrutab.

⋙madhyagandha

1. ○gandha m. 'having a middling scent (?)', the mango tree L.

⋙madhyagrahaṇa

1. ○grahaṇa n. the middle of an eclipse MW.

⋙madhyacārin

1. ○cārin mf(iṇī)n. going in the midst or among (gen.) Hit.

⋙madhyacchāyā

1. ○cchāyā f. (in astron.) mean or middle shadow MW.

⋙madhyajihva

1. ○jihva n. the middle of the tongue (said to be the organ of the palatals) APrāt.

⋙madhyajainendravyākaraṇa

1. ○jainêndra-vyākaraṇa n. N. of wk

⋙madhyajyā

1. ○jyā f. the sign of the meridian Sūryas.

⋙madhyatamas

1. ○tamas n. circular or annular darkness, central darkness VarBṛS.

⋙madhyatas

1. ○tás ind. from or in the middle, centrally, centrically RV. &c. &c
2. • out of. among (gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
3. • of middle sort Gaut.
4. • -taḥkārin m. N. of the 4 principal priests (viz. the Hotṛi, Adhvaryu, Brahman, and Udgātṛi) Lāṭy.

⋙madhyatā

1. ○tā f. the state of being in the middle, mediocrity MBh.

⋙madhyatāpinī

1. ○tāpinī f. N. of an Upanishad

⋙madhyatva

1. ○tva n. under madhya

⋙madhyadanta

1. ○danta m. a front tooth L.

⋙madhyadina

1. ○dina for madhyaṃ-dina, q.v

⋙madhyadīpaka

1. ○dīpaka n. (in rhetoric) 'illuminating in the middle', N. of a figure in which light is thrown on a description by the use of an emphatic verb in the middle of a stanza (e.g. Bhaṭṭ. x, 24) Vām. iv, 3, 18 ; 19

⋙madhyadeśa

1. ○deśa m. middle region, middle space, the central or middle part of anything ŚrS.
2. • (= madhyaṃ nabhasaḥ), the meridian MBh.
3. • the middle of the body, waist MBh. Kāv. &c
4. • the trunk of the body, belly, abdomen ib.
5. • the midland country (lying between the Himâlayas on the north, the Vindhya mountains on the south, Vinaśana on the west, Prayāga on the east, and comprising the modern provinces of Allahabad, Agra, Delhi, Oude &c.) Mn. MBh. (cf. IW. 226, n. 1)
6. • mfn. belonging to or living in the midland country, of mṭmidland origin MBh.
7. • m. pl. the inhabitants of the midland country Cat.

⋙madhyadeśīya

1. ○deśīya (cf. MBh.) or (cf. Pur.), mfn. = prec. mfn

⋙madhyadeśya

1. ○deśya (cf. Pur.), mfn. = prec. mfn

⋙madhyadeha

1. ○deha m. the middle or trunk of the body, belly &c. Suśr.

⋙madhyanagara

1. ○nagara n. the interior of a city Pañcad.

⋙madhyanihita

1. ○nihita mfn. placed in the middle, inserted, fixed into (anything) Pañcat.

⋙madhyaṃdina

1. ○ṃ-dina (madhyá-), m. (n. L.) midday, noon RV. &c. &c
2. • the midday offering (Savana or Pavamāna) Br. ŚrS.
3. • Bassia Latifolia L.
4. • N. of a disciple of Yājñavalkya Cat.
5. • n. Midday (personified as a son of Pushpârṇa by Prabhā) BhP.
6. • mfn. = mādhyaṃdina (q.v.) [Page 782, Column 1]
7. • -gata mfn. having reached the meridian (as the sun) MBh.
8. • -samaya m. midday-time, noon Pañcat.
9. • ○nârka-saṃtapta mfn. burnt by the midday-sun Kāvyâd.
10. • ○nīya mfn. meridional, meridian, belonging to noon or midday Lāṭy.

⋙madhyapatita

1. ○patita mfn. fallen in the middle lying between or in the midst Pāṇ. 1-1, 71 Sch.

⋙madhyaparimāṇa

1. ○parimāṇa n. the middle measure or magnitude (or that between an atom and infinitude) MW.

⋙madhyapāta

1. ○pāta m. falling or going in the midst, intercourse, commerce Rājat.
2. • (in astron.) the mean occurrence of the aspect

⋙madhyapraviṣṭa

1. ○praviṣṭa mfn. one who has stolen into another's confidence Kathās.

⋙madhyaprasūtā

1. ○prasūtā f. (a cow) which has had a calf not very long ago L.

⋙madhyabha

1. ○bha (in astron.) the meridian ecliptic point

⋙madhyabhakta

1. ○bhakta mfn. eaten in the middle (a term applied to any medicine taken in the middle of a meal) Suśr.

⋙madhyabhāga

1. ○bhāga m. the middle part or portion Kathās.
2. • the middle of the body, waist Bhartṛ.

⋙madhyabhāva

1. ○bhāva m. middle state or condition, mediocrity MW.
2. • a middling or moderate distance ŚārṅgP.

⋙madhyamaṇi

1. ○maṇi m. the central or principal gem of a necklace MW.

⋙madhyamadhyā

1. ○madhyā f. (in music) a partic. Mūrchanā Saṃgīt.

⋙madhyamanorama

1. ○manoramá f. N. of a grammatical work (an abridgement of the Manoramā)

⋙madhyamandira

1. ○mandira m. N. of the author of the Mahābhārata-tātparya-nirṇaya Cat.
2. • of Madhvâcārya IW. 119
3. • n. pudendum muliebre and anus Subh.

⋙madhyayava

1. ○yava m. a weight of six white mustard seeds W.

⋙madhyayogin

1. ○yogin mf(inī)n. (in astron.) being in the middle of a conjunction, completely covered or obscured VarBṛS.

⋙madhyarātra

1. ○rātrá m. or midnight (au ind. at midnight) Br. MBh. &c

⋙madhyarātri

1. ○rātri f. midnight (au ind. at midnight) Br. MBh. &c

⋙madhyarekhā

1. ○rekhā f. the middle line the central or first meridian (the line conceived by the Hindūs to be drawn through Laṅkā, Ujjayinī, Kurukshetra, and other places to mount Meru) Siddhântaś.

⋙madhyalagna

1. ○lagna n. the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian ib.

⋙madhyalīlā

1. ○līlā f. N. of wk

⋙madhyaloka

1. ○loka m. the middle world, earth, abode of mortals
2. • ○kêśa m. 'lord of the middle world or earth', a king L.

⋙madhyavayas

1. ○vayas mfn. middle-aged Hariv.

⋙madhyavartin

1. ○vartin mfn. being in the middle or between or among, middle, central Kāv. Kathās.
2. • m. a mediator W.

⋙madhyavallī

1. ○vallī f. N. of a Vallī of the TUp. (probably from being in the middle of the book)

⋙madhyavidaraṇa

1. ○vidaraṇa n. N. of one of the ten ways in which an eclipse ends VarBṛS.

⋙madhyavivartin

1. ○vivartin mfn. = -vartin L.
2. • impartial, a mediator L.

⋙madhyavivekin

1. ○vivekin mfn. of mediocre discernment, Sāṃkhyas. Sch.

⋙madhyavṛtta

1. ○vṛtta n. the navel L.

⋙madhyaśarīra

1. ○śarīra mfn. having a middle-sized body or one of moderately full habit Suśr.

⋙madhyasāyin

1. ○sāyin mfn. lying in the midst lying within Rājat.

⋙madhyasiddhāntakaumudī

1. ○siddhânta-kaumudī f. 'the middle-sized Siddh.' N. of an abridgment of the Siddh. by Varada-rāja. =

⋙madhyasūtra

1. ○sūtra n. the central meridian Sūryas. (cf. madhya-rekhā)

⋙madhyastha

1. ○stha mf(ā)n. being in the middle, being between or among (gen. or comp.) Yājñ. MBh. &c
2. • being in the middle space i.e. in the air ŚāṅkhBr.
3. • standing between two persons or parties mediating, a mediator Pāṇ. 3-2, 179 Sch.
4. • belonging to neither or both parties, (only) a witness, impartial, neutral, indifferent Mn. MBh. &c
5. • being of a middle condition or kind, middling MBh. Kāv.
6. • m. 'arbitrator, umpire', N. of Śiva Śivag.
7. • -tā f. intermediate situation, indifference, impartiality MBh. R. &c

⋙madhyasthala

1. ○sthala n. (ifc. f. ī) a middle place or region, (esp.) the midddle of the body, the waist or hip L.

⋙madhyasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. the middle space i.e. the air (-devatā f. a deity of the air Nir.)
2. • a neutral soil MW.

⋙madhyasthita

1. ○sthita mfn. being in the middle, being among or between (gen.) Kathās.
2. • (ā), f. indifference MBh. (cf. -stha-tā)

⋙madhyasthityardha

1. ○sthity-ardha m. or n. (in astron.) the mean half duration

⋙madhyasvarita

1. ○svarita mfn. having the Svarita accent on the middle syllable VPrāt. Sch.

⋙madhyākṣaravistaralipi

1. madhyâkṣara-vistaralipi f. N. of a partic. kind of written character Lalit.

⋙madhyāṅguli

1. madhyâṅguli (or ○lī), f. the middle finger L.

⋙madhyāditya

1. madhyâditya m. the midday sun (-gate' hani, 'when the day has reached the mid-sun' i.e. at noon) R.

⋙madhyādhidevana

1. madhyâdhidevaná n. the middle of a playing-ground MaitrS.

⋙madhyānta

1. madhyânta (ibc.) middle and end
2. • -yamaka n. a Yamaka (s.v.) in the midland and end of averse (e.g. Bhaṭṭ. x, 17)
3. • -vibhaṅga-śāstra or -vibhāga-ś○ n. N. of wk

⋙madhyāntika

1. madhyântika m. N. of an Arhat Buddh.

⋙madhyāmlakesara

1. madhyâmla-kesara m. or n. the citron L.

⋙madhyārjuna

1. madhyârjuna m. or n. N. of a district Cat.
2. • -kṣetra-māhātmya n. N. of wk. ib.
3. • -tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha on the southern bank of the Kaveri ib.

⋙madhyāvarṣa

1. madhyā-varṣa n. the middle of the rainy season Br. GṛŚrS,.

⋙madhyāsthi

1. madhyâsthi n. Grewia Asiatica L.

⋙madhyāhāriṇīlipi

1. madhyâhāriṇī-lipi f. N. of a partic. kind of written character Lalit. (C. adhyāh○). [Page 782, Column 2]

⋙madhyāhna

1. madhyâhna m. midday, noon Mn. MBh. &c
2. • N. of a pupil of Saṃkarâcārya Śaṃkar.
3. • -kāla m. midday time, noon Kathās.
4. • -kṛtya n. midday duty or business or observance Cat.
5. • -kriyā f. id. MW.
6. • -velā f. = -kāla Pañcat.
7. • -saṃdhyā f. the midland Saṃdhyā RTL. 407
8. • -samaya, m.= -kāla Pañcat.
9. • -savana n. midland sacrifice Kathās.
10. • -snānavidhi m. midland ablution Cat.
11. • ○hnêndu-prabhākarṇa m. or n. the hypotenuse of the moon's midland shadow MW.

⋙madhyāhnika

1. madhyâhnika m. Pentapetes Phoenicea Bhpr.

⋙madhyebhabandhana

1. madhyêbha-bandhana n. a band or rope round an elephant's body L.

⋙madhyodātta

1. madhyôdātta mfn. having the Udātta or acute accent on the middle syllable VPrāt.

≫madhyanya

1. madhyanya mfn. occupying a middle place, having a middle rank or position (in any caste &c.) L.

≫madhyama

1. madhyamá mf(ā)n. (superl. of mádhya) middle (used like Lat. medius e.g. madhyaime gulme, 'in the midst of the troop') MBh. R.
2. • being or placed in the middle, middlemost, intermediate, central RV. &c. &c
3. • middle-born (neither youngest nor oldest), Veṇis
4. • of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate TS. &c. &c
5. • standing between two persons or parties, impartial, neutral MBh. Kāv. &c
6. • (in astron.) mean (cf. madhya) Sūryas.
7. • relating to the meridian ib.
8. • m. the middlemost prince (whose territory lies between that of a king seeking conquest and that of his foe) Mn. vii, 155
9. • the middle character in plays IW. 473
10. • the midland country (= madhya-deśa) L.
11. • (in music) the 4th or 5th note Saṃgīt.
12. • the middlemost of the 3 scales ib.
13. • a partic. Rāga ib.
14. • (in gram.) the 2nd person (= -puruṣa) Pāṇ.
15. • the governor of a province L.
16. • a kind of antelope L.
17. • N. of the 18th Kalpa (s.v.) Cat.
18. • pl. a class of gods ŚāṅkhSr.
19. • (with Buddhists) N. of a partic. Buddh. sect Sarvad.
20. • m. n. the middle of the body, waist MBh. R. &c
21. • (ā), f. the womb TBr.
22. • the middle finger Kauś. Suśr.
23. • midnight L.
24. • a girl arrived at puberty L.
25. • the pericarp of a lotus L.
26. • a central blossom W.
27. • a kind of metre L.
28. • (in music) a partic. Mūrchanā Saṃgīt.
29. • n. the middle APrāt.
30. • mediocrity, defectiveness, Śṛiṅgār
31. • N. of the 12th (14th) Kāṇḍa of the ŚBr.
32. • (in astron.) the meridian ecliptic point Sūryas.

⋙madhyamakakṣā

1. ○kakṣā f. the middle enclosure or courtyard MBh.

⋙madhyamakāṇḍa

1. ○kāṇḍa n. N. of the 2nd Kāṇḍa of the MaitrS.

⋙madhyamakhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa n. (in alg.) the middle term of an equation
2. • N. of part ii of the ŚārṅgS.

⋙madhyamagati

1. ○gati f. (in astron.) mean motion of a planet Cat.

⋙madhyamagrāma

1. ○grāma m. (in music) the middle scale Saṃgīt.

⋙madhyamajāta

1. ○jāta mfn. middle-born, born between (two other children), middlemost

⋙madhyamaṭīkā

1. ○ṭīkā f. N. of wk. by Kumārila Cat.

⋙madhyamapada

1. ○pada n. the middle number (which is sometimes omitted and requires to be supplied in a compound consisting of two words)
2. • -lopa m. the omission of the middle member of a compound (as in, śāka-pārthiva, the king of the era, for sākapriya-pārthiva, the king dear to the era) Vām. v, 2, 16
3. • -lopin m. (scil. samāsa) a compound which omits the middle number ib.

⋙madhyamaparṇa

1. ○parṇá n. (prob.) a middle-sized leaf MaitrS.

⋙madhyamapāṇḍava

1. ○pāṇḍava m. 'the middlemost of the five Pāṇḍavas', Arjuna W.

⋙madhyamapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. a partic. personification Gaut.
2. • (in gram.) the second person in verbal conjugation, a termination of the second person (cf. prathama-puruṣa, uttama-puruṣa)

⋙madhyamapūruṣa

1. ○pūruṣa m. a mediocre person MBh.

⋙madhyamabhṛtaka

1. ○bhṛtaka m. a husbandman, a farm-labourer who works both for his master and himself W.

⋙madhyamayāna

1. ○yāna n. 'the middle passage', the middle way to salvation MWB. 159

⋙madhyamarātra

1. ○rātra m. midnight AitBr. Kauś.

⋙madhyamarekhā

1. ○rekhā f. (in astron.) the central meridian of the earth (a line conceived to be drawn through Laṅkā, Ujjayinī, Kuru-kshetra, and Meru
2. • cf. madhya-rekhā)

⋙madhyamaloka

1. ○loka m. the middle world (between heaven and the nether world), the earth
2. • -pāla m. 'protector of the middle world', a king Kāv.
3. • ○kêndu m. 'moon of the middle world', a king Rājat.

⋙madhyamavayas

1. ○vayas n. middle age ŚBr.

⋙madhyamavayaska

1. ○vayaska mfn. middle-aged W.

⋙madhyamavāh

1. ○vā́h mfn. driving at middling or slow speed (= manda-gamanena vāhaka) RV. ii, 29, 4 Sāy. (prob. 'driving in the middle', scil. between gods and men)

⋙madhyamaśī

1. ○śī m. 'lying or being in the middle', (prob.) an intercessor RV. x, 97, 12

⋙madhyamasaṃgraha

1. ○saṃgraha m. the middle method of intriguing with another's wife (presenting flowers &c.) W.

⋙madhyamasāhasa

1. ○sāhasa m. the middlemost penalty or amercement, punishment for crimes of a middle degree Mn. viii, 138, 263
2. • m. n. violence or outrage of the middle class (injuring buildings, throwing down walls &c.) W. [Page 782, Column 3]

⋙madhyamastha

1. ○stha mfn. standing or being in the middle, g. brāhmaṇâdi

⋙madhyamasthā

1. ○sthā́ mfn. standing in the middle, forming the centre (of a community) VS.

⋙madhyamastheya

1. ○sthéya n. the state of standing in the middle or forming the centre TS.

⋙madhyamasvara

1. ○svara m. the middle or dominant note Mālav. i, 21
2. • mfn. spoken in a middle tone (not too loud and not too low) R.

⋙madhyamāgama

1. madhyamâgama m. one of the 4Āgamas Buddh.

⋙madhyamāṅgiras

1. madhyamâṅgiras m. the middle-sized Aṅgiras Cat.

⋙madhyamāṅguli

1. madhyamâṅguli m. the middle finger L.

⋙madhyamātreya

1. madhyamâtreya m. the middle sized Ātreya Cat.

⋙madhyamādi

1. madhyamâdi m. or (in music) a partic. Rāgiṇī Saṃgīt.

⋙madhyamādī

1. madhyamâḍdī f. (in music) a partic. Rāgiṇī Saṃgīt.

⋙madhyamādhikāra

1. madhyamâdhikāra m. N. of the 1st ch. of Sūryas.

⋙madhyamāharaṇa

1. madhyamâharaṇa n. the elimination of the middle term of an equation Col.

⋙madhyameśvara

1. madhyamêśvara m. N. of a Liṅga of Śiva in Benares, KūrmaP

⋙madhyameṣā

1. madhyamêṣā́ f. a partic. part of a chariot MaitrS. TS.

⋙madhyamoccaistara

1. madhyamôccais-tara mf(ā)n. half loud and very loud Vait.

⋙madhyamotkhāta

1. madhyamôtkhāta m. a Partīc. division of time L.

≫madhyamaka

1. madhyamaka mt(ikā)n. middlemost Mṛicch.
2. • common (as property) KātyŚr. Sch.
3. • (ikā), f. a marriageable woman L.
4. • N. of the 2nd or middle Grantha of the Kāṭhaka (cf. mādhyamika)
5. • n. the interior of anything (○kam pra-√viś, to enter) Mṛicch.

⋙madhyamakavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti f. N. of wk. (also madhyamika v○)

⋙madhyamakālaṃkāra

1. madhyamakâlaṃkāra m

⋙madhyamakālaṃkāloka

1. madhyamakâlaṃḍkâloka m. N. of 2 wks

≫madhyamakeya

1. madhyamakeya m. pl. N. of a people MBh.

≫madhyamika

1. madhyamika prob. wṛ. for mādhyamika, q.v

⋙madhyamikavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti under madhyamaka

≫madhyamīya

1. madhyamīya mfn. relating to the middle, middlemost, central, g. gahâdi

≫madhyameṣṭha

1. madhyame-ṣṭhá (cf. MaitrS.),

⋙madhyameṣṭhaṣṭhā

1. ○ṣṭhā́ (cf. AV.),

⋙madhyameṣṭhaṣṭheya

1. ○ṣṭhéya (cf. MaitrS.), mfn. = madhyama-sthā

≫madhyā

1. madhyā́ ind. in the middle, between, among (gen.) RV. i, 89, 9 &c
2. • meanwhile ib. x, 61, 6

≫madhyāyin

1. madhyāyin mfn. recited in the middle tone SaṃhUp.

≫madhyāyu

1. madhyāyu (cf. Padap. ○ya-yu), mfn. intermediate, being a mediator or seeking a mediation RV. i, 173, 10

≫madhye

1. madhye ind. in the middle, in the midst, within, between, among, in the presence of (with gen. or ifc
2. • sometimes also ibc
3. • cf. Pāṇ. 2-1, 18 and comp. below) Mn. MBh. &c. (with √kṛ [ind. p. -kṛtya or -kṛtvā Pāṇ. 1-4, 76], to place in the middle, make an intermediary of. Kull. on Mī. iv, 80
4. • to count among Kād.)

⋙madhyekṛtya

1. ○kṛtya ind. with regard to Mālav.v, 2

⋙madhyegaṅgam

1. ○gaṅgam ind. in or into the Ganges. Pāṇ. 2-1, 18 Sch.

⋙madhyeguru

1. ○guru mfn. (prob.) having a long syllable in the middle, Pān vi, 3, 11

⋙madhyecchandas

1. ○cchandas (prob. n.) said to mean 'the sun' or 'the middle of the year' PārGṛ. iii, 3, 5 Sch.

⋙madhyejaṭharam

1. ○jaṭharam ind. in the middle of the body Bhām.

⋙madhyejalāt

1. ○jalāt ind. from out of the middle of the water Bhaṭṭ.

⋙madhyejyotis

1. ○jyotis f. a kind of Vedic metre RPrāt.

⋙madhyenagaram

1. ○nagaram ind. in the middle of the city Rājat.

⋙madhyenadi

1. ○nadi ind. in or into the river Kathās.

⋙madhyenareśvarasabham

1. ○narêśvarasabham ind. in the middle of the assembly of princes Bālar.

⋙madhyenidhana

1. ○nidhana mfn. having the passage called Nidhana (s.v.) in the middle Lāṭy.

⋙madhyepaddmam

1. ○paddmam ind. in a lotus flower Vām.

⋙madhyepṛṣṭam

1. ○pṛṣṭam ind. having the sacrificial days called Pṛishṭhya (s.v.) in the middle ŚāṅkhŚr.
2. • n. a partic. Ajana TāṇḍBr.

⋙madhyemadhyamāṅgulikarpūram

1. ○madhyamâṅguli-karpūram ind. between middle finger and elbow L.

⋙madhyeyajñam

1. ○yajñam ind. in the middle of the sacrifice ĀpŚr. Sch.

⋙madhyeraṇam

1. ○raṇam ind. in the battle Bhām.

⋙madhyerathyam

1. ○rathyam ind. in the middle of the street ib.

⋙madhyevāri

1. ○vāri ind. in or under the water R.

⋙madhyevārdhi

1. ○vārdhi ind. = -samudram HPariś.

⋙madhyevindhyāṭavi

1. ○vindhyâṭavi ind. in the forests of the Vindhya range KāśīKh.

⋙madhyevindhyāntar

1. ○vindhyântar ind. in the middle of the Vindhya Kathās.

⋙madhyevyoma

1. ○vyoma ind. in the air Bālar.

⋙madhyeśmaśānam

1. ○śmaśānam ind. on the burial-place, Śvapnac

⋙madhyesabham

1. ○sabham ind. in the assembly, in public Dhanaṃj.

⋙madhyesamudram

1. ○samudram ind. in the middle of the sea, Siś

madhva

1. madhva m. N. of the founder of a sect of Vaishṇavas in the south of India (he was a Kanarese Brāhman otherwise called Ānanda-tirtha, Bhagavat-pāda or Madhu, said to have been born about 1200
2. • his doctrine is commonly called Dvaita, 'Duality', in opposition to the A-dvaita, 'Nonduality', of the great Vedāntist Saṃkarâcārya, and his sect are called Mādhvas) RTL. 130 &c

⋙madhvaguru

1. ○guru m. the teacher Madhva Cat.

⋙madhvatantracapeṭāpradīpa

1. ○tantra-capeṭāpradīpa m. and N. of wks

⋙madhvatantradūṣaṇa

1. ○tantra-dūṣaṇa n. N. of wks

⋙madhvamata

1. ○mata n. the doctrine of MṭMadhva
2. • -khaṇḍana n. -prakaraṇa n. -pradarśana n. -vidhvaṃsana n. -saṃgraha-ṭīkā f. N. of wks. [Page 783, Column 1]

⋙madhvamāhātmya

1. ○māhātmya n

⋙madhvamuktāvali

1. ○muktâvali f

⋙madhvamukhabhaṅga

1. ○mukha-bhaṅga m

⋙madhvamukhamardana

1. ○mukha-mardana n

⋙madhvavaṃśāvalī

1. ○vaṃśâvalī f

⋙madhvavijaya

1. ○vijaya m

⋙madhvavidhvaṃsana

1. ○vidhvaṃsana n

⋙madhvavedānta

1. ○vedānta m

⋙madhvasahasranāmabhāṣya

1. ○sahasranāma-bhāṣya n

⋙madhvasiddhānta

1. ○siddhânta m. (and ○tabhañjana n. ○ta-sāra, m.),

⋙madhvastuti

1. ○stuti f. N. of wks

⋙madhvācārya

1. madhvâcārya m. = madhva-guru W.

⋙madhvārthadhvaṃsinī

1. madhvârtha-dhvaṃsinī

⋙madhvāhṇika

1. madhvâhṇika n. N. of wks

≫madhvaka

1. madhvaka &c. p. 781, col. 3

≫madhvakṣa

1. madhv-akṣa &c. p. 781, col. 2

man

1. man cI.8.4.Ā. (Dhātup. xxx, 9 ; xxv, 67) manuté, mányate (ep. also ○ti
2. • 3. pl. manvaté RV.
3. • pf. mene Br. &c
4. • mamnā́the, ○nā́ts RV.
5. • aor. ámata, ámanmahi Subj. manāmahe, mananta, p. manāná, q.v. RV.
6. • maṃsi, amaṃsta Subj. maṃsate Prec. maṃsīṣṭa, 1. pers. m. c. masīya ib.
7. • māṃsta AV., ○stādm TĀr.
8. • mandhvam Br.
9. • amaniṣṭa Gr
10. • fut. maṃsyate Br., ○ti MBh.
11. • manta, manitā Gr
12. • maniṣyate RV.
13. • inf. mantum MBh. &c., mántave, ○tavai RV., mántos Br.
14. • ind. p. matvā́ Up. &c
15. • manitvā Gr
16. • -matya Br. &c
17. • -manya MBh. &c.), to think, believe, imagine, suppose, conjecture RV. &c. &c. (manye, I think, methinks, is in later language often inserted in a sentence without affecting the construction
18. • g. câdi and Pāṇ. 4-1, 106)
19. • to regard or consider any one or anything (acc.) as (acc. with or without iva, or adv., often in -vat
20. • in later language also dat., to express contempt [cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 17], e g. rājyaṃ tṛṇaya manye, 'I value empire at a straw', i.e. I make light of it, = laghu √man, and opp. to bahu, or sādhu √man, to think much or well of. praise, approve) ib.
21. • to think one's self or be thought to be, appear as, pass for (nom
22. • also with iva) ib.
23. • to be of opinion, think fit or right MBh. Kāv. &c
24. • to agree or be of the same opinion with (acc.) MBh.
25. • to set the heart or mind on, honour, esteem (with nau, disdain), hope or wish for (acc. or gen.) RV. &c. &c
26. • to think of (in prayer &c., either 'to remember, meditate on', or 'mention, declare', or 'excogitate, invent') RV. AV.
27. • to perceive, observe, leam, know, understand, comprehend (acc., Ved. also gen.). RV. &c. &c
28. • to offer, present MBh.: Caus. (Dhātup. xxxiv, 36) mānayati (ep. also ○te
29. • aor. amīmanat
30. • Pass. mānyate), to honour, esteem, value highly (also with uru, bahu and sādhu) AV. &c. &c
31. • (Ā.) stavibhe Dhātup. xxxiii, 35
32. • garvake ib. Vop.: Desid. (cf. Dhātup. xxiii, 3) mīmāṃsate (rarely ○ti
33. • amīmāṃsiṣṭhās ŚBr.
34. • mīnāṃsyáte AV.
35. • mimaṃsate, mimaniṣate Gr.), to reflect upon, consider, examine, investigate AV. Br. &c
36. • to cali in question, doubt ('with regard to', loc.) ib.: Desid. of Desid. mimāmiṣate Gr.: Intens. manmanyate, manmanti ib. [Cf. Zd. man ; Gk. ?, ?, [783, 1] Lat. meminisse, monere ; Slav. and Lith. minéti ; Goth. ga-munan ; Germ, meinen ; Eng. mean.]

≫mata

1. matá mfn. thought, believed, imagined, supposed, understood RV. &c. &c
2. • regarded or considered as, taken or passing for (nom. or adv.) Mn. MBh. &c
3. • thought fit or right, approved Yājñ. Kāv. Kām.
4. • honoured, esteemed, respected, liked (with gen. Pāṇ. 3-2, 188) Ragh. Kām.
5. • desired, intended R.
6. • m. N. of a son of Śambara Hariv. (v. l. mana)
7. • n. a thought, idea, opinion, sentiment, view, belief. doctrine MBh. Kāv. &c
8. • intention, design, purpose, wish MBh. BhP.
9. • commendation, approbation, sanction L.
10. • knowledge W.
11. • agallochum L.

⋙matakhaṇḍanastotra

1. ○khaṇḍana-stotra n. N. of wk

⋙matamga

1. ○mga s.v

⋙matacatuṣṭayaparikṣā

1. ○catuṣṭaya-parikṣā f. N. of wk

⋙matajña

1. ○jña mfn. knowing a person's intention, Śṛingār

⋙mataparīkṣā

1. ○parī7kṣā f. N. of wk

⋙matabheda

1. ○bheda m. difference of opinion between (gen. and instr. with saha) VarBṛS. Sch.

⋙matabhedana

1. ○bhedana n. N. of wk

⋙matayogīśa

1. ○yogī7śa m. N. of a man L.

⋙matavacas

1. ○vacas mfn. heeding words or prayers (said of the Aśvins) RV. (cf. mātavacasa)

⋙matavat

1. ○vat (matá-), mfn. having an aim or purpose ib.

⋙matākṣa

1. matâkṣa mfn. one well skilled in dice (as Śakuni) MBh.

⋙matānujñā

1. matânujñā f. admission of a fault in one's own reasoning while insisting on a similar one in that of the opponent Nyāyas.

⋙matāntara

1. matântara n. another opinion or creed or sect MW.

⋙matāvalambana

1. matâvalambana n. the embracing a particular doctrine ib.

⋙matāvalambin

1. matâvalambin mfn. holding the doctrines of a particular sect ib.

≫mataṃga

1. mataṃga m. 'going wilfully' or 'roaming at will', an elephant MBh. Śrutab. [Page 783, Column 2]
2. • a cloud L.
3. • N. of a Dānava Hariv.
4. • of a Muni and (pl.) his family MBh. Kāv.

⋙mataṃgaja

1. ○ja m. an elephant (-tva n.) Kālid. Kir.
2. • (ā), f. (in music) a partic. Mūrchanā Saṃgīt.

⋙mataṃgatīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat.

⋙mataṃgadeva

1. ○deva m. N. of a fabulous being Kathās.

⋙mataṃgapārasnesvara

1. ○pārasnêsvara m. N. of wk

⋙mataṃgapura

1. ○pura n. N. of a city Kathās.

⋙mataṃgayajñāgni

1. ○yajñâgni m. fire from the sacrifice of Mataṃga Mcar.

⋙mataṃgavāpī

1. ○vāpī f. N. of a sacred tank or bathing-place Vishṇ. MBh.

⋙mataṃgavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti f. N. of wk

⋙mataṃgasarasa

1. ○sarasa m. N. of a lake R.

⋙mataṃgahataka

1. ○hataka m. N. of a man Cat.

⋙mataṃgānucara

1. mataṃgânúcara m. the keeper or driver of an elephant Suparṇ.

≫mataṃginī

1. mataṃginī f. N. of a daughter of Mandara Kathās.

≫mati

1. matí (in ŚBr. also máti), f. devotion, prayer, worship, hymn, sacred utterance RV. VS.
2. • thought, design, intention, resolution, determination, inclination, wish, desire (with loc., dat. or inf.) RV. &c. &c. (matyā ind. wittingly, knowingly, purposely
3. • matiṃ √kṛ or dhā or dhṛ or ā-√dhā or samā-√dhā or ā-√sthā or sam-ā-√sthā, with loc., dat., acc. with prati, or artham ifc., to set the heart on, make up one's mind, resolve, determine
4. • matim with Caus. of ni-√vṛt and abl. of a verbal noun, to give up the idea of
5. • āhita-mati ifc. -having resolved upon
6. • vinivṛtta-mati with abl. = having desisted from)
7. • opinion, notion, idea, belief, conviction, view, creed ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (matyā ind. at will
8. • ifc., 'under the idea of', e.g. vyāghra-m○, 'under the idea of its being a tiger')
9. • the mind, perception, understanding, intelligence, sense, judgment ŚBr. &c. &c. (in RV. also 'that which is sensible', intelligent, mindful, applied to Aditi, Indra and Agni)
10. • esteem, respect, regard Kir.
11. • memory, remembrance L.
12. • Opinion personified (and identified with Subalâtmajā as one of the mothers of the five sons of Pāṇdu, or regarded as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Soma, or as the wife of Viveka) MBh. Hariv. Prab.
13. • a kind of vegetable or pot-herb L. ; m. N. of a king Buddh. [Cf. Lat. mens ; Angl. Sax. ge-mynd ; Eng. mind.]

⋙matikarman

1. ○karman n. a matter of the intellect Kām.

⋙matigati

1. ○gati f. 'mental course', mode of thought Kāv.

⋙matigarbha

1. ○garbha mfn. 'filled with intelligence', clever, intelligent Śiś.

⋙maticitra

1. ○citra m. N. of Aśva-ghosha Buddh.

⋙matidatta

1. ○datta m. N. of a man Cat.

⋙matidarśana

1. ○darśana n. the act or faculty of seeing into the thoughts or intentions (of others) R.

⋙matidā

1. ○dā f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum or = śimṛḍī L.

⋙matidvaidha

1. ○dvaidha n. difference of opinion MBh.

⋙matidhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. N. of a nephew of Śaskya-paṇḍita Buddh.

⋙matināra

1. ○nāra m. N. of a king MBh. Hariv. Pur.

⋙matinirṇaya

1. ○nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙matiniścaya

1. ○niścaya m. a firm opinion L.

⋙matipatha

1. ○patha m. the path of reflection
2. • ○thaṃ√nī, to think over Kāv.

⋙matipura

1. ○pura n. N. of a town Buddh.

⋙matipūrva

1. ○pūrva or mfn. purposed, intended Mn.

⋙matipūrvaka

1. ○pūrḍvaka mfn. purposed, intended Mn.
2. • (○vam, ○ve and ○vakam) ind. purposingly, wittingly ib. Gaut.

⋙matiprakarṣa

1. ○prakarṣa m. superiority of mind, cleverness, talent Hit.

⋙matibhadragaṇi

1. ○bhadra-gaṇi m. N. of a scholar Cat.

⋙matibheda

1. ○bheda m. change of opinion MBh.

⋙matibhrama

1. ○bhrama m. (cf. Śak.),

⋙matibhrānti

1. ○bhrānti f. (cf. L.) confusion of mind, perplexity, error, misapprehension, hallucination

⋙matimat

1. ○mat mfn. clever, intelligent, wise MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • m. N. of a son of Janam-ejaya Hariv.

⋙matimānuṣa

1. ○mānuṣa (?) and m. N. of wks

⋙matimukura

1. ○mukura m. N. of wks

⋙matiratnamuni

1. ○ratna-muni m. N. of an author Cat.

⋙matirāja

1. ○rāja m. N. of a poet ib.

⋙mativat

1. ○vat wṛ. for -mat

⋙mativardhana

1. ○vardhana m. N. of an author (also ○na-gaṇi) Cat.

⋙mativid

1. ○víd mfn. knowing (one's) devotion or mind VS. TS. AitBr.

⋙mativiparyaya

1. ○viparyaya m. an erroneous opinion, illusion Vcar.

⋙mativibhraṃśa

1. ○vibhraṃśa m. failure or infatuation of mind L.

⋙mativibhrama

1. ○vibhrama m. = -bhrama R.

⋙mativibhrānti

1. ○vibhrānti f. id. L.

⋙matiśālin

1. ○śālin mfn. 'possessing intelligence', clever, wise Pañcat.

⋙matihīna

1. ○hīna mfn. deprived of sense, stupid Hit.

⋙matīśvara

1. matī7śvara m. 'lord of mind', the wisest of the wise (Viśva-karman) Hariv.

≫matya

1. matya n. (for 1. p. 776, col. 2) the means of acquiring knowledge (= jñānasya kāraṇam) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 4-4, 97

≫mana

1. mana m. Indian spikenard, Nardostachys Jatamansi L.
2. • N. of a son of Śambara Hariv. (v. l. mata)

≫mana

1. mana in comp. for manas

⋙manaāpa

1. ○āpa mfn. gaining the heart, attracting, beautiful L. (cf. Pāli manāpa)

⋙manaṛṅga

1. ○ṛṅga (mána-), mfn. (prob. fr. √2. ṛñj) directing or guiding the mind RV. x, 106, 8 (cf. Sāy. manasā prasādhanaṃ yasya saḥ)

⋙mananī

1. ○nī mananyá below

⋙manarañjana

1. ○rañjana mf(ī)n. delighting the mind of (comp.) Subh.

⋙manavaśas

1. ○vaśas (?), m. N. of a prince VP. [Page 783, Column 3]

⋙manahaṃsa

1. ○haṃsa m. (wṛ. for ○no-h○?) a kind of metre Col.

⋙manāpa

1. manâpa mfn. = mana-āpa Lalit.

≫manaḥ

1. manaḥ in comp. for manas

⋙manaḥkānta

1. ○kānta mfn. manas-k○

⋙manaḥkṣepa

1. ○kṣepa m. mental perplexity or confusion Sāh.

⋙manaḥpati

1. ○pati m. 'lord of the heart', N. of Vishṇu Pañcar.

⋙manaḥparyāya

1. ○paryāya m. (with Jainas) 'the state of mental perception which precedes the attainment of perfect knowledge', N. of the last stage but one in the perception of truth Sarvad.

⋙manaḥpīḍā

1. ○pīḍā f. pain of mind, mental agony. MW.

⋙manaḥpūta

1. ○pūta mfn. pure in heart, mentally pure Mn. vi, 46

⋙manaḥpraṇīta

1. ○praṇīta mfn. dear to the heart or mind MBh. xiii, 3503

⋙manaḥprasāda

1. ○prasāda m. serenity or peace of mind MBh. Sāh. Suśr.

⋙manaḥpriya

1. ○priya mf(ā)n. dear to the heart Kir.

⋙manaḥprīti

1. ○prīti f. gladness of heart, delight Kathās.

⋙manaḥśikṣā

1. ○śikṣā f. N. of wk. (containing the Caitanya doctrine) Cat.

⋙manaḥśilā

1. ○śilā f. (c. also ○la m
2. • comp.) realgar, red arsenic MBh. Kāv. &c
3. • -giri vḷ. for ○lôccaya R.
4. • -guhā f. a cave of red arsenic MBh. (○la-guhā Mṛicch. i, 12)
5. • -candana-'dhāvana n. a fluid prepared from red aṭarsenic and sandal MW.
6. • -vicchurita mfn. inlaid with red arsenic Kum.
7. • ○lôccaya m. a quantity of red arsenic R.

⋙manaḥśīghra

1. ○śīghra mfn. swift as thought Kathās.

⋙manaḥśūka

1. ○śūka n. anguish of mind Divyâv.

⋙manaḥṣaṣṭha

1. ○ṣaṣṭha (mánaḥ-), mfn. having the mind for a sixth organ (said of the 5 organs of sense) AV.

⋙manaḥsaṃvara

1. ○saṃvara m. coercion of the mind Lalit.

⋙manaḥsaṃkalpa

1. ○saṃkalpa m. desire of the heart R.

⋙manaḥsaṅga

1. ○saṅga m. attachment of the mind, fixing the thoughts (on a beloved one
2. • second stage of love) Pratāp.

⋙manaḥsaṃcetanāhāra

1. ○saṃcetanâhāra m. one of the 4 kinds of food (in a material and spiritual sense) Buddh.

⋙manaḥsad

1. ○sád mfn. seated or dwelling in the mind VS.

⋙manaḥsaṃtāpa

1. ○saṃtāpa m. mental anguish or grief Śak.

⋙manaḥsamunnati

1. ○samunnati f. high-mindedness R.

⋙manaḥsamṛddhi

1. ○samṛddhi f. heart's content BhP.

⋙manaḥsāramaya

1. ○sāra-maya mf(i)n. forming the substance of the heart or mind Hariv.

⋙manaḥsiddhi

1. ○siddhi f. N. of a goddess Siṃhâs.

⋙manaḥsilā

1. ○silā wṛ. for -śilā

⋙manaḥsukha

1. ○sukha mfn. agreeable to the mind, of pleasant taste Suśr.
2. • n. joy of the heart BhP.

⋙manaḥstha

1. ○stha mf(ā)n. abiding or dwelling in the heart R.

⋙manaḥsthirīkaraṇa

1. ○sthirī-karaṇa n. the act of strengthening or confirming the mind Cat.

⋙manaḥsthairya

1. ○sthairya n. firmness of mind Kāv.

⋙manaḥsparśa

1. ○sparśa mfn. touching the heart BhP.

⋙manaḥsvāmin

1. ○svāmin m. N. of a Brāhman Kathās.

≫manaka

1. manaka m. N. of a man HPariś.

≫manana

1. manána mfn. thoughtful, careful RV.
2. • n. thinking, reflection, meditation, thought, intelligence, understanding (esp. intrinsic knowledge or science, as one of the faculties connected with the senses Nir. viii, 6 = manman) Hariv. Śaṃk. Sarvad. (○nā́ ind. thoughtfully, deliberately RV.)
3. • homage, reverence Sāy. on RV. i, 165, 4

⋙mananagrantha

1. ○grantha m

⋙mananaprakaraṇa

1. ○prakaraṇa n. N. of wks

⋙mananayukta

1. ○yukta and mfn. attended with homage Sāy.

⋙mananavat

1. ○vat mfn. attended with homage Sāy.

⋙mananādinighaṇṭu

1. mananâdi-nighaṇṭu m. N. of wk

≫mananīya

1. mananīya mfn. (prob.) containing homage or praise (as a hymn) Nir. x, 5 (others 'estimable')

≫mananya

1. mananyá mfn. deserving praise RV. x, 106, 8 (cf. Sāy. = stútya, others 'fr. mana-nī, directing the mind')

≫manayitṛ

1. manayitṛ mf(trī)n. Sāy. on RV. i, 124, 3

≫manaś

1. manaś in comp. for manas. -1

⋙manaścit

1. ○cít mfn. (√1. ci) piled up or constructed with the mind (= manasā citaḥ) ŚBr. -2

⋙manaścit

1. ○cit mfn. (√2. cit) thinking or reflecting in the mind RV. ix, 11, 8 (others, 'knowing the heart')

≫manas

1. mánas n. mind (in its widest sense as applied to all the mental powers), intellect, intelligence, understanding, perception, sense, conscience, will RV. &c. &c. (in phil. the internal organ or antaḥ-karaṇa of perception and cognition, the faculty or instrument through which thoughts enter or by which objects of sense affect the soul IW. 53
2. • in this sense manas is always is always regarded as distinct from ātman and puruṣa, 'spirit or soul' and belonging only to the body, like which it is - except in the Nyāya - considered perishable
3. • as to its position in the various systems for Nyāya and Vaiśeshika IW. 63 ; 67 ; 76, for Sāṃkhya and Vedânta ib. 84 ; 109 ; 117
4. • in RV. it is sometimes joined with hṛd or hṛdaya, the heart Mn. vii, 6 with cakṣus, the eye)
5. • the spirit or spiritual principle, the breath or living soul which escapes from the body at death (called asu in animals
6. • above.) ib.
7. • thought, imagination, excogitation, invention, reflection, opinion, intention, inclination, affection, desire, mood, temper, spirit ib. (ifc. after a verbal noun or an inf. stem in ○tu = having a mind or wishing to
8. • cf. draṣṭu-m○ &c
9. • manaḥ √kṛ, to make up one's mind
10. • with gen., to feel inclination for [Page 784, Column 1]
11. • manaḥ √kṛ, pra-√kṛ, √dhā, vi-√dhā, √dhṛ, √bandh and Caus. of ni-√viś with loc., dat., acc. with prati, or inf., to direct the mind or thoughts towards, think of or upon
12. • manaḥ with sam-ā-√dhā, to recover the senses, collect one's self
13. • with √han, mano-hatya
14. • mánasā ind. in the mind
15. • in thought or imagination
16. • with all the heart, willingly
17. • with gen., by the leave of
18. • with iva = ○sêva, as with a thought, in a moment
19. • with √man, to think in one's mind, be willing or inclined
20. • with saṃ-√gam, to become unanimous, agree
21. • manasi with √kṛ, to bear or ponder in the mind, meditate on, remember
22. • with ni-√dhā, to impress on the mind, consider
23. • with √vṛt, to be passing in one's mind)
24. • N. of the 26th Kalpa (s.v.) Cat.
25. • of the lake Mānasa BhP.
26. • manaso dohaḥ, N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. [784, 1] miner-va.]

⋙manaskānta

1. ○kānta mfn. dear to the heart pleasant, agreeable Suśr.

⋙manaskāra

1. ○kāra m. consciousness (esp. of pleasure or pain) L.
2. • attention of the mind Lalit.
3. • devotion ( next)
4. • -vidhi m. performance of devotion Jātakam.

⋙manasketa

1. ○ketá m. mental perception or conception, idea, notion AV.

⋙manastāpa

1. ○tāpa m. 'burning of the mind', mental pain, anguish, repentance MBh. R. &c

⋙manastāla

1. ○tāla m. N. of the lion on which Durgā is carried L.

⋙manastuṣṭi

1. ○tuṣṭi f. satisfaction of mind, heart's content MW.

⋙manastejas

1. ○tejas (mánas-) mfn. endowed with vigour of mind AV.

⋙manastokā

1. ○tokā f. N. of Durgā L.

⋙manastva

1. ○tva n. intellectual state, the state or condition of mind Sarvad.

⋙manaspāpa

1. ○pāpa n. mental sin, a sin committed only in mind AV.

⋙manasmaya

1. ○máya mf(ī)n. spiritual (as opp. to, 'material') RV.

⋙manasvat

1. ○vat (mánas-), mfn. full of sense or spirit RV. TS. Kāṭh. KaushUp.
2. • containing the word manas, TS Kāṭh.
3. • (atī), f. wṛ. for ánas-vatī TāṇḍBr.

⋙manasvi

1. ○vi in comp. for -vin
2. • garhita mfn. censured by the wise MW.
3. • -tara mfn. wiser, cleverer Kāṭh.
4. • -tā f. intelligence, high-mindedness, magnanimity Kir.
5. • hope, expectation, dependance W.
6. • -praśaṃsā f. praise of the wise Cat.

⋙manasvin

1. ○vin mfn. full of mind or sense, intelligent, clever, wise TBr. &c. &c
2. • in high spirits, cheerful, glad (a-man○) R.
3. • fixing the mind attentive W.
4. • m. the fabulous animal called Śarabha L.
5. • N. of a Nāga Lalit.
6. • of a son of Devala VP.
7. • (inī), f. a virtuous wife W.
8. • Momordica Mixta L.
9. • N. of the mother of the moon MBh. (cf. manasija)
10. • of Durga L.
11. • of the wife of Mṛikaṇḍu Pur.

≫manasa

1. manasá m. N. of a Ṛishi RV. v, 44, 10 (cf. Sāy.)
2. • (ā), f. 1. manasā
3. • n. (ifc., with f. ā) = manas, mind, heart PārGṛ. MBh. &c

≫manasaspati

1. mánasas-páti m. the lord or presiding genius of the mental powers and life of men RV. Br. ŚrS.

≫manasā

1. manasā f. N. of a partic. goddess (described as consisting of a particle of Prakṛiti and as daughter of Kaśyapa. sister of the serpent-king Ananta, wife of the Muni Jarat-kāru, mother of the Muni Āstīka and protectress of men from the venom of serpents
2. • cf. viṣa-harī) Pañcar.
3. • of a Kiṃ-narī Kāraṇḍ.

⋙manasādevī

1. ○devī f. the goddess Manasā L.

⋙manasāpañcamī

1. ○pañcamī f. the 5th day in the dark half of the month Āshsdha (when there is a festival in honour of the goddess Manasā) Col.

⋙manasārāma

1. ○rāma m. N. of a man, Cat

≫manasā

1. manasā instr. of manas, in comp

⋙manasāguptā

1. ○guptā f. (prob.) N. of a woman Pāṇ. 6-3, 4 Sch.

⋙manasājñāyin

1. ○"ṣjñāyin (○sâjñ○), mfn. perceiving with the soul or intellectually ib. 5 Sch.,

⋙manasādattā

1. ○dattā and f. (prob.) N. of women ib. 4

⋙manasāsaṃgatā

1. ○saṃgatā f. (prob.) N. of women ib. 4

≫manasi

1. manasi loc. of manas, in comp

⋙manasikāra

1. ○kāra m. taking to heart Lalit.

⋙manasija

1. ○ja m. 'heart-born', love or the god of love Kāv.
2. • the moon RāmatUp.
3. • -taru m. love conceived as a tree Mālav.
4. • -bṛsī f. the moon Alaṃkārav.

⋙manasimanda

1. ○manda mfn. slow or inert in love MW.
2. • -ruj f. pain of love Vikr.

⋙manasiśaya

1. ○śaya m. 'lying in the heart', = -ja Vikr.

≫manasin

1. manasin mfn. having a mind or soul, having intellect TS.

≫manaska

1. manaská n. dimin. of manas AV. vi, 18, 3
2. • (ifc.) = manas
3. • cf. gata-m○

≫manasya

1. manasya Nom. P. Ā. ○syáti, ○te (g. kaṇḍv-ādi), to have in mind, intend RV. ChUp.
2. • to think, reflect TBr. Nir.

≫manasyu

1. manasyú mfn. (prob.) wishing, desiring RV. m. N. of a prince (son of Praviira) MBh.
2. • of a son of Mahsnta VP.

≫manā

1. manā́ f. devotion, attachment, zeal, eagerness RV.
2. • envy, jealousy ib.

⋙manāvasu

1. ○vasu mfn. rich in devotion, faithful ib.

≫manāk

1. manāk ind. (prob. fr. manā + añc, 'perceivably') a little, slightly, in a small degree (dānam manāgapi, a gift however small
2. • kālam manāk, a little time [Page 784, Column 2]
3. • na m○, not at all
4. • manāg asmi na pātitaḥ, I was all but thrown down) Kāv. Kathās. &c
5. • shortly, immediately, at once Prasannar.
6. • only, merely Ratnâv.

⋙manākkara

1. ○kara mfn. doing little, lazy MW.
2. • n. a kind of Agallochum L.

⋙manākpriya

1. ○priya mfn. a little dear MW.

≫manāna

1. manāná mfn. devout, pious RV. vi, 67, 10

≫manānak

1. manānák ind. (prob.) = manāk, a little, a short time RV. x, 61, 6

≫manāya

1. manāya Nom. P. ○yáti, to be zealous or devoted RV.
2. • to think, consider ib.

≫manāyī

1. manā́yī f. (fr. manu) Manu's wife MaitrS. (cf. manāvií)

≫manāyu

1. manāyú mfn. (fr. manā) zealous, devoted RV.
2. • desirous, praying ib.

≫manāvī

1. manāvī́ f. (fr. manu) Manu's wife ŚBr. (cf. manā́yī)

≫manita

1. manita mfn. known, understood L.

≫manīkṛ

1. manī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to take to heart Vop.

≫manīṣā

1. manīṣā́ f. thought, reflection, consideration, wisdom, intelligence, conception, idea (páro manīṣáyā, beyond all conception) RV. &c. &c
2. • prayer, hymn RV.
3. • desire, wish, request ib.

⋙manīṣāpañcaka

1. ○pañcaka n. N. of two wks

≫manīṣikā

1. manīṣikā f. wisdom, intelligence (sva-manīṣikayā, 'according to one's own judgment') BhP.
2. • expectation Bālar.

≫manīṣiṇā

1. manīṣiṇā (?), f. a kind of metre Śrutab.

≫manīṣita

1. manīṣita mfn. desired, wished MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • n. wish, desire ib. (cf. yathāṃ○)

⋙manīṣitavarṣin

1. ○varṣin mfn. showering desired objects (like a rain) Rājat.

≫manīṣin

1. manīṣin mfn. thoughtful, intelligent, wise, sage, prudent. RV. &c. &c
2. • devout, offering prayers or praises RV.
3. • m. a learned Brāhman, teacher, Paṇḍit W.
4. • N. of a king VP.

⋙manīṣitā

1. manīṣi-tā f. wisdom Veṇis.

≫manu

1. mánu mfn. thinking, wise, intelligent VS. ŚBr.
2. • m. 'the thinking creature(?)', man, mankind RV. VS. AitBr. TĀr. (also as opp. to evil spirits RV. i, 130, 8 ; viii, 98, 6 &c
3. • the Ṛibhus are called manor nápātaḥ, the sons of man, iii, 60, 3)
4. • the Man par excellence or the representative man and father of the human race (regarded in the RV. as the first to have instituted sacrifices and religious ceremonies, and associated with the Ṛishis Kaṇva and Atri
5. • in the AitBr. described as dividing his possessions among some of his sons to the exclusion of one called Nābhā-nedishṭha, q.v
6. • called Sāṃvaraṇa as author of RV. ix, 101, 10-12
7. • Āpsava as author of ib. 106, 7-9
8. • in Naigh. v, 6 he is numbered among the 31 divine beings of the upper sphere, and VS. xi, 66 as father of men even identified with Prajs-pati
9. • but the name Manu is esp. applied to 14 successive mythical progenitors and sovereigns of the earth, described Mn. i, 63 and in later wks. as creating and supporting this world through successive Antaras or long periods of time, manv-antara below
10. • the first is called Svāyambhuva as sprung from svayam-bhū, the Self-existent, and described in Mn. 12, 34 as a sort of secondary creator, who commenced his work by producing 10 Prajāpatis or Maharshis, of whom the first was marīci, Light
11. • to this Manu is ascribed the celebrated 'code of Manu', manu-saṃhitā, and two ancient Sūtra works on Kalpa and Gṛihya i.e. sacrificial and domestic rites
12. • he is also called Hairaṇyagarbha as son of Hiraṇya-garbha, and Prācetasa, as son of Pra-cetas
13. • the next 5 Manus are called Svārocisha, Auttami, Tāmasa, Raivata, Cākshusha, cf. IW. 208, n. 1
14. • the 7th Manu, called vaivasvata, Sun-born, or from his piety, satya-vrata, is regarded as the progenitor of the present race of living beings, and said, like the Noah of the Old Testament, to have been preserved from a great flood by Vishṇu or Brahmā in the form of a fish: he is also variously described as one of the 12 Ādityas, as the author of RV. viii, 27-31, as the brother of Yama, who as a son of he Sun is also called Vaivasvata, as the founder and first king of Ayodhyā, and as father of Ilā who married Budha, son of the Moon, the two great solar and lunar races being thus nearly related to each other, IW. 344 ; 373
15. • the 8th Manu or first of the future Manus, accord. to VP. iii, 2, will be Sāvarṇi
16. • the 9th Daksha-sāvarṇi
17. • the 12th Rudra-sṭsāvarṇi
18. • the 13th Raucya or Deva-sṭsāvarṇi
19. • the 14th Bhautya or Indra-sṭsāvarṇi)
20. • thought (= manas) TS. Br.
21. • a sacred text, prayer, incantation, spell (= mantra) RāmatUp. Pañcar. Pratāp.
22. • N. of an Agni MBh.
23. • of a Rudra Pur.
24. • of Kṛiśâśva BhP.
25. • of an astronomer Cat.
26. • (pl.) the mental Powers BhP.
27. • N. of the number 'fourteen' (on account of the 14 Manus) Sūryas. [Page 784, Column 3]
28. • f. Manu's wife (= manāvii) L. ; Trigonella Corniculata L. [Cf. Goth. manna ; Germ. ṃannus, son of ṭuisto ṭṃ, mentioned by Tacitus, in his wk. ṅermania, as the mythical ancestor of the West-Germans, mann, man ; Angl. Sax. man ; Eng. man.]

⋙manukapāla

1. ○kapāla n. Manu's bowl or dish Kapishṭh.

⋙manukulāditya

1. ○kulâditya m. N. of a king, Cat

⋙manuga

1. ○ga m. N. of a son of Dyuti-mat Pur.
2. • n. N. of the Varsha ruled by him ib.

⋙manuja

1. ○ja m. 'Manu-born', a man MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • (ā or ī), f. a woman ib.
3. • -nātha (cf. Daś.), -pati (R. &c.), m. 'lord of men', a prince, king
4. • -loka m. 'world of men', the earth MBh.
5. • -vyāghra m. 'man-tiger', any eminent or illustrious man R.
6. • -"ṣjâtmaja m. 'son of man', a man' L.
7. • (ā), f. a woman MBh.
8. • -"ṣjâdhipa and ○pati m. 'sovereign of men', a prince, king MBh.
9. • ○jī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to change into a man Kathās.
10. • -"ṣjêndra m. 'lord of men, a prince, king MBh. (○dra-putra, n. ○trī f. a prince, princess Kathās.)
11. • ○jêśvara m. = -"ṣjóndra VarBṛS.
12. • -"ṣjôttana m. best of men MBh.

⋙manujāta

1. ○jāta (mánu-), mfn. descended from men or from Manu AV.
2. • m. a man MBh.

⋙manujyeṣṭha

1. ○jyeṣṭha m. a sword L.

⋙manutantu

1. ○tantu m. N. of a man ĀśvŚr.

⋙manutīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha BhP.

⋙manutva

1. ○tva n. the rank or office of a Manu ib.

⋙manudivi

1. ○divi (?), N. of wk

⋙manupraṇīta

1. ○praṇīta mfn. taught or promulgated by Manu (-tva n.) Kull. on Mn. i, 4

⋙manupravarha

1. ○pravarha or m. N. of RV. viii, 29 ŚāṅkhŚr.

⋙manupravalha

1. ○pravalha m. N. of RV. viii, 29 ŚāṅkhŚr.

⋙manuprīta

1. ○prīta (mánu-), mfn. beloved by men RV.

⋙manubhū

1. ○bhū m. a man L.

⋙manumuktāvali

1. ○muktâvali f. N. of wk

⋙manuyuga

1. ○yuga n. the age or period of a Manu (= 311, 040, 000 years) Col.

⋙manurāj

1. ○rāj m. 'king of men', N. of Kubera L.

⋙manuvat

1. ○vát ind. like men or as becomes men RV.
2. • as with Manu KātyŚr.

⋙manuvaśa

1. ○vaśa m. N. of a king VP.

⋙manuvṛta

1. ○vṛta mfn. chosen by men AitBr.

⋙manuśreṣṭha

1. ○śreṣṭha m. 'best among men', N. of Vishṇu Pañcar.

⋙manusaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. N. of the collection of laws commonly known as 'the laws or institutes of Manu'
2. • of a Tantra wk. Cat.

⋙manusava

1. ○savá m. = manuṣya-sava TS. (others 'Manu's libation')

⋙manusmṛti

1. ○smṛti f. Manu's law-book
2. • -māhātmya n. N. of wk

≫manurhita

1. mánur-hita (○nus + h○), mfn. friendly to men, good for men RV.

≫manuṣa

1. mánuṣa (or ○ṣá MaitrS.), m. (fr. manus) a man RV.
2. • (ī), f. a woman L.

⋙manuṣendra

1. manuṣêndra wṛ. for manujêndra, q.v

≫manuṣya

1. manuṣyá mf(ā)n. human, manly, useful or, friendly to man RV. AV. ŚBr.
2. • m. a man, human being RV. &c. &c
3. • a man (as opp. to woman) Mn. MārkP.
4. • a husband VarBṛS.
5. • a class of deceased ancestors (those who receive the Piṇḍa offering) TBr.

⋙manuṣyakāra

1. ○kāra m. the deed of a man, human exertion MBh.

⋙manuṣyakilbiṣa

1. ○kilbiṣá n. transgression against men ŚBr.

⋙manuṣyakṛta

1. ○kṛta (○ṣyá-.), mfn. committed against men VS.

⋙manuṣyagandha

1. ○gandha m. human odour AitBr.

⋙manuṣyagandharva

1. ○gandharva m. pl. the human Gandharvas (inferior to the Deva-gṭgandha) TUp.,

⋙manuṣyagavī

1. ○gavī f. pl. N. of partic. verses or formulas ĀpŚr.

⋙manuṣyagranthi

1. ○granthi m. a knot formed by men Kapishṭh.

⋙manuṣyacara

1. ○cará mfn. having dealings or intercourse with men TS.

⋙manuṣyacitta

1. ○cittá n. the thought or will of men ŚBr.

⋙manuṣyacchandasa

1. ○cchandasá n. the metre of men TS.

⋙manuṣyajanman

1. ○janman mfn. begotten by a man Śiś.

⋙manuṣyajā

1. ○jā́ mfn. born of men RV.

⋙manuṣyajāta

1. ○jāta n. the human race, mankind Gaut.

⋙manuṣyajātaka

1. ○jātaka n. N. of wk

⋙manuṣyajāti

1. ○jāti f. = -jāta Hit.

⋙manuṣyatā

1. ○tā f. manhood, humanity, the state or condition of man (acc. with ā-√i, to become a man) R. MārkP.

⋙manuṣyatrā

1. ○trā́ ind. among men, to men ŚBr.

⋙manuṣyatva

1. ○tvá n. = -tā f. (acc. with √yā, to become a man) TBr. Mn. &c

⋙manuṣyadurga

1. ○durga mfn. inaccessible owing to men
2. • n. a place inaccṭinaccessible &c. MBh.

⋙manuṣyadeva

1. ○devá m. 'man-god', a Brāhman ŚBr.
2. • a prince, king Ragh.

⋙manuṣyadharma

1. ○dharma m. the law or duty or state or character of man MW.
2. • (with uttara), highest condition Divyâv.

⋙manuṣyadharman

1. ○dharman m. 'having the nature or character of man', N. of Kubera Śiś.
2. • = child of men Jātakam.

⋙manuṣyanāma

1. ○nāmá m. pl. N. of partic. verses or formulas TĀr.

⋙manuṣyanāman

1. ○nāmán n. a human name ib.

⋙manuṣyapātra

1. ○pātra n. cup or bowl of men, TaṇḍBr

⋙manuṣyapota

1. ○pota m. a little boy Mcar.

⋙manuṣyaprakṛti

1. ○prakṛti mfn. of human origin Āpast.

⋙manuṣyamātra

1. ○mātra mfn. only a man MBh.

⋙manuṣyamāraṇa

1. ○māraṇa n. manslaughter, (unintentionally) killing a man Mn. viii, 296

⋙manuṣyayajña

1. ○yajñá m. 'man-offering', the act of devotion due to men (i.e. atithi-pūjana, the honouring of guests or hospitality, one of the 5 mahā-yājñas, q.v.) ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ. &c

⋙manuṣyayaśasa

1. ○yaśasá human glory or splendour, ○sin mfn. possessing human glory TS.

⋙manuṣyayāna

1. ○yāna n. a litter, palankin MBh.

⋙manuṣyayoni

1. ○yoní m. human womb ŚBr.

⋙manuṣyaratha

1. ○rathá m. chariot of men TS. AitBr.

⋙manuṣyarāja

1. ○rājá m. a human king VS.

⋙manuṣyarājan

1. ○rājan m. id. Br.

⋙manuṣyarūpa

1. ○rūpá n. human form ŚBr.

⋙manuṣyaloha

1. ○lohá m. the world of men VS. ŚBr. &c. [Page 785, Column 1]

⋙manuṣyaviś

1. ○viś f. (cf. AitBr.),

⋙manuṣyaviśa

1. ○viśá n. (cf. TS.),

⋙manuṣyaviśā

1. ○viśā f. (cf. Kāṭh.) mankind, the human race

⋙manuṣyaśiras

1. ○śiras m. a partic. aquatic animal with a human head Āpast.

⋙manuṣyaśṛṅga

1. ○śṛṅga n. 'man's-horn' (as an example of what cannot exist), impossibility, Sāṃkhyas. Sch.

⋙manuṣyaśoṇita

1. ○śoṇita n. human blood R.

⋙manuṣyasabhā

1. ○sabhā f. an assembly or crowd or meeting-place of men L.

⋙manuṣyasava

1. ○savá m. libation or sacrifice (performed) by men TBr. Kāṭh.

⋙manuṣyasākṣya

1. ○sākṣya n. the presence of men as witnesses
2. • (e), ind. in the presence of men Nidānas.

⋙manuṣyahāra

1. ○hāra m. manstealing Siṃhâs.

⋙manuṣyahārin

1. ○hārin m. a man-stealer L.

⋙manuṣyāyuṣa

1. manuṣyâyuṣa n. the life-time of men ŚBr.

⋙manuṣyālaya

1. manuṣyâlaya (ibc.) human dwelling, house
2. • -candrikā f. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks

⋙manuṣyendra

1. manuṣyêndra m. 'best of men' (in addressing a good man) Nal. xxii, 6

⋙manuṣyeśvara

1. manuṣyêśvara m. 'lord of men', a prince, king Ragh.

⋙manuṣyeṣu

1. manuṣyêṣu m. or f. (?) an arrow thrown by men AV.

⋙manuṣyainasa

1. manuṣyâinasá n. sin of men ib.

≫manuṣyat

1. manuṣyát ind. = next AV. v, 12, 8 (printed ○ṣvát
2. • cf. APrāt. iv, 65)

≫manuṣvat

1. manuṣ-vát ind. (fr. manus) as (among or for or with) men RV.
2. • like or as (with) Manu ŚBr. KātyŚr.

≫manus

1. mánus m. man or Manu (the father of men) RV. VS. (cf. mánur-hita, manuṣ-vát, and mā́nuṣa)

≫mano

1. mano in comp. for manas

⋙manogata

1. ○gata mfn. 'mindgone', existing or passing or concealed in the mind or heart MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • n. thought, opinion, notion, idea, wish, desire ib.

⋙manogati

1. ○gati f. 'heatt's course', wish, desire MBh.
2. • mfn. going where one will R.

⋙manogamya

1. ○gamya mfn. accessible to (i.e. conceivable by) the mind MW.

⋙manogavī

1. ○gavī f. wish, desire L.

⋙manogupta

1. ○gupta mfn. cherished or concealed in the mind, thought or meditated on secretly W.
2. • (ā), f. red arsenic (= manaḥ-śilā) L.
3. • a species of sugar-cane L.

⋙manogṛhīta

1. ○gṛhītá mfn. seized by the mind, captivated by the mind MaitrS. Kāṭh.

⋙manograhaṇa

1. ○gráhaṇa m. the act of seizing or captivating the mind MaitrS. TS.

⋙manogrāhin

1. ○grāhin mfn. captivating the mṭmind, fascinating MBh. R.

⋙manograhya

1. ○gráhya mfn. to be grasped by the mṭmind Bhāshāp.
2. • = prec. MBh.

⋙manoglāni

1. ○glāni f. depression of mind Daś.

⋙manoghna

1. ○ghna mfn. intimidating the mind Bhpr.

⋙manoja

1. ○ja m. 'mind-born' love or the god of love Kāv.
2. • -vṛddhi f. a kind of shrub L.

⋙manojanman

1. ○janman m. = -ja Kāv.

⋙manojalpa

1. ○jalpa m. 'mind-talk', imagination L.

⋙manojava

1. ○javá m. the speed or swiftness of thought RV. ŚBr.
2. • (máno-), mfn. swift as thought RV. &c. &c. (am ind
3. • -tā f.)
4. • quick in thought or apprehension W.
5. • resembling a father, fatherly, parental L.
6. • m. N. of a son of Anila or the Wind MBh. Hariv.
7. • of a son of Rudra Īśāna Pur.
8. • of Indre in the 6th Manv-antara ib.
9. • of a son of Medhātithi BhP.
10. • of a fabulous horse Vās., Introd
11. • a person whose parents are a Brāhman and a Nishādi L.
12. • (ā), f. N. of one of the 7 tongues of Agni MuṇḍUp.
13. • Methonica Superba L.
14. • N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.
15. • of a river in Krauñca-dviipa VP.
16. • m. or n. a kind of magic Divyâv.
17. • n. N. of a Tirtha MBh.
18. • of the Varsha ruled by Medhâtithi BhP.

⋙manojavas

1. ○javas (máno-), mfn. swift as thought RV. TS. TBr.
2. • N. of Yama VS. (Mahidh.)

⋙manojavasa

1. ○javasa mfn. resembling a father, fatherly L.

⋙manojavin

1. ○javin mfn. swift as thought (○vi-tva n.) Cat.

⋙manojaviṣṭha

1. ○javiṣṭha (máno-), mfn. very swift, as thought RV. vi, 9, 6 (read so for mánojáv○)

⋙manojāta

1. ○jātá mfn. 'mind-born', sprung up in the mind or soul VS. ŚBr.

⋙manojighra

1. ○jighra mfn. scenting out or guessing (a person's) thoughts Sāh.

⋙manojū

1. ○jū́ mfn. swift as thought RV.

⋙manojña

1. ○jña mf(ā)n. agreeable to the mind, pleasing, lovely, beautiful, charming MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • m. a pleasant spot Vishṇ.
3. • Pinus Longifolia L.
4. • N. of a Gandharva SaddhP.
5. • (ā), f. (only L.) the senna plant
6. • a kind of cumin
7. • Jasminum Grandiflorum
8. • = vandhyā-karkoṭakī
9. • an intoxicating drink
10. • red arsenic
11. • a princess
12. • n. the wood of Pinus Longifolia L.
13. • -ghoṣa m. N. of a man Buddh.
14. • -tā f. loveliness, beauty Cāṇ.
15. • śabdâbhigarjita m. N. of a Kalpa Buddh.
16. • -svara
17. • m. N. of a Gandharva Kāraṇḍ.

⋙manojyotis

1. ○jyotis (máno-), mfn. one whose light is the intellect ŚBr.

⋙manojvalā

1. ○jvalā f. Jasminum Auriculatum L.

⋙manodaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa m. complete control over the thoughts Mn. xii, 10

⋙manodatta

1. ○datta mfn. 'given by the mind', mentally given, wished BhP.
2. • N. of an author Cat.
3. • (ā), f. (prob.) N. of a woman Pāṇ. 6-3, 4, Seh

⋙manodāhin

1. ○dāhin m. heart-inflamer', the god of love L.

⋙manoduḥkha

1. ○duḥkha n. heart-ache, mental affliction MW.

⋙manodaṣṭa

1. ○daṣṭa mfn. defiled with evil thoughts, depraved in mind Mn. v, 108

⋙manodūtakāvya

1. ○dūta-kāvya n

⋙manodūtikā

1. ○dūtikā f. N. of wks. [Page 785, Column 2]

⋙manodhara

1. ○dhara m. N. of an author Cat.

⋙manodhātu

1. ○dhātu m. the sphere of the mind or intellect (with Buddh. one of the 18 elementary spheres) Dharmas. 25

⋙manodhinātha

1. ○'dhinātha m. 'heart-lord', a lover, husband MW.

⋙manodhṛt

1. ○dhṛ́t mfn. 'having the mind restrained or controlled', prudent, intelligent RV.

⋙manonavasthāna

1. ○'navasthāna n. absence of mṭmind, inattention Sāṃkhyak.

⋙manonāśa

1. ○nāśa m. loss of mind Cat.

⋙manonīta

1. ○nīta mfn. 'taken by the mind', chosen, approved, preferred W.

⋙manonukūla

1. ○'nukūla mfn. pleasant to the mṭmind, Var Yogay

⋙manonuga

1. ○'nuga mfn. 'suiting the mind', agreeable, pleasing Hariv.
2. • m. N. of a district MBh.

⋙manopaharin

1. ○'pahárin mfn. ravishing or captivating the mind, gratifying Kām.

⋙manopeta

1. ○'pêta mfn. destitute of understanding KaushUp.

⋙manobhava

1. ○bhava mfn. 'mind-born', arising or being in the mind, imaginary BhP.
2. • m. (ifc. f. ā) love (opp. to krodha) MBh.
3. • sexual love or the god of love ib. Kāv. &c
4. • -druma m. love compared to a tree, Kav
5. • -śāsana m. 'chastiser of the god of love', N. of Śiva Bhām.
6. • ○vâgāra n. 'abode of love', pudendum muliebre Bhpr.

⋙manobhidhā

1. ○'bhidhā f. red arsenic L.

⋙manobhiniveśa

1. ○'bhiniveśa m. close application of mind, tenacity of purpose MW.

⋙manobhiprāya

1. ○'bhiprâya m. heart's desire
2. • -ga mfn. agreeable, pleasant MBh.

⋙manobhirāma

1. ○'bhirāma mfn. pleasing the mind, delightful Kāv.
2. • m. N. of an author Cat.
3. • m. or n. (?) N. of the spot where Buddha Tamāla-pattra-candana-gandha (Mahā-maudgalyāyana) will appear SaddhP.

⋙manobhilāṣa

1. ○'-bhilāṣa m. the heart's desire or wish MW.

⋙manobhū

1. ○bhū m. 'mind-born', love or the god of love Kāv. Kathās.

⋙manobhṛt

1. ○bhṛ́t mfn. supporting the mind ŚBr.

⋙manomathana

1. ○mathana m. 'heartagitator', the god of love Pañcar.

⋙manomaya

1. ○máya mf(ī)n. consisting of spirit or mind, spiritual, mental ŚBr. Up. &c
2. • -kośa m. the mental sheath (the 2nd of the subtle sheaths in which the soul is encased) Vedântas.

⋙manomuṣigṛhīta

1. ○múṣi-gṛhīta mfn. seized by the stealer of the mind (a demon) ŚBr.

⋙manomuh

1. ○múh mfn. perplexing or bewildering the mind AV.

⋙manomṛga

1. ○mṛga m. the heart conceived of as a deer Subh.

⋙manomohinī

1. ○mohinī f. N. of a Surâṅganā, Sinhâs

⋙manoyāyin

1. ○yāyin mfn. going at will or wherever one likes (○yi-tva, n.) Pañcar.

⋙manoyaj

1. ○yáj mfn. yoked by a mere thought or wish (i.e. without effort) RV.
2. • adapted to the understanding, wise ib. VS. AV.

⋙manoyoni

1. ○yoni m. 'mind-born', N. of the god of love L.

⋙manorañjana

1. ○rañjana n

⋙manorañjinī

1. ○rañjinī f. N. of wks

⋙manoratha

1. ○ratha m. (ifc. f. ā) 'heart's joy' ( 2. ratha), a wish, desire (also = desired object) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • fancy, illusion Śaṃk.
3. • (in dram.) a wish expressed in an indirect manner, hint Sāh.
4. • the heart compared to a car ( 1. ratha) R.
5. • N. of a teacher Buddh.
6. • of a poet Cat.
7. • of various men Rājat.
8. • (ā), f. N. of a woman( = -prabhā) Kathās.
9. • -kusuma n. wish or desire compared to a flower MW.
10. • -kṛśa mfn. chosen or taken at will (as a husband) Hariv.
11. • -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Cat.
12. • -tṛtīyā f. the 3rd day in the light half of the month Caitra (-vrata n. N. of wk.) Cat.
13. • -dāyaka m. 'fulfilling wishes', N. of a Kalpa-vṛiksha, Kathls
14. • -druma wṛ. for mano-bhava-dr○ Mālav. iii, 11
15. • -dvādaśī f. the 12th day in a partic. half month Cat.
16. • -prabhā f. N. of a woman Kathās.
17. • -bandha m. the cherishing or entertaining of desires (○dhabandhu m. the friend of i.e. one who satisfies wishes, Māatim. i, 34)
18. • -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of wishes, having many wṭwishes Bhām.
19. • being the object of a wishes Naish.
20. • -siddha wṛ. for -siddhi Kathās.
21. • -siddhi f. the fulfilment of a wishes Kathās.
22. • m. (also ○dhika) N. of a man ib.
23. • -sṛṣṭi f. creation of the fancy, phantasm of the imagination MW.
24. • ○thântara m. 'innermost desire', beloved object or person Mṛicch.

⋙manorama

1. ○rama mf(ā)n. gratifying the mind, attractive, pleasant, charming, beautiful MaitrUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • m. N. of a Nāga L.
3. • of a mountain ib.
4. • (ā), f. next
5. • n. a kind of house L.
6. • N. of a pleasure-garden HPariś.

⋙manoramā

1. ○ramā f. a beautiful woman L.
2. • a kind of pigment ( = gorocanā) L.
3. • a kind of metre Col.
4. • N. of ān Apsaras MBh.
5. • of a goddess Buddh.
6. • of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ.
7. • of a daughter of the Vidyā-dhara Indivara (wife of Sva-rocis-and mother of Vijaya) MārkP.
8. • of various other women Cat.
9. • of a river MBh.
10. • of various wks. Cat.
11. • -kuca-mardinī f. -khaṇḍa m. or n. -pariṇayana-carita, n. -vyākhyā f. N. of wks

⋙manorāga

1. ○rāga m. affection, passion (of the heart), Mālatim

⋙manorājya

1. ○rājya n. the realm of fancy Sarvad. (○jyāni-√kṛ, to build castles in the air, Rājat) -ruj f. pain or grief of the heart, Mālatim

⋙manorti

1. ○'rti (fr. ārti), f. id. L.

⋙manolakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

⋙manolaya

1. ○laya m. loss of consciousness Cat.

⋙manolaulya

1. ○laulya n. a freak of the mind, whim, caprice Hit.

⋙manovatī

1. ○vatī f. N. of a woman Hariv. [Page 785, Column 3]
2. • of an Apsaras ib.
3. • of a daughter of the Vidyā-dhara Citrâṅgada Kathās.
4. • of a daughter of the Asura-pati Su-māya ib.
5. • of a mythical town on mount Meru BhP. Sch.

⋙manovalambikā

1. ○'valambikā f. N. of wk

⋙manovallabhā

1. ○vallabhā f. 'heart's beloved', a beloved woman Daś.

⋙manovahā

1. ○vahā f. the heartartery MBh.

⋙manovākkarman

1. ○vāk-karman n. pl. thoughts and words and deeds Mn. xii, 242

⋙manovāgdehaja

1. ○vāg-deha-ja mfn. resulting from thṭthoughts and wishes and deeds (lit. mind, speech and body) MW.

⋙manovāñhā

1. ○vāñhā f

⋙manovāñchita

1. ○vāñchita n. heart'swish, the mind's desire ib.

⋙manovāta

1. ○vāta (máno-), mfn. desired by the mind, agreeable RV.

⋙manovāda

1. ○vāda m. N. of wk

⋙manovikāra

1. ○vikāra m. change or emotion of the mind L.

⋙manovid

1. ○vid m. 'spirit-knower' (500 are reckoned as followers of the Jina Mahā-viira) W.

⋙manovinayana

1. ○vinayana n. mental discipline Inscr.

⋙manovinoda

1. ○vinoda and m. N. of poets Cat.

⋙manovinodakṛt

1. ○vinoḍda-kṛt m. N. of poets Cat.

⋙manoviruddha

1. ○viruddha m. pl. 'opposed to thought, incomprehensible', N. of a group of divine beings MBh.

⋙manovṛtti

1. ○vṛtti f. activity or disposition of the mind, volition, fancy Kāv. Śaṃk.

⋙manovega

1. ○vega m. speed or velocity of thought MW.
2. • N. of a hero Vcar.

⋙manovedaśiras

1. ○veda-śiras n. pl. N. of partic. verses or formulas VarBṛS.

⋙manovyathā

1. ○vyathā f. mental pain or anguish MW.

⋙manohata

1. ○hata mfn. frustrated in expectation, disappointed L.

⋙manohan

1. ○hán mfn. mind-destroying AV.
2. • m. N. of a destructive Agni ib. PārGṛ.

⋙manohara

1. ○hara mf(ā or ī)n. 'heart-stealing', taking the fancy, fascinating, attractive, charming, beautiful Mn. MBh. &c
2. • Jasminum Multiflorum or Pubescens L.
3. • the third day of the civil month (karma-māsa) Sūryapr.
4. • N. of a poet Cat.
5. • of a wk. ib.
6. • (ā), f. yellow jasmine or Jasminum Grandiflorum L.
7. • N. of an Apsaras MBh.
8. • of a Kiṃ-narī Kāraṇḍ.
9. • of the wife of Varcasvin and mother of Śiśira MBh.
10. • of the wife of Dhara and mother of Śiśira Hariv.
11. • of a Comm. on the Rāmāyaṇa by Loka-nātha
12. • (ī), f. Piper Longum L.
13. • n. gold L.
14. • -kāvya n. N. of a poem
15. • -kṛṣṇa m. N. of an author Cat.
16. • -tara mfn. more or most fascinating or beautiful MBh. (○ratva n. Malatīm.)
17. • -dāsa m. N. of a king (patron of Sadā-śiva) Cat.
18. • -viirêśvara m. N. of a teacher ib.
19. • -śarman m. N. of an author ib.
20. • -siṃha m. N. of a king Inscr.
21. • ○râkāra mfn. beautiful in form Kāv. -hartṛ m. a heart-stealer BhP.

⋙manohā

1. ○hā m. = -han m. MantraBr.

⋙manohārikā

1. ○hārikā f. N. of a woman Kathās.

⋙manohārin

1. ○hārin mfn. = -hara MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙manohārī

1. ○hārī f. an unfaithful or inconstant woman L.

⋙manohṛt

1. ○hṛt mfn. 'stealing the life' and 'gladdening the heart' Śiś. xix, 109

⋙manohlāda

1. ○hlāda m. joy of the heart R.

⋙manohlādin

1. ○hlādin mfn. gladdening the heart Kām.

⋙manohvā

1. ○'hvā (fr. āhvā), f. red arsenic L. (cf. mano'bhidhā)

≫manoka

1. manoka m. N. of a poet Cat.

≫manota

1. manota prob. n. (cf. ĀpŚr. Sch.) or

⋙manotā

1. manótā
2. • f. (cf. ŚāṅkhBr. &c.) the hymn RV. vi, I (containing the word

⋙manotā

1. manótā nom. of

⋙manotṛ

1. manotṛ and used in sacrificing
2. • also ○tā-sū7kta ŚāṅkhŚr.)
3. • the deity to whom the offering during the recitation of that hymn is dedicated (accord. to the Brāhmaṇas= Agni or = Vāc and Go) TS. Br. KātyŚr.

≫manotṛ

1. manótṛ or m. (√man, manute) an inventor, discoverer, disposer, manager RV. (in TS. nom. ○tā also as f.)

⋙manotṛ

1. manotṛ́ m. (√man, manute) an inventor, discoverer, disposer, manager RV. (in TS. nom. ○tā also as f.)

≫manonmanī

1. manonmanī f. a form of Durgā Hcat.

≫manorhata

1. manor-hata or m. N. of a patriarchal sage Buddh. (cf. mánur-hita)

⋙manorhita

1. manor-hita m. N. of a patriarchal sage Buddh. (cf. mánur-hita)

≫mantavya

1. mantavyá mfn. to be thought ŚBr. &c. &c
2. • to be regarded or considered as (nom.) Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat.
3. • (with doṣeṇa), to be accused of a fault MBh. (v. l. gantavya)
4. • to be admitted or assumed or stated MBh. Kāv. &c
5. • to be approved or sanctioned Hit. (vḷ. anu-m○)
6. • n. (impers.) one should think or suppose Yājñ. Sch.

≫manti

1. manti f. g. tanoty-ādi (cf. mati)

≫mantu

1. mántu m. an adviser, manager, disposer, ruler, arbiter RV. (also as f.)
2. • advice, counsel ib.
3. • a fault, offence, transgression L.
4. • a man, mankind L.
5. • lord of men (= prajā-pati) L.
6. • a king W.
7. • f. thought, understanding, intellect ib.

⋙mantumat

1. ○mat mfn. (only voc. mántu-mas) wise, intelligent RV.

≫mantūya

1. mantūya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, ○te, to become angry or to transgress against L.
2. • to be offended or be jealous Bhaṭṭ.

≫mantṛ

1. mantṛ́ m. a thinker, adviser, counsellor ŚBr. KaushUp. MBh.
2. • one who consents or agrees Āpast. [Cf. Gk. ?.] [785, 3]

≫mantra

1. mántra m. (rarely n
2. • ifc. f. ā), 'instrument of thought', speech, sacred text or speech, a prayer or song of praise RV. AV. TS.
3. • a Vedic hymn or sacrificial formula, that portion of the Veda which contains the texts called ṛc or yajus or sāman (q.v.) as opp. to the Brāhmana and Upanishad portion ( IW. 5 &c.) Br. GṛŚrS. &c. [Page 786, Column 1]
4. • a sacred formula addressed to any individual deity (e.g. om śivāya namaḥ) RTL. 61
5. • a mystical verse or magical formula (sometimes personified), incantation, charm, spell (esp. in modern times employed by the Śāktas to acquire superhuman powers
6. • the primary Mantras being held to be 70 millions in number and the secondary innumerable RTL. 197-202) RV. (i, 147, 4) ĀśvŚr. Mn. Kathās. Suśr.
7. • cousultation, resolution, counsel, advice, plan, design, secret RV. &c. &c
8. • N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ.
9. • of Śiva MBh.
10. • (in astrol.) the fifth mansion VarYogay.

⋙mantrakamalākara

1. ○kamalâkara m. N. of wk

⋙mantrakaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. the recital of a sacred text Pāṇ. 1-3, 25
2. • a Vedic text or verse Cat.

⋙mantrakalpadruma

1. ○kalpa-druma m

⋙mantrakalpalatā

1. ○kalpa-latā f. N. of wks

⋙mantrakāra

1. ○kāra m. a composer or reciter of sacred text MānGṛ.

⋙mantrakārya

1. ○kārya n. subject of consultation MW.

⋙mantrakāla

1. ○kāla m. the time of deliberation Mn. vii, 149

⋙mantrakāśīkhaṇḍa

1. ○kāśīkhaṇḍa m. or n. N. of wk

⋙mantrakuśala

1. ○kuśala mfn. experienced in counsel R. Hariv.

⋙mantrakṛt

1. ○kṛ́t m. a composer of hymns RV. Br.
2. • one who recites a sacred text BhP.
3. • a counsellor, adviser Ragh.
4. • an emissary, ambassador BhP.

⋙mantrakṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. consecrated by Mantras MW.

⋙mantrakovida

1. ○kovida mfn. knowing sacred tṭtext ib.

⋙mantrakośa

1. ○kośa m

⋙mantrakaumudī

1. ○kaumudī f

⋙mantrakhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa m. or n

⋙mantragaṇapatitattvaratna

1. ○gaṇapati-tattva-ratna n. N. of wks

⋙mantragaṇḍaka

1. ○gaṇḍaka m. (prob.) a kind of amulet Kād.
2. • knowledge L.

⋙mantragupta

1. ○gupta m. N. of a man Daś.

⋙mantragupti

1. ○gupti f. secret counsel Kām.

⋙mantragūḍha

1. ○gūḍha m. a secret agent, spy L.

⋙mantragṛha

1. ○gṛha n. a council chamber MBh.

⋙mantracandrikā

1. ○candrikā f

⋙mantracintāmaṇi

1. ○cintāmaṇi m

⋙mantracūḍāmaṇi

1. ○cūḍāmaṇi m. N. of wks

⋙mantrajala

1. ○jala n. water consecrated by charms or sacred text BhP.

⋙mantrajāgara

1. ○jāgara m. recital of Vedic texts (accord. to their different Pāṭhas) at night L.

⋙mantrajihva

1. ○jihva m. 'having sacred tṭtext for tongues', fire or N. of Agni Śiś. L.

⋙mantrajña

1. ○jña mfn. knowing sacred tṭtext Var. BhP.
2. • experienced in counsel Mn. R.
3. • m. a spy L.
4. • a learned Brahman, priest W.

⋙mantrajyeṣṭha

1. ○jyeṣṭha mfn. one whose superiority is dependent on his knowledge of sacred text MBh.

⋙mantrajyotis

1. ○jyotis n. N. of wk

⋙mantratattva

1. ○tattva n. the essence of counsel

⋙mantranetra

1. ○netra n

⋙mantraprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m. N. of wks. (vḷ. -tantra-n○ and -pr )
2. • -vid mfn. very experienced in counsel MBh.

⋙mantratantrameruratnāvalī

1. ○tantra-meruratnâvalī f. N. of wk

⋙mantratas

1. ○tas ind. with respect to sṭsacred text, from or by the Mantras Mn. R.
2. • from advice, deliberately W.

⋙mantratoya

1. ○toya n. water consecrated by Mantras or spells Kathās.

⋙mantrada

1. ○da mfn. teaching sacred tṭtext Mn. ii, 153
2. • giving advice MārkP.

⋙mantradarpaṇa

1. ○darpaṇa m. N. of wk

⋙mantradarśin

1. ○darśin mfn. knowing sacred tṭtext, SaṃhitUp.
2. • m. a Brāhman learned in the Vedas Mn. iii, 212

⋙mantradātṛ

1. ○dātṛ m. a teacher of sacred tṭtext BrahmaP.

⋙mantradīdhiti

1. ○dīdhiti m. having sacred tṭtext for rays', fire L.

⋙mantradīpaka

1. ○dīpaka n. and N. of wks

⋙mantradīpikā

1. ○dīpikā f. N. of wks

⋙mantradṛś

1. ○dṛś mfn. seeing i.e. knowing or composing sacred text BhP.
2. • skilled in counsel, a counsellor ib.

⋙mantradevatā

1. ○devatā f. the deity invoked in a sacred text
2. • -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā (also, deva-pi○), f. N. of wks

⋙mantradraṣṭṛ

1. ○draṣṭṛ m. a seer or composer of so text Pāṇ. 4-1, 114 Sch.

⋙mantradruma

1. ○druma m. N. of Indra in the 6th Manv-antara BhP.

⋙mantradhara

1. ○dhara (cf. Hariv.),

⋙mantradhārin

1. ○dhārin (cf. MBh.) m. a counsellor, adviser

⋙mantranirṇaya

1. ○nirṇaya m. decision or settlement of counsel MW.
2. • -prabandha m. N. of wk

⋙mantranetra

1. ○netra n. N. of wk

⋙mantrapati

1. ○pati (mántra-), m. lord or owner of a sacred text TĀr.

⋙mantrapattra

1. ○pattra n. a leaf inscribed with a sacred text Vikr.
2. • N. of wk

⋙mantrapada

1. ○pada n. a sacred or magical word Kir.

⋙mantrapaddhati

1. ○paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙mantrapāṭha

1. ○pāṭha m. the recitation of a sṭsacred text, KātyŚrS. Sch.
2. • N. of wk

⋙mantrapāda

1. ○pāda m

⋙mantrapārāyaṇa

1. ○pārâyaṇa n. (○ṇa-krama m. and ○ṇe vidyârtha-dīpikā f.),

⋙mantrapuraścaraṇaprakāra

1. ○puraścaraṇa-prakāra m. pl. N. of wk

⋙mantrapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa n. flowers with recitation of sacred text RTL. 415
2. • ○pâñjali m. N. of wk

⋙mantrapustikā

1. ○pustikā f. a book of spells Kathās.

⋙mantrapūta

1. ○pūta mfn. purified by sacred tṭtext Ragh.
2. • ○tâtman m. N. of Garuḍa Gal.

⋙mantraprakaraṇa

1. ○prakaraṇa n

⋙mantraprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m

⋙mantrapradīpa

1. ○pradīpa m. N. of wks

⋙mantraprabhāva

1. ○prabhāva m. the power of a spell, Ratnâv.

⋙mantraprayoga

1. ○prayoga m. 'the employment of a sacred text or spell', N. of wk. (also -tantra n.)
2. • magical means or agency Kathās.

⋙mantrapraśna

1. ○praśna m. (○na-kāṇḍa n. ○na-bkāṣya n.) and m. N. of wks

⋙mantraprastāra

1. ○prastāra m. N. of wks

⋙mantraphala

1. ○phala n. fruit of counsel or advice W.

⋙mantrabala

1. ○bala n. the superiority or precedence of a sacred text KātyŚr.
2. • magical power Kathās.

⋙mantrabīja

1. ○bīja n. the seed (i.e. first syllable) of a spell RāmatUp. (cf. RTL. 197-202)
2. • the germ or origin of counsel Kām.

⋙mantrabrāhmaṇa

1. ○brāhmaṇa n. the hymns and Brāhmaṇas (-vid mfn. knowing them Gaut.)
2. • N. of wk

⋙mantrabhāgavata

1. ○bhāgavata n. [Page 786, Column 2]

⋙mantrabhāṣya

1. ○bhāṣya n

⋙mantrabhūṣaṇa

1. ○bhūṣaṇa n. N. of wks

⋙mantrabheda

1. ○bheda m. breach of counsel, betrayal of a design MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • a partic. kind of spell or incantation Cat.

⋙mantramaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of spells MBh.

⋙mantramayūkha

1. ○mayūkha m

⋙mantramahodadhi

1. ○mahôdadhi m

⋙mantramārtaṇḍa

1. ○mārtaṇḍa m. N. of wks

⋙mantramālā

1. ○mālā f. N. of wks
2. • of a river in Kuśadvipa BhP.

⋙mantramuktāvalī

1. ○muktâvalī f. N. of various wks

⋙mantramūrti

1. ○mūrti m. 'whose body consists of sacred texts', N. of Śiva MBh.

⋙mantramūla

1. ○mūla mf(ā)n. rooted in counsel or in spells Yājñ. Kathās. ŚārṅgP.

⋙mantrayantra

1. ○yantra n. an amulet with a magical formula Pañcar.
2. • -prakāśa m. N. of wk

⋙mantrayukti

1. ○yukti f. application of spells, magical means Kathās.

⋙mantrayoga

1. ○yoga m. employment of a sacred text Var.
2. • magic (?) Cat.
3. • -prakaraṇa n. N. of wk

⋙mantraratna

1. ○ratna n.' the jewel of magic'
2. • -kośa m. -dīpikā f. -prakāśa m. -mañjūṣā f. ○tnâkara m. ○tnâvalī f. (and ○lī-kośa, m.) N. of wks

⋙mantrarahasyaprakāśikā

1. ○rahasya-prakāśikā f. N. of wk

⋙mantrarāja

1. ○rāja m. 'king of spells', N. of a partic. magical formula RāmatUp.
2. • -vidhi m. ○jâtmaka-stotra n. ○jânuṣṭhāna-krarna m. N. of wks

⋙mantrarāmāyaṇa

1. ○rāmāyaṇa n. N. of a Tāntric text and Comm. by Nīla-kaṇṭha

⋙mantravacana

1. ○vacana n. the recitation of a sacred text KātyŚr. -1

⋙mantravat

1. ○vat ind. in conformity with or accompanied by the recitation of sacred text Mn. MBh. R.
2. • according to all rules of consultation MBh. -2

⋙mantravat

1. ○vat mfn. attended with sacred tṭtext or hymns ŚrS. Mn. Yājñ.
2. • enchanted (as a weapon) Ragh.
3. • entitled to use the Mantras, initiated W.
4. • having or hearing counsel ib.

⋙mantravarjam

1. ○varjam ind. without any sṭsacred text Mn. x, 127

⋙mantravarṇa

1. ○varṇa m. the wording of a sṭsacred text GṛŚrS.
2. • pl. the single letters of a sacred text or a magical formula Pañcar. Sarvad.
3. • mf(ī)n. having the nature of i. e. resembling a sṭsacred text or spell BhP.

⋙mantravarṇana

1. ○varṇana n

⋙mantravallarī

1. ○vallarī f. N. of wks

⋙mantravaśīkṛ

1. ○vaśī-kṛ P. -karoti, to subdue by a spell HPariś.

⋙mantravaha

1. ○váha m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ.

⋙mantravāda

1. ○vāda m. the substance or contents of a sacred text (pl. with ślokāḥ = verses containing a sacred text) MBh.
2. • magic art Kāv.

⋙mantravādin

1. ○vādin m. a reciter of sṭsacred text or spells, enchanter Vet. Pañcat.

⋙mantravid

1. ○vid mfn. knowing sacred tṭtext GṛŚrS. &c
2. • knowing magical formulas (superl. -vittarma) Daś.
3. • skilled in counsel MBh.
4. • m. a counsellor or a learned Brāhman or a spy L.

⋙mantravidyā

1. ○vidyā f. the science of Mantras, magic art Kathās.

⋙mantravidhi

1. ○vidhi m

⋙mantravibhāga

1. ○vibhāga m

⋙mantraviṣaya

1. ○viṣaya m. N. of wks

⋙mantraśakti

1. ○śakti f. magical power, charm Kathās.

⋙mantraśārīraka

1. ○śārīraka n. N. of wk

⋙mantraśāstra

1. ○śāstra n. 'magic science', N. of wk
2. • -pratyaṅgirā f. -sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙mantraśodhana

1. ○śodhana n. N. of wk

⋙mantraśruti

1. ○śruti f. a consultation overheard Kathās.

⋙mantraśrutya

1. ○śrútya n. following counsel, obedience RV.
2. • tradition respecting the correct use of sacred texts MW.

⋙mantrasaṃvaraṇa

1. ○saṃvaraṇa n. concealment of a consultation or design R.

⋙mantrasaṃskāra

1. ○saṃskāra m. a (nuptial) rite performed with sacred text Mn. v, 153
2. • -kṛt (with pati), m. a consecrated husband ib.

⋙mantrasaṃskriyā

1. ○saṃskriyā f. the preparation of magical formulas Cat.

⋙mantrasaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. the collection of the Vedic hymns Cat.
2. • 'collṭcollection of magṭmagical formulas', N. of a Tāntric wk. ib.

⋙mantrasaṃkalanā

1. ○saṃkalanā f

⋙mantrasaṃdhyā

1. ○saṃdhyā f

⋙mantrasamuccaya

1. ○samuccaya m. N. of wks

⋙mantrasādhaka

1. ○sādhaka m. the Performer of an incantation, magician Kathās.

⋙mantrasādhana

1. ○sādhana n. (or ○nā f.) the performance of an incantation ib. Siṃhâs.

⋙mantrasādhya

1. ○sādhya mfn. to be subdued or effected by incantations or spells (-tva n.) Pañcat.
2. • to be attaind by consulation Kathās.

⋙mantrasāra

1. ○sāra m. (and ○ra-samuccaya, m.) N. of wks

⋙mantrasiddha

1. ○siddha mfn. accomplished by a spell RāmatUp.
2. • thoroughly versed in spells MBh.

⋙mantrasiddhi

1. ○siddhi f. the effect of a spell Kathās.
2. • the carrying out a resolution or advice Hit.

⋙mantrasūtra

1. ○sūtra n. a charm fastened on a string Kathās.

⋙mantrasnāna

1. ○snāna n. the recitation of partic. texts as a substitute for ablution VP.

⋙mantraspṛś

1. ○spṛś mfn. obtaining anything by means of spells (= mantreṇa spṛśati) Pāṇ. 3-2, 58 Sch.

⋙mantrahīna

1. ○hīna mfn. destitute of hymns, contrary to sacred texts MW.

⋙mantrahemādri

1. ○hemâdri m. N. of wk

⋙mantrākṣara

1. mantrâkṣara n. a syllable in a spell Sarvad.
2. • ○ri-bhavānī-sahasranāma-stotra n. N. of wk

⋙mantrāṅganāṭaka

1. mantrâṅga-nāṭaka n. N. of a drama

⋙mantrādhirāja

1. mantrâdhirāja m. supreme over all spells (a Vetāla) Kathās.

⋙mantrānukramaṇikā

1. mantrânukramaṇikā f

⋙mantnānuṣṭhāna

1. mantnânuṣṭhāna n. (and ○nâṅga-tarpaṇa n.) N. of wks

⋙mantrānta

1. mantrânta m. the end of a sacred text MānŚr.

⋙mantrārādhana

1. mantrârādhana n. accomplishment by spells and incantations, conjuring Bhartṛ.

⋙mantrārṇa

1. mantrârṇa m. = mantrâkṣara Sarvad.

⋙mantrārṇava

1. mantrârṇava m. N. of wk

⋙mantrārtha

1. mantrârtha m. 'the contents or object of a sacred text or a spell', N. of wk
2. • -kaumudī
3. • f. -dīpa m. -dīpikā f. -paddhati f. -bhāṣya n. -mañarī f. N. of wks

⋙mantrārṣādhyāya

1. mantrârṣâdhyāya m. 'chapter on the Vedic Ṛishis', a Ṛishy-anukramaṇī of the Kāṭhaka Yajur-veda Cat. [Page 786, Column 3]

⋙mantrāvalī

1. mantrâvalī f. a series of sacred texts Gīt.

⋙mantrāśīrvādasaṃhitā

1. mantrâśīrvāda-saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙mantreśa

1. mantrêśa or m. 'supreme lord of spells', (with Śaivas) N. of a partic. superhuman being Sarvad.

⋙mantreśvara

1. mantrêśvara m. 'supreme lord of spells', (with Śaivas) N. of a partic. superhuman being Sarvad.

⋙mantrokta

1. mantrôkta mfn. mentioned in a hymn Vait.

⋙mantrodaka

1. mantrôdaka n. water consecrated by holy texts R.

⋙mantroddhāra

1. mantrôddhāra m. selection or extract from sacred text or magical formulas (?)
2. • -kośa m. -prakaraṇa n. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙mantropaniṣad

1. mantrôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad Cat.
2. • n. hymns and Upanishads Up.

⋙mantropaṣṭambha

1. mantrôpaṣṭambha m. encouragement by counsel, advice, direction W.

≫mantraṇa

1. mantraṇa n. consultation, deliberation MBh. R. MārkP. (also ā f. Pañcar.)
2. • advising, counselling in private W.

⋙mantraṇāha

1. mantraṇâha g. utkarâdi

⋙mantraṇārhīya

1. mantraṇârhīya mfn. ib.

≫mantraṇaka

1. mantraṇaka n. invitation, Divyâ v

≫mantri

1. mantri m. = mantrin, a king's counsellor, minister (only acc. pl. ○trīn) R.

≫mantri

1. mantri in comp. for mantrin

⋙mantritā

1. ○tā f

⋙mantritva

1. ○tva n. the office or vocation of a minister, ministership, ministry
2. Kathās. Rājat. Pañcat.

⋙mantridhura

1. ○dhura mfn. able to bear the burden of the office of a counsellor MW.

⋙mantripati

1. ○pati m. a prime minister R.

⋙mantriputra

1. ○putra m. the son of a mṭminister Kathās.

⋙mantriprakāṇḍa

1. ○prakāṇḍa m. an excellent counsellor or minister, Rajat

⋙mantripradhāna

1. ○pradhāna

⋙mantrimukhya

1. ○mukhya m. = -pati Kathās.

⋙mantrivat

1. ○vat ind. like a counsellor or mṭminister Rājat.

⋙mantrivara

1. ○vara (cf. Kathās.),

⋙mantriśreṣṭha

1. ○śreṣṭha (cf. R.), m. = -pati

⋙mantriśrotriya

1. ○śrotriya m. a minister who is also a Śrotriya (or conversant with the Vedas) MW.

⋙mantrisuta

1. ○suta or m. = -putra Kathās.

⋙mantrisūnu

1. ○sūnu m. = -putra Kathās.

≫mantrika

1. mantrika (ifc.) = mantrin ( sa-m○)

≫mantrikā

1. mantrikā f. N. of an Upanishad (also ○kôpan○
2. • cf. mantrôpaniṣad)

≫mantriṇī

1. mantriṇī f. of ○trín

⋙mantriṇīrahasya

1. ○ráhasya n. N. of wk

≫mantrita

1. mantrita mfn. discussed, deliberated, determined MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • advised, counselled (said of Persons and things) ib.
3. • consecrated with sacred texts, enchanted, charmed MBh. R.
4. • n. counsel, deliberation, plan ib.

≫mantrin

1. mantrin mfn. wise or eloquent VS.
2. • m. 'knowing sacred texts or spells', a conjurer, enchanter Bhartṛ.
3. • a king's counsellor, minister Mn. MBh. &c
4. • (in chess) the queen Pañcad.
5. • (in astrol.) the 12th mansion VarYogay.

≫manma

1. manma in comp. for manman

⋙manmaśas

1. ○śás ind. each according to his heart's desire RV.

⋙manmasādhana

1. ○sā́dhana mfn. accomplishing the heart's desires or wishes ib.

≫manman

1. mánman n. thought, understanding, intellect, wisdom RV.
2. • expression of thought i.e. hymn, prayer, petition ib.

≫manmoka

1. manmoka m. N. of a poet Cat.

≫manya

1. manya mfn. (only ifc
2. • cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 83 ; vi, 3, 68 Sch.) thinking one's self to be, passing for, appearing as ( kālim-, dhanyam-, naram-m &c.)

≫manyantī

1. manyantī f. N. of a daughter of Agni Manyu MBh.

≫manyu

1. manyú m. (cf. L. also f.) spirit, mind, mood, mettle (as of horses) RV. TS. Br.
2. • high spirit or temper, ardour, zeal, passion RV. &c. &c
3. • rage, fury, wrath, anger, indignation ib. (also personified, esp. as Agni or Kāma or as a Rudra
4. • manyuṃ √kṛ, with loc. or acc. with prati, 'to vent one's anger on, be angry with')
5. • grief, sorrow, distress, affliction MBh. Kāv. &c
6. • sacrifice Nalac.
7. • N. of a king (son of Vitatha) BhP.
8. • (with tāpasa), N. of the author of RV. x, 83 ; 84
9. • (with vāsiṣṭha), N. of the author of RV. ix, 97, 10-12. -tás, ind. from anger, in a rage AV.

⋙manyudeva

1. ○deva m. N. of a man Cat.

⋙manyuparita

1. ○parita mfn. filled with anger MBh.

⋙manyuparopta

1. ○parôpta (manyú-.), mfn. thrown away in a rage MaitrS.

⋙manyupratikriyā

1. ○pratikriyā f. venting of anger (yāṃkṛ, with loc., 'to vent one's anger on') Kathās.

⋙manyumat

1. ○mát mfn. spirited, ardent, zealous, passionate, vehement, enraged (superl. -mát-tanma) RV. &c. &c
2. • m. N. of Agni MBh.

⋙manyumaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. formed or consisting of wrath, filled with resentment MBh. BhP.

⋙manyumī

1. ○mī́ mfn. 'destroying hostile fury' or 'destroying in fury' RV.

⋙manyuśamana

1. ○śámana mfn. appeasing or pacifying anger AV.

⋙manyuṣāvin

1. ○ṣāvín (for -sāvín ), mfn. preparing Soma in anger or with zeal RV.

⋙manyusūkta

1. ○sū7kta n. the hymns of Manyu (prob. RV. x, 83 ; 84) Cat.
2. • -vidhāna n. N. of wk

≫manyūya

1. manyūya Nom, Ā. ○yate. á-pratimanyūyamāna

≫manv

1. manv in comp. for manu

⋙manvantara

1. ○antara n. the period or age of a Manu (it comprises about 71 mahā-yugas q.v., which are held equal to 12, 000 years of the gods or 4, 320, 000 human years or 1/14th of a day of Brahmā [Page 787, Column 1]
2. • each of these periods is presided over by its own special Manu [see manu, p. 784, col. 2]
3. • six such Manv-antaras have already elapsed, and the 7th, presided over by Manu Vaivasvata, is now going on ; 7 more are to come, making 14 Manv-antaras, which together make up one day of Brahmā) Mn. (esp. i, 79) Yājñ. MBh. &c
4. • (ā), f. N. of various festivals (of the 10th day of the light half of the month Āshāḍha, of the 8th in the dark half of the same month, and of the 3rd in the light half of Bhādra) Col.
5. • ○ra-varṇana n. N. of ch. of MatsyaP.

⋙manvarthacandrikā

1. ○artha-candrikā f

⋙manvarthamuktāvalī

1. ○arthamuktâvalī f

⋙manvarthasāra

1. ○artha-sāra m. N. of wks

⋙manviddha

1. ○iddha (mánv-), mfn. kindled by men Br.

⋙manvīśa

1. ○īśa prob. wṛ. for manīṣā (= ○ṣayā) ŚvetUp. iii, 13

mana

1. maná m. du. (for 1. and 2. p. 783, col. 2) a partic. ornament RV. viii, 78, 2

manaū

1. manaū m. (in astrol.) = ?, a partic. constellation

manāk

1. manāk p. 784, col. 1

manākā

1. manākā f. a female elephant L.
2. • a loving woman L.

manāga

1. manāga wṛ. for manâpa Lalit. ( under 2. mana, p. 783, col. 3)

manājya

1. manājya or manādya n. du. (gotamasya or gautamasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr.

manāyī

1. manāyī manāvii, p. 784, col. 2

maniṅgā

1. maniṅgā f. N. of a river MBh. (anaṅgā B.)

manittha

1. manittha and manindha, v. l. for maṇittha, q.v

maniṣṭhakā

1. maniṣṭhakā f. the little finger L.

manīka

1. manīka n. eye-salve, collyrium (powdered antimony or other substances used as an application and ornament to the eye) L.

manīkṛ

1. manī-√kṛ p. 784, col. 2

manīmuṣagrāma

1. manīmuṣa-grāma m. N. of a village Rājat.

manīvaka

1. manīvaka m. N. of a son of Bhavya (son of Priya-vrata) and a Varsha named after him MārkP.

manīṣā

1. manīṣā &c. p. 784, col. 2

manu

1. mánu &c. p. 784, col. 2

manuṣya

1. manuṣyá &c. p. 784, col. 3

manogata

1. mano-gata &c. p. 785, col. 1

mantavya

1. mantavyá mántu, mantṛ́, p. 785, col. 3

mantr

1. mantr (properly a Nom. fr. mantra, p. 785, col. 3), cl. 10. Ā. (cf. Dhātup. xxxiii, 6) mantráyate (rarely P. ○ti
2. • Subj. mantrayaithe, ○te Pāṇ. 3-4, 95 Sch.
3. • Pot. mantrayīta MBh.
4. • inf. mantrayitum Pañcat.), to speak, talk, say RV. i, 164, 10
5. • to deliberate, take counsel, consult with (instr. with or without saha) or about (dat.) ŚBr. &c. &c
6. • to resolve upon, determine to (inf.) MBh.
7. • to deliberate on, discuss (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
8. • to counsel, advise, propose any measure, give any one advice (with acc. of pers., or with gen. of pers. and acc. of thing) MBh. Kāv. &c
9. • to consecrate with sacred or magical texts, enchant with spells or charms MBh. R.

≫mantra

1. mantra p. 785, col. 3

≫mantraṇa

1. mantraṇa

⋙mantrita

1. mantrita

⋙mantrin

1. mantrín p. 786

manth

1. manth strong form of √1. math, q.v

≫mantha

1. mantha m. stirring round, churning Kāv. Kathās.
2. • shaking about, agitating Ragh. Uttarar.
3. • killing, slaying Bālar.
4. • a drink in which other ingredients are mixed by stirring, mixed beverage (usually parched barley-meal stirred round in milk
5. • but also applied to a partic. medicinal preparation) RV. &c. &c
6. • a spoon for stirring ĀśvGṛ. Kauś.
7. • a churning-stick MBh. Pāṇ. 7-2, 18
8. • a kind of antelope ṢaḍvBr.
9. • the sun or a sun-ray L.
10. • a partic. disease of the eye, excretion of rheum L.
11. • (ā), f. below
12. • n. an instrument for kindling fire, by friction MBh.

⋙manthagiri

1. ○giri m. 'churning-mountain', N. of the mountain Mandara (which served for a churning. stick at the churning of the ocean of milk) A. [Page 787, Column 2]

⋙manthaguṇa

1. ○guṇa m. a churning-cord (○ṇī-kṛta mfn. made into a churning-cord, said of the serpent Vāsuki) MW.

⋙manthaja

1. ○ja n. 'produced by churning', butter L.

⋙manthadaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa (cf. Pañcar.),

⋙manthadaṇḍaka

1. ○daṇḍaka (cf. L.), m. a churning-stick
2. • ○ḍī-kṛta mfn. made into a churning-stick MW.

⋙manthaparvata

1. ○parvata m. = -giri L.

⋙manthapātra

1. ○pātra n. a churning-vessel L.

⋙manthaviṣkambha

1. ○viṣkambha m. a post round which the string of a churning-stick is wound L.

⋙manthaśaila

1. ○śaila m. = -giri L.

⋙manthācala

1. manthâcala m. id. Kāv.

⋙manthādri

1. manthâdri m. id. Kathās.

⋙manthodaka

1. manthôdaka m. 'churning-water', the ocean of milk L.

⋙manthodadhi

1. manthôdadhi m. 'churning-sea', sea of milk ib.

≫manthaka

1. manthaka mfn. churning Car.
2. • m. N. of a man, pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi (v. l. mathaka)

≫manthan

1. manthan form of the strongest cases of mathín
2. • p. 777, col. 1

≫manthana

1. manthana mfn. kindling fire by friction Nir. iii, 14
2. • m. a churning-stick Hariv.
3. • (ī), f. a vessel for butter L.
4. • n. the act of kindling fire by rubbing pieces of wood together ChUp. ŚrS.
5. • the act of shaking, shaking about, agitating, churning (milk into butter) MBh. Kāv. Suśr.
6. • churning out (of Amṛita) MBh. (cf. amṛta-m○)

⋙manthanaghaṭī

1. ○ghaṭī f. a butter-vat L.

⋙manthanadaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa m. a churning-stick Kāv.

≫manthanīya

1. manthanīya agni-m○

≫mantharu

1. mantharu m. the wind raised by flapping away flies L.

≫manthā

1. mánthā form from which comes nom. m. mánthās acc. ○thām
2. • mathín, p. 777, col. 1

≫manthā

1. mánthā f. a churning-stick, B
2. • a mixed beverage AV. ŚāṅkhŚr.
3. • Trigonella Foenum Graecum L.

≫manthāna

1. manthāna m. 'shaker (of the universe)', N. of Śiva MBh.
2. • a partic. instrument for stirring or rubbing (esp. for kindling fire) Car.
3. • a churning-stick MBh. R. Hariv.
4. • Cassia Fistula L.
5. • a kind of metre Col.

⋙manthānabhairava

1. ○bhairava m. N. of a teacher of Yoga and various authors Cat.

≫manthānaka

1. manthānaka m. a species of grass L.

≫manthāvala

1. manthāvala m. a partic. animal (prob. the flying fox) AitBr. (cf. mānthālá)

≫manthi

1. manthi in comp. for manthín

⋙manthipa

1. ○pá mfn. drinking stirred or mixed Soma VS.

⋙manthipātra

1. ○pātrá n. the cup or bowl for the mixed Soma TS.

⋙manthivat

1. ○vat mfn. connected with mixed Soma KātyŚr. (also ○thī-vat)

⋙manthiśocis

1. ○śocis (manthí-), mfn. sparkling like mixed Soma VS.

⋙manthyagra

1. manthy-ágra mfn. beginning with mixed Soma TS.

≫manthitavya

1. manthitavyá mfn. to be produced by friction (as fire) MaitrS.

≫manthitṛ

1. mánthitṛ m. a shaker, stirrer, agitator AV.

≫manthin

1. manthín mfn. shaking, agitating Bhaṭṭ.
2. • paining, afflicting W.
3. • m. Soma-juice with meal mixed in it by stirring RV. TS. Br. ŚrS.
4. • semen virile (cf. ūrdhva-m○)
5. • (inī), f. a butter-vat L.
6. • N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.

≫manthīvat

1. manthī-vat manthi-vat

≫manthu

1. manthu m. N. of a man (son of Vīra-vrata and elder brother of Pramanthu) BhP.

≫manthya

1. mánthya mfn. to be rubbed or stirred or churned &c. (cf. mathya)
2. • to be kindled by friction (as fire) TS.

manthara

1. manthara mf(ā)n. (allied to √2. mand and manda, but in some meanings rather fr. √math) slow (lit. and fig
2. • often ifc. 'slow in'), lazy, tardy, indolent, dull, stupid, silly Kāv. Rājat. Sāh. &c. (am ind.)
3. • low, hollow, deep (as sound) W.
4. • bent, curved, crooked, humpbacked (cf. ā f. and mantharaka)
5. • broad, wide, large, bulky L.
6. • tale-bearing L.
7. • m. a treasure or hair or anger (= kośa, keśa, or kopa) L.
8. • fruit L.
9. • a spy L.
10. • an antelope L.
11. • of the month Vaiśākha L.
12. • a fortress, stronghold L.
13. • an obstacle, hindrance L.
14. • whirling L.
15. • a churning-stick L.
16. • the mountain Mandara W. (cf. manthaparvata)
17. • N. of a tortoise Hit.
18. • (ā), f. N. of a humpbacked female slave of Bharata's mother Kaikeyī (accord. to MBh. an incarnation of the Gandharvii Dundubhī
19. • accord. to R. a daughter of Virocana)
20. • n. safflower

⋙mantharakaulika

1. ○kaulika m. a stupid weaver (called Mantharaka, q.v.) Pañcat.

⋙mantharagāmin

1. ○gāmin mfn. slow-going Rājat.

⋙mantharatā

1. ○tā f. slowness, tardiness Kathās.

⋙mantharaviveka

1. ○viveka mfn. slow in judgment, void of discrimination Mālatīm.

⋙mantharākṣaram

1. mantharâkṣaram ind. (to pronounce) with slow or distinct syllables Sāh.

⋙manthareṣaṇa

1. mantharêṣaṇa m. N. of a man
2. • pl. his descendants Pāṇ. 2-4, 66 Sch.

≫mantharaka

1. mantharaka m. N. of a man Kathās.
2. • of a tortoise ib.
3. • of a stupid weaver Pañcat.
4. • of a hunchback ib.

≫mantharita

1. mantharita mfn. made slow or lazy, relaxed Kathās.

mantharu

1. mantharu manthya, above. [Page 787, Column 3]

mand

1. mand (cf. √2. mad), cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. ii, 12) mándate (Ved. also P. ○ti
2. • pf. mamanda, ○dat, amamanduḥ RV.
3. • aor. mandús, ○dāná
4. • amandīt, mandiṣṭa ib.
5. • Subj. mandiṣat Gr
6. • Prec. mandiṣīmahi VS.
7. • fut. manditā, ○diṣyate Gr
8. • inf. mandádhyai RV.), to rejoice, be glad or delighted, be drunk or intoxicated (lit. and fig.) RV. AV. VS.
9. • (P.) to gladden, exhilarate, intoxicate, inflame, inspirit RV.
10. • to sleep (?) VS. (cf. Mahīdh.)
11. • to shine, be splendid or beautiful Naigh. i, 16
12. • to praise or to go Dhātup.: Caus. mandáyati (inf. mandayádhyai), to gladden, exhilarate, intoxicate RV.
13. • to be glad or drunk ib.

≫mandadvīra

1. mandád-vīra mfn. rejoicing men RV.

≫mandana

1. mandána mf(ā)n. gay, cheerful RV. TS.
2. • = mandra Nir. vi, 23
3. • m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya (also -miśra). W. (cf. maṇḍana)
4. • n. (with a sect of Pāśupatas) N. of a partic. limping gait Sarvad.
5. • praise, eulogium L.

≫mandayat

1. mandayat mf(antī)n. (fr. Caus.) delighting, rejoicing
2. • (antī), f. N. of a Durgā L.

⋙mandayatsakha

1. mandayát-sakha mfn. rejoicing friends RV.

≫mandayu

1. mandayú mfn. gay, cheerful, happy RV.

≫mandasāna

1. mandasāná mfn. being delighted, joyous, glad, intoxicated, inspirited RV.
2. • m. (only L.) fire
3. • life
4. • sleep

≫mandasānu

1. mandasānu m. sleep or life L. (prob. wṛ. for prec.)

≫mandin

1. mandín mfn. delighting, exhilarating, inspiriting (said of Soma) RV.
2. • delighted, cheerful, inspirited ib.

≫mandiṣṭha

1. mándiṣṭha mfn. most exhilarating or delightful RV.

≫mandu

1. mandú mfn. (for 2. p. 788, col. 3) joyous, cheerful, pleased ib.

≫mandra

1. mandrá mf(ā́)n. pleasant, agreeable, charming, (esp.) sounding or speaking pleasantly
2. &c. RV. AV. VS. ŚāṅkhGṛ.
3. • low, deep (of sound), hollow, rumbling (am ind.) Br. &c. &c
4. • m. a low tone, the low or base tone (sthāna) of the voice (as opp. to the middle or madhyama and the high or uttama) RPrāt.
5. • a kind of drum L.
6. • a species of elephant L.

⋙mandrakaṇṭhagarjita

1. ○kaṇṭha-garjita n. a deep or rumbling sound in the throat (of an elephant) Vikr.

⋙mandrakarṣaṇa

1. ○karṣaṇa n. a partic. Svara SaṃhUp.

⋙mandrajihva

1. ○jihva (mandrá-), mfn. 'pleasing-tongued', pleasant-voiced RV.

⋙mandratama

1. ○tama and mfn. most or more pleasant or charming RV.

⋙mandratara

1. ○tara (mandrá-), mfn. most or more pleasant or charming RV.

⋙mandradhvani

1. ○dhvani m. a rumbling sound, roaring Ragh.

⋙mandradhvāna

1. ○dhvāna m. id. Prab.

⋙mandrabhadra

1. ○bhadra m. a species of elephant (between a Mandra and Bhadra) L.
2. • -mṛga m. an elephant between a Mandra and Bhadra and Mṛiga ib.
3. • -lakṣaṇa n. the mark of a Mandra elephant (whose special signs are coarseness, size and flaccidity) ib.

⋙mandrasnigdha

1. ○snigdha mfn. deep and pleasant (rumblings) Megh.

⋙mandrasvana

1. ○svana m. = -dhvani VarBṛS.

⋙mandrasvara

1. ○svara m. having the low or base tone SaṃhUp.

⋙mandrājanī

1. mandrâjanī f. 'uttering pleasant sounds', the tongue or voice RV. ix, 69, 2 (cf. Naigh. i, 11)

≫mandraya

1. mandraya Nom. Ā. ○dráyate, to praise, honour (= arcati) Naigh. iii, 14

≫mandrayu

1. mandrayú mfn. pleasant RV. ix, 86, 17

mand

1. mand or mad (only mamáttana, mamandhi, ámaman), to tarry, stand still, pause RV. (cf. upa-ni-√mand and ni-√mad): Caus., mandaya

≫manda

1. manda mf(ā) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle, lazy, sluggish in (loc. or comp.), apathetic, phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • weak, slight, slack (as a bow), dull, faint (as light), low (as a voice), gentle (as rain or wind), feeble (as the digestive faculty) ib.
3. • weak i.e. tolerant, indulgent to (loc.) MBh.
4. • dull-witted, silly, stupid, foolish KaṭhUp. MBh. &c
5. • unhappy, miserable (L. = kṛpaṇa) MBh. Hariv.
6. • languid, ill, sick Mālav.
7. • bad, wicked MārkP.
8. • drunken, addicted to intoxication L.
9. • = -mandra L.
10. • m. the planet Saturn Var.
11. • the (upper) apsis of a planet's course or (according to some) its anomalistic motion Sūryas.
12. • N. of Yama L.
13. • a stupid or slow elephant L. (cf. mandra, bhadra-manda, mṛga-manda)
14. • the end of the world (= pralaya) L.
15. • (ā), f. a pot, vessel, inkstand L.
16. • N. of Dākshāyaṇī Cat.
17. • (scil. saṃkrānti) a partic. astron. conjunction L.
18. • (in music) N. of a Śruti Saṃgīt.
19. • n. the second change which takes place in warm milk when mixed with Takra L.
20. • (am), ind. slowly, tardily, gradually, slightly, faintly, softly (also manda ibc., and mandam mandam) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙mandakarṇa

1. ○karṇa mfn. dulleared', slightly deaf (proverb badhirān mandakarṇaḥ śreyān, 'something is better than nothing') A. [Page 788, Column 1]

⋙mandakarṇi

1. ○karṇi m. N. of a Muni R. (v. l. māndak○ and śātak○). - 1

⋙mandakarman

1. ○karman n. the process for determining the apsis of a planet's course Sūryas. - 2

⋙mandakarman

1. ○karman mfn. having little to do, inactive Suśr.

⋙mandakānta

1. ○kānta m. slightly bright, of a dull lustre W.

⋙mandakānti

1. ○kānti m. 'having a soft lustre', the moon ib.

⋙mandakārin

1. ○kārin mfn. acting slowly and foolishly Kathās.

⋙mandakiraṇa

1. ○kiraṇa mfn. weak-rayed (○ṇa-tva n.) Suśr.

⋙mandaga

1. ○ga mfn. moving or flowing slowly Suśr. m. the planet Saturn L.
2. • N. of a son of Dyuti-mat VP.
3. • (pl.) of the Śūdras in Śāka-dviipa MBh.
4. • (ā), f. N. of a river ib.
5. • n. N. of the Varsha ruled by Mandaga VP.

⋙mandagati

1. ○gati mfn. moving slowly (-tva n.) Hit. Dhūrtan.

⋙mandagamana

1. ○gamana mfn. moving slowly W.
2. • (ā), f. a buffalo-cow L.

⋙mandagāmin

1. ○gāmin mfn. = -gati Sūryas.

⋙mandacārin

1. ○cārin mfn. moving slowly Sūryas.

⋙mandacetas

1. ○cetas mfn. having little consciousness, hardly conscious MBh.
2. • dull-witted, silly, foolish ib.

⋙mandacchāya

1. ○cchāya mfn. of little brilliance, dim, faint, lustreless Megh.

⋙mandajananī

1. ○jananī f. the mother of Manda or Saturn (and wife of Sūrya) L.

⋙mandajaras

1. ○jaras mfn. slowly growing old Vāgbh.

⋙mandajāta

1. ○jāta mfn. produced or arising slowly Suśr.

⋙mandatara

1. ○tara mfn. more or very slow &c. (am ind.) MBh.

⋙mandatā

1. ○tā f. slowness, indolence Suśr.
2. • weakness, feebleness, littleness, insignificance Sūryas. Sāh.
3. • dulness, stupidity (a-mand○) Mālav.

⋙mandatva

1. ○tva n. = prec. Kāv.
2. • (with agneḥ) weakness of the digestive faculty Suśr.

⋙mandadhāra

1. ○dhāra mfn. flowing in a slow stream Suśr.

⋙mandadhī

1. ○dhī mfn. slow-witted, simple, silly MBh.

⋙mandanāga

1. ○nāga m. (prob. wṛ. for malla-nāga) = vātsyāyana L.

⋙mandaparidhi

1. ○paridhi m. (in astron.) the epicycle of the apsis Sūryas.

⋙mandapāla

1. ○pāla m. N. of a Ṛishi Mn. MBh.

⋙mandapīṭha

1. ○pīṭha prob. wṛ. for bhadra-pīṭha, Caur

⋙mandapuṇya

1. ○puṇya mfn. unfortunate, illfated Hcar.

⋙mandaprajña

1. ○prajña mfn. = -dhī MBh.

⋙mandaprabodha

1. ○prabodha m. N. of wk

⋙mandaprāṇa

1. ○prâṇa mfn. having slow or weak breath
2. • -viceṣṭita mfn. breathless and motionless MBh.

⋙mandapreman

1. ○preman mfn. having little affection Kāvyâd. - 1

⋙mandaphala

1. ○phala n. (in astron.) equation of the apsis or (according to some) the anomalous motion of a planet Sūryas. - 2

⋙mandaphala

1. ○phala mfn. bearing little fruit or having unimportant results Vet. Var.

⋙mandabala

1. ○bala mfn. having little strength, weak MBh.

⋙mandabuddhi

1. ○buddhi mfn. = -dhī Kathās.

⋙mandabhāgin

1. ○bhāgin mfn. unfortunate, ill-fated, unhappy Kāv.

⋙mandabhāgya

1. ○bhāgya mfn. id. ib. &c
2. • n. (cf. MBh.) = -tā f. (cf. Pañcat.) misfortune, ill-luck

⋙mandabhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. = -bhāgya MBh.

⋙mandabhāṣiṇī

1. ○bhāṣiṇī f. a kind of metre ( = mañju-bh○) L.

⋙mandamati

1. ○mati mfn. = -dhī Pañcat. Hit.
2. • m. N. of a wheelwright and a lion ib.

⋙mandamandam

1. ○mandam ind. slowly, softly, in a low tone Ṛitus.

⋙mandamandātapa

1. ○mandâtapa mfn. having very little heat, cool Megh.

⋙mandamedhas

1. ○medhas mfn. = -dhī Mālav.

⋙mandaraśmi

1. ○raśmi mfn. = -kiraṇa MBh.

⋙mandavāhinī

1. ○vāhinī f. 'gently-flowing', N. of a river ib.

⋙mandaviceṣṭita

1. ○viceṣṭita mf(ā)n. slowly-moving Suśr.

⋙mandavibhraṃśa

1. ○vibhraṃśa mfn. slightly purgative Car.

⋙mandavirikta

1. ○virikta mfn. not sufficiently purged Suśr.

⋙mandaviveka

1. ○viveka m. little judgment or discernment, Sāmkhyak. Sch.
2. • ○kin mfn. having little judgment ib.

⋙mandaviṣa

1. ○viṣa mfn. having little venom Suśr.
2. • m. N. of a snake Pañcat.

⋙mandavisarpa

1. ○visarpa m. N. of a snake Hit. (cf. next
2. • v. l. manda-viṣa)

⋙mandavisarpin

1. ○visarpin mfn. creeping slowly
2. • (iṇī), f. N. of a louse Pañcat.

⋙mandavīrya

1. ○vīrya mfn. -bala R.

⋙mandavṛṣṭi

1. ○vṛṣṭi f. slight rain Var.

⋙mandavedana

1. ○vedana mfn. causing little pain (-tā f.) Suśr.

⋙mandaśisira

1. ○śisira mfn. slightly cool R.

⋙mandasamīraṇa

1. ○samīraṇa m. a gentle breeze MW.

⋙mandasubodhinī

1. ○subodhinī f. N. of wk

⋙mandasmita

1. ○smita n. a gentle laugh, smile W.
2. • -śataka n. N. of ch. of the Mūkapañcaśatī (q.v.)

⋙mandahāsa

1. ○hāsa mfn. gently laughing, smiling Bhām. (am ind. Daś.)
2. • m. = -smita Pañcar.

⋙mandahāsya

1. ○hāsya n. = prec. m. W.

⋙mandākrānta

1. mandâkrānta mfn. slowly advancing
2. • (ā), f. N. of a metre (like that of the Megha-dūta) Śrutab. &c

⋙mandākṣa

1. mandâkṣa mf(ī)n. weak-eyed R.
2. • n. bashfulness, excessive connivance Hcar.

⋙mandāgni

1. mandâgni mfn. having weak digestion, dyspeptic Kathās. MārkP.
2. • m. slowness of digestion Suśr.
3. • -dhārâcala-māhātmya n. -harameṣa-dāna n. N. of wks

⋙mandācāra

1. mandâcāra mfn. badly conducted MārkP.

⋙mandātman

1. mandâtman mfn. = mandha-dhī MBh.

⋙mandādara

1. mandâdara mfn. having little respect for, careless about (loc) Hit.

⋙mandānala

1. mandânala mfn. = ○dâgni
2. • -tva n. dyspepsia Kull.

⋙mandānila

1. mandânila m. a gentle breeze, zephyr Kāv.

⋙mandānusārin

1. mandânusārin mfn. passing away slowly Suśr.

⋙mandābhiniveśa

1. mandâbhiniveśa mfn. having little inclination for (loc.) Daś.

⋙mandāyus

1. mandâyus mfn. short-lived BhP. 1

⋙mandāritā

1. mandâri-tā f. (for 2. below, col. 2) the having few enemies Nalôd.

⋙mandāsu

1. mandâsu mfn. having slow or weak breath, one from whom the breath of life is departing R. [Page 788, Column 2]

⋙mandāsya

1. mandâsya prob. wṛ. for mandâkṣa

⋙mandocca

1. mandôcca m. the upper apsis of the course of a planet Sūryas.

⋙mandotsāha

1. mandôtsāha mfn. unenergetic, indolent Śak.

⋙mandodaka

1. mandôdaka mfn. deficient in water Daś.

⋙mandodarī

1. mandôdarī7 f. N. of Rāvaṇa's favourite wife (daughter of Maya and mother of Indra-jit
2. • she advised her husband to deliver Sītā to Rāma, but he did not heed her
3. • she is regarded as one of the five very chaste women, the other four being Ahalyā, Draupadī, Sītā, and Tārā) MBh. R. &c
4. • of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.
5. • of the mother of the lexicographer Jaṭā-dhara Cat.
6. • ○rī7śa m. 'Maya's lord', N. of Rāvaṇa L.
7. • ○rī-suta m. 'Maya's son', N. of Indrajit L.

⋙mandopakāriṇī

1. mandôpakāriṇī f. N. of wk

⋙mandoṣṇa

1. mandôṣṇa mfn. tepid, lukewarm L.
2. • n. and -tā f. gentle heat, warmth L.

⋙mandoṣman

1. mandôṣman mfn. slightly warm, cool (○ma-tā f.) Suśr.

⋙mandautsukya

1. mandâutsukya mfn. having little inclination for (prati) Śak.

≫mandaka

1. mandaka mfn. simple, silly, foolish MBh.
2. • scanty, little Pat.
3. • pl. N. of a people MBh. (cf. maṇḍaka)

≫mandaya

1. mandaya Nom. P. ○yati, to weaken, lessen, allay (hunger) MBh.

≫mandara

1. mandara mfn. slow, tardy, sluggish (= manda) L.
2. • large, thick, firm (= bahala) L.
3. • m. a pearl chain consisting of 8 or 16 strings L.
4. • N. of a sacred mountain (the residence of various deities
5. • it served the gods and Asuras for a churning-stick at the churning of the ocean for the recovery of the Amṛita and thirteen other precious things lost during the deluge) MBh. Kāv. &c
6. • heaven (= svarga
7. • cf. meru) L.
8. • a mirror L.
9. • a kind of metre Col.
10. • N. of a Brāhman Cat.
11. • of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās.
12. • of a son of Hiraṇya-kaśipu (B. mandāra)
13. • of a tree of paradise or one of the 5 trees in Indra's heaven (= mandāra) L.

⋙mandarakantha

1. ○kantha v. l. for maḍara-k○ Siddh.

⋙mandaradeva

1. ○deva m. N. of a king of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās.
2. • (ī), f. a sister of Mandara-dṭdharas ib.
3. • ○viiya mfn. coming from or belonging to MṭMandara-dṭdharas ib.

⋙mandaradroṇī

1. ○droṇī f. a valley in the mountain Mandara BrahmaP.

⋙mandaramaṇi

1. ○maṇi m. N. of Śiva L. (wṛ. for mandira-m○ ?)

⋙mandaravāsinī

1. ○vāsinī f. 'dwelling on MṭMandara', N. of Durgā MBh.

⋙mandarahariṇa

1. ○hariṇa m. N. of one of the 8 Upadviipas in Jambu-dviipa BhP.

⋙mandarādri

1. mandarâdri m. the mountain Mandara L.

⋙mandarāvāsā

1. mandarâvāsā f. = ○ra-vāsinī Hariv.

≫mandarāya

1. mandarāya Nom. P. ○yate, to be like the mountain Mandara Daś.

≫mandāka

1. mandāka n. praising, praise L.
2. • a stream, current (accord. to Uṇ. iv, 13 fr. √mand + aka
3. • but prob. an artificial word to explain the next)

≫mandākinī

1. mandākinī f. (fr. manda + 2. añc) 'going or streaming slowly', N. of an arm of the Ganges (flowing down through the valley of Kedāra-nātha in the Himâlayas) and of other rivers MBh. Pur.
2. • (esp.) the heavenly Ganges MBh. Kāv. &c
3. • another river in heaven BhP.
4. • N. of a metre Chandom.
5. • (in astron.) N. of a partic. conjunction

≫mandāya

1. mandāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, ○te (g. bhṛśâdi and lohitâdi), to go slowly, linger, loiter Kālid.
2. • to be weak or faint ib.

≫mandāra

1. mandāra m. (in some meanings also written mandara) the coral tree, Erythrina Indica (also regarded as one of the 5 trees of paradise or Svarga) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • a white variety of Calotropis Gigantea L.
3. • the thorn-apple L.
4. • heaven L.
5. • N. of a son of Hiraṇya-kaśipu MBh. (C. mandara)
6. • of a Vidyā-dhara MārkP.
7. • of a hermitage and desert spot on the right bank of the Ganges where there are said to be 11 sacred pools Cat.
8. • of a mountain (v. l. mandara) R.
9. • (ī), f. a kind of plant Suśr.
10. • n. = -puṣpa Kālid.

⋙mandāradeva

1. ○deva m. N. of a prince Kathās.

⋙mandārapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa n. a flower of the Mandāra tree MW.

⋙mandāramañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f. N. of wk

⋙mandāramālā

1. ○mālā f. a garland of Mandāra flowers Kāv.
2. • N. of a celestial woman (daughter of Vasu) Kathās.

⋙mandāravatī

1. ○vatī f. N. of a woman Vet.
2. • -vana-māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙mandāraṣaṣṭhī

1. ○ṣaṣṭhī and f. N. of the 6th and 7th days in the light half of the month Māgha

⋙mandārasaptamī

1. ○saptamī f. N. of the 6th and 7th days in the light half of the month Māgha
2. • -vrata n. a partic. observance on these days Cat.

≫mandāraka

1. mandāraka m. Erythrina Indica (cf. above) Pañcar. (ikā f. N. of a woman Mālatīm.)

⋙mandārakadina

1. ○dina n. N. of a partic. day Cat.

≫mandārava

1. mandārava (cf. Lalit.),

⋙mandāru

1. mandāḍru (cf. L.), m. the coral tree

≫mandāritā

1. mandāri-tā f. (fr. mandārin
2. • for 1. under manda, col. 1) the state of abounding in Mandāra trees Nalôd.

≫mandiman

1. mandiman m. slowness Vās. (g. pṛthv-ādi)

≫mandira

1. mandira n. any waiting or abiding-place, habitation, dwelling, house, palace, temple, town, camp &c. (ifc. dwelling in) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 788, Column 3]
2. • a stable for horses L. (cf. mandurā)
3. • the body L.
4. • m. the sea L.
5. • the hollow or back of the knee L.
6. • N. of a Gandharva L.

⋙mandirapaśu

1. ○paśu m. 'domestic animal', a cat L.

⋙mandiramaṇi

1. ○maṇi m. 'temple-jewel', N. of Śiva L.

≫mandī

1. mandī in comp. for manda

⋙mandīkṛ

1. ○kṛ P. -karoti, to weaken, diminish Kāv. Rājat.

⋙mandīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. slackened Śak.

⋙mandībhāva

1. ○bhāva m. slowness, tardiness, stupidity MW.

⋙mandībhū

1. ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to move on more slowly Vas.
2. • to become weak or faint MBh.

⋙mandībhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. become slow or dull MBh.
2. • lessened, diminished Kād.

≫mandu

1. mandu (for 1. p. 787, col. 3) prob. = mandurā in comp

⋙mandupāla

1. ○pāla m. 'groom', the son of a Nishāda and a Ratha-kārī L.

≫mandura

1. mandura in comp. = mandurā

⋙manduraja

1. ○ja mfn. (prob.) born in a stable Pat.

≫manduraka

1. manduraka n. a kind of mat Divyâv.

≫mandurā

1. mandurā f. a stable for horses Kāv. Rājat.
2. • a mattress, sleeping-mat, bed L.

⋙mandurāpati

1. ○pati (cf. Siṃhâs.),

⋙mandurāpāla

1. ○pāla (cf. Kād.), m. an ostler, groom

⋙mandurābhūṣaṇa

1. ○bhūṣaṇa n. a species of monkey L.

≫mandurika

1. mandurika m. = māndurika, an ostler, groom, Siṇhâs

mandaṭa

1. mandaṭa m. the coral tree L.

mandana

1. mandana mandayu &c. p. 787, col. 3

mandara

1. mandara col. 2

mandasāna

1. mandasāná p. 787, col. 3

mandāka

1. mandāka ○kinī, mandâkrānta, mandāra &c. cols. 1 and 2

mandikukura

1. mandikukura m. a kind of fish L. (v. l. mallikukuḍa)

mandin

1. mandin mandira &c. above

mandīra

1. mandīra m. (prob.) N. of a man KātyŚr. (v. l. maṅgīra)
2. • n. wṛ. for mañjīra

mandu

1. mandu. 2 mandura, ○rā &c. above

mandeha

1. mandeha m. pl. (fr. man = manas + deha ?) a kind of Rākshasa R.
2. • N. of the Śūdras in Kuśa-dviipa VP.

mandoka

1. mandoka m. N. of a poet Cat.

mandotsāha

1. mandôtsāha &c. col. 2

mandra

1. mandrá &c. p. 787, col. 3

mandha

1. mandha m. a kind of antelope ṢaḍvBr. (cf. Sch. mantha)

mandhātṛ

1. mandhātṛ́ m. (fr. man = manas + dhātṛ) a thoughtful or pious man RV. (accord. to Naigh. = medhā-vin
2. • accord. to Sāy. mostly a proper N.)
3. • N. of a man ĀśvŚr. (also wṛ. for māndhātṛ, q.v.)

mannurāma

1. mannurāma (?), m. N. of an author Cat.

manmatha

1. manmatha m. (either an intens. form fr. √math, or fr. man = manas + matha, 'agitating'
2. • cf. mandeha and mandhātṛ) love or the god of love, amorous passion or desire (ifc. f. ā) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. • Feronia Elephantum L.
4. • the 29th (3rd) year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS.
5. • N. of a physician and various other men Cat.
6. • (ā), f. N. of Dākshāyaṇī ib.

⋙manmathakara

1. ○kara m. 'causing love', N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh.

⋙manmathabandhu

1. ○bandhu m. 'friend of love', the moon Vcar.

⋙manmathamath

1. ○math mfn. destroying the god of love Bālar.

⋙manmathamanmatha

1. ○manmatha m. a god of lṭlove agitating the god of love BhP.

⋙manmathayuddha

1. ○yuddha n. strife of lṭlove, amorous strife or contest R.

⋙manmathalekha

1. ○lekha m. a love-letter Śak.

⋙manmathavat

1. ○vat mfn. being in love, enamoured R.

⋙manmathasakha

1. ○sakha m. friend of love, the spring L.

⋙manmathasaṃjīvanī

1. ○saṃjīvanī f. 'exciting lṭlove', N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs.

⋙manmathasamāna

1. ○samāna mfn. feeling similar love Daś.

⋙manmathasuhṛd

1. ○suhṛd m. = -sakha Bālar.

⋙manmathānanda

1. manmathânanda m. 'love's joy', a kind of mango L.

⋙manmathānala

1. manmathânala m. the fire of love, Śāntiś

⋙manmathāyatana

1. manmathâyatana n. 'love's abode', pudendum muliebre MBh.

⋙manmathālaya

1. manmathâlaya m. 'id.', the mango tree L.
2. • = prec. A.

⋙manmathāvāsa

1. manmathâvāsa m. 'id.', a kind of mango L.

⋙manmathāviṣṭa

1. manmathâviṣṭa mfn. penetrated or inflamed by love R.

⋙manmatheśvaratīrtha

1. manmathêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat.

⋙manmathoddīpana

1. manmathôddīpana n. the act of kindling or inflaming love Ṛitus. [Page 789, Column 1]

≫manmathin

1. manmathin mfn. enamoured, impassioned, in love W.

manman

1. manman p. 786, col. 3

manmana

1. manmana m. confidential whisper (= karṇa-mūle guptâlāpa) Kāvyâd. Sch.
2. • love or the god of love ib.

⋙manmanatva

1. ○tva n. a partic. defect of the organs of speech HYog.

manmanasa

1. man-manasa &c. p. 777, col. 2

manmoka

1. manmoka m. N. of a poet Cat.

manyā

1. mányā f. du. and pl. the back or the nape of the neck (musculus cucullaris or trapezius) AV. VS. Suśr.
2. • m. (l) the middle of an elephant's goad L.

⋙manyāgata

1. ○gata mfn. being on the nape of the neck Suśr.

⋙manyāgraha

1. ○graha m. spasm or contraction of the neck Suśr. ŚārṅgS.

⋙manyāstambha

1. ○stambha m. stiffness or rigidity of the neck ib.

≫manyākā

1. manyākā f. the nape of the neck L.

manyu

1. manyú &c. p. 786, col. 3

manvantara

1. manv-antara &c. p. 786, col. 3

mapaṣṭa

1. mapaṣṭa ○ṣṭaka, mapuṣṭaka, or ○ṣṭhaka m. a kind of bean L.

maphira

1. maphira (?), N. of a place Cat.

mabhr

1. mabhr cl. 1. P. mabhrati, to go, move Dhātup. xv, 50

mama

1. máma gen. sg. of 1st pers. pron. in comp

⋙mamakāra

1. ○kāra m. interesting one's self about anything Rājat.

⋙mamakṛtya

1. ○kṛtya n. id. Vajras.

⋙mamatā

1. ○tā (mamá-), f. the state of 'mine', sense of ownership, self-interest, egotism, interest in (loc.) MBh. Kāv. Pur.
2. • pride, arrogance L.
3. • N. of the wife of Utathya and mother of Dīrgha-tamas RV. vi, 10, 2 (cf. Sāy.) MBh. BhP.
4. • -yukta mfn. filled with selfishness, a miser or egotist (= kṛpaṇa) L.
5. • -śūnya mfn. devoid of interest for us Prab.

⋙mamatva

1. ○tva n. = -tā MBh. Kāv. &c. (-tvaṃ √1. kṛ P. -karoti, to be attached to, with loc. MBh.
2. • to envy, with gen. MārkP.)

⋙mamasatya

1. ○satyá n. 'the being mine', contest for ownership RV. x, 42, 4

≫mamaka

1. mámaka mfn. my, mine RV. i, 31, 11 ; 34, 6 (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 3 and māmaka)

≫mamāya

1. mamāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to envy (with acc.) MBh.

mamat

1. mámat ind. (only repeated with caná, or cid) at one time - at another time &c. RV. iv, 18, 8
2. • 9

mamattara

1. mamattara mfn. = balavat-tara MBh. (cf. Nīlak.)

mamātha

1. mamātha n. N. of a Sāman (v. l. for māthāta)

mamāpatāla

1. mamāpatāla (?), m. an object of sense (= viṣaya) Uṇ. v, 50 Sch.

mamb

1. mamb cl. 1. P. mambati, to go, move Dhātup. xi, 35 (cf. Vop.)

mamma

1. mamma m. N. of a man Rājat.
2. • (with bhaṭṭa), N. of an author Cat.

⋙mammasvāmin

1. ○svāmin m. N. of a temple built by Mamma Rājat.

≫mammaka

1. mammaka m. N. of a man Rājat.

mammaṭa

1. mammaṭa m. (for mahima-bhaṭṭa) N. of various writers (esp. of the author of the Kāvya-prakāśa) Cat.

mamri

1. mamri mfn. mortal ( á-mamri)

may

1. may cl. 1. Ā. to go, move Dhātup. xv, 50

maya

1. maya m. (√3. mā) N. of an Asura (the artificer or architect of the Daityas, also versed in magic, astronomy and military science) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • N. of various teachers and authors (esp. of an astronomer and a poet) Cat.
3. • (ā), f. medical treatment L.

⋙mayakṣetra

1. ○kṣetra n. N. of a place
2. • -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙mayagrāma

1. ○grāma m. N. of a village Rājat.

⋙mayadānava

1. ○dānava (?), m. N. of an author Cat.

⋙mayadīpikā

1. ○dīpikā f. N. of wk. (on sculpture) Hcat.

⋙mayanirmita

1. ○nirmita mfn. made by Maya. MW.

⋙mayamata

1. ○mata n

⋙mayaśilpa

1. ○śilpa n

⋙mayasaṃgraha

1. ○saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙mayasaras

1. ○saras n. N. of a pool Cat.

⋙mayārāma

1. mayârāma m. (with miśra) N. of an author Cat.

⋙mayeśvara

1. mayêśvara m. N. of the Asura Maya Kathās.

maya

1. máya m. (prob. fr. √2. mā) a horse VS.
2. • a camel L.
3. • a mule L.
4. • (ī), f. a mare Lāṭy. Sch. [Page 789, Column 2]

maya

1. maya m. (√1. mī) hurting, injuring W.

mayakā

1. mayakā instr. sg. of 3. ma = mayā, by me Bhadrab.

mayaṭa

1. mayaṭa m. = prasāda (prob. prās○) or tṛṇa-harmya L.

mayanta

1. máyanta (cf. MaitrS.) and máganda (cf. VS.), n. N. of a metre

mayaṣṭa

1. mayaṣṭa or ○ṭaka m. a kind of bean L.

mayas

1. máyas n. (prob. fr. √3. mā) refreshment, enjoyment, pleasure, delight RV. VS. TBr.

⋙mayaskara

1. ○kará mfn. causing enjoyment, giving pleasure VS.

≫mayo

1. mayo in comp. for mayas

⋙mayobhava

1. ○bhavá mfn. causing pleasure, delighting VS.
2. • m. refreshment, delight ĀpŚr.
3. • N. of a man (pl. his descendants) Pravar.

⋙mayobhu

1. ○bhú or mf(ū́)n. = -bhava RV. VS. ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ.

⋙mayobhū

1. ○bhū́ mf(ū́)n. = -bhava RV. VS. ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ.
2. • (ū), m. a Partic. Agni ŚāṅkhGṛ.

⋙mayobhuva

1. ○bhuva mfn. = -bhava ĀpŚr.

mayivasu

1. mayi-vásu mfn. (fr. mayi loc. sg. of 3. ma + vasu) good in me (used in partic. formulas) AitBr. TS.

mayu

1. mayú m. (prob. fr. √2. mā) a Kimpurusha (s.v.) or a partic. man-like animal VS. TS. ŚBr.
2. • an antelope, deer L.

⋙mayurāja

1. ○rāja m. 'king of the Kim-purushas', N. of Kubera L.

mayuṣṭaka

1. mayuṣṭaka m. a kind of bean L. (cf. makuṣṭaka and mayaṣṭaka)

mayūka

1. mayūka m. = mayūra L.

mayūkha

1. mayū́kha m. (prob. fr. √1. mi) a kind of peg (esp. for hanging woven cloth or skins upon) RV. AV. Br. ŚrS.
2. • the pin or gnomon of a sun-dial (= kīla) L.
3. • a ray of light, flame, brightness, lustre Up. Kāv. Var. &c. (also ā f. L.
4. • once n. in KaushUp.)
5. • a partic. Agni GṛS.
6. • N. of wk. (by Śaṃkara-miśra)

⋙mayūkhapṛkta

1. ○pṛkta mfn. touching (one another) with rays (as two planets) Var.

⋙mayūkhamālā

1. ○mālā or f. N. of wk

⋙mayūkhamālikā

1. ○mālikā f. N. of wk

⋙mayūkhamālin

1. ○mālin m. 'wreathed with rays', the sun Kād.

⋙mayūkhavat

1. ○vat mfn. having rays, radiant, brilliant Var.

⋙mayūkhāditya

1. mayūkhâditya m. a form of the sun Cat.

⋙mayūkhāvali

1. mayūkhâvali f. N. of wk

⋙mayūkheśa

1. mayūkhêśa m. 'lord of rays', the sun Hcat.

≫mayūkhin

1. mayūkhin mfn. radiant, brilliant MBh.

mayūra

1. mayūra m. (prob. fr. √2. mā) a peacock VS. Lāṭy. MBh. &c
2. • a cock L.
3. • a species of plant Suśr. (Celosia Cristata or Achyranthes Aspera L.)
4. • a kind of instrument for measuring time Sūryas.
5. • a kind of gait Saṃgīt.
6. • N. of an Asura MBh.
7. • of a poet Prasannar.
8. • (also with bhaṭṭa), of various other writers Cat.
9. • of the father of Śaṅkuka ib.
10. • of a mountain MārkP.
11. • (ī), f. a peahen RV. &c. &c
12. • a species of pot-herb L.
13. • n. a partic. posture in sitting Cat.
14. • N. of a town Buddh.

⋙mayūrakarṇa

1. ○karṇa m. 'peacock's ear', N. of a man, g. śivâdi
2. • pl. his descendants, g. upakâdi

⋙mayūraketu

1. ○ketu m. 'having a peacock for emblem', N. of Skanda MBh.

⋙mayūragati

1. ○gati f. 'peacock's gait', N. of a metre Ked.

⋙mayūragrīva

1. ○grīva or n. 'peacock's neck', a kind of blue vitriol Bhpr.

⋙mayūragrīvaka

1. ○grīḍvaka n. 'peacock's neck', a kind of blue vitriol Bhpr.

⋙mayūraghṛta

1. ○ghṛta n. 'peacock's fat', a kind of medicine ŚārṅgS.

⋙mayūracaṭaka

1. ○caṭaka m. the domestic cock L.

⋙mayūracitraka

1. ○citraka n. N. of VarBṛS. xlvii and of another wk

⋙mayūracūḍa

1. ○cūḍa n. 'peacock's crest', a kind of gall-nut L.
2. • (ā), f. Celosia Cristata L.

⋙mayūrajaṅgha

1. ○jaṅgha m. Bignonia Indica L.

⋙mayūratā

1. ○tā f. (cf. Kād.),

⋙mayūratva

1. ○tva n. (cf. Kathās.) the state or condition of a peacock

⋙mayūratuttha

1. ○tuttha n. a kind of blue vitriol L.

⋙mayūrapattrin

1. ○pattrin mfn. (an arrow) furnished with peacock's feathers R.

⋙mayūrapadaka

1. ○padaka n. a scratch or impression in the form of a peacock's foot made with the fingernails L.

⋙mayūraparvata

1. ○parvata m. N. of a mountain MaitrS., Introd

⋙mayūrapiccha

1. ○piccha n. a peacock's tail-feather Kād.
2. • -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of peacock's tail-fṭfeather ib.

⋙mayūrapura

1. ○pura n. 'peacock's town', N. of a hill
2. • -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙mayūrapoṣaka

1. ○poṣaka m. 'breeder of pṭpeacock', N. of the father of Candra-gupta HPariś.

⋙mayūramaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of pṭpeacock Kād.

⋙mayūraratha

1. ○ratha m. 'having a peacock for a vehicle', N. of Skanda L.

⋙mayūraroman

1. ○roman (mayū́ra-), mfn. 'pṭpeacock-haired' (said of Indra's horses) RV.

⋙mayūravarman

1. ○varman m. N. of a king
2. • ○ma-caritra n. N. of wk

⋙mayūravācaspati

1. ○vācaspati and m. N. of authors Cat.

⋙mayūravāhana

1. ○vāhana m. N. of authors Cat.

⋙mayūravidalā

1. ○vidalā f. Hibiscus Cannabinus Bhpr.

⋙mayūravyaṃsaka

1. ○vyaṃsaka m. = dhūrta-mayūra Pāṇ. 2-1, 71 Sch.

⋙mayūraśataka

1. ○śataka n. N. of a poem (= sūrya-ś○)

⋙mayūraśarman

1. ○śarman m. N. of a poet Cat.

⋙mayūraśikhā

1. ○śikhā f. 'peacock's crest', Celosia Cristata Bhpr.

⋙mayūraśepya

1. ○śepya (mayū́ra-), mfn. 'pṭpeacock-tailed' (said of Indra's horses) RV. [Page 789, Column 3]

⋙mayūrasārin

1. ○sārin mfn. strutting like a peacock
2. • (iṇī), f. N. of a metre Col.

⋙mayūrastuti

1. ○stuti f

⋙mayūrasthalamāhātmya

1. ○sthala-māhātmya n. N. of wks

⋙mayūrākṣa

1. mayūrâkṣa 'peacock-eyed', N. of a teacher Cat.

⋙mayūrāṅkī

1. mayūrâṅkī f. a species of jewel L.

⋙mayūrāri

1. mayūrâri m. 'peacock's enemy', a chameleon, lizard L.

⋙mayūrāṣṭaka

1. mayūrâṣṭaka n. N. of a poem

⋙mayūreśa

1. mayūrêśa m. 'peacock-lord', N. of a man
2. • -vivāha-varṇana n. N. of ch. of the GaṇP.

⋙mayūreśvara

1. mayūrêśvara m. 'peacock-lord', m. N. of the father of Khaṇḍa-bhaṭṭa Cat.
2. • of a Liṅga ib.

⋙mayūrollāsaka

1. mayūrôllāsaka m. 'peacock's joy', the rainy season L.

≫mayūraka

1. mayūraka m. a peacock L.
2. • a species of plant (= mayūra) Suśr.
3. • N. of a poet Cat.
4. • m. or n. a kind of blue vitriol L.
5. • (ikā), f. a kind of venomous insect Suśr.
6. • Hibiscus Cannabinus L.

≫mayūrikābandham

1. mayūrikā-bandham ind. Pāṇ. 2-4, 42 Sch.

≫mayūrībhū

1. mayūrī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to become a peacock Kathās.

mara

1. mara m. (√mṛ) dying, death ( pari-mara)
2. • the world of death, i.e. the earth AitUp.
3. • mfn. killing ( nṛ-mara)
4. • m. pl. the inhabitants of hell Āryabh.
5. • wṛ. for narāḥ Hariv. 8464

⋙marārāma

1. marârāma m. N. of a Daitya Kathās.

≫maraka

1. maraka m. an epidemic, plague, mortality Var. Suśr.
2. • pl. N. of a people MārkP.

≫maraṭa

1. maraṭa m. death Uṇ. iii, 110 Sch.

≫maraṇa

1. maraṇa n. the act of dying, death, (ifc. dying by
2. • ○ṇaṃ √1. kṛ Ā. kurute, to die) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
3. • passing away, cessation (as of lightning or rain) AitBr.
4. • (in astrol.) the 8th mansion VarBṛS. Sch.
5. • a kind of poison L. (prob. wṛ. for māraṇa)
6. • a refuge, asylum BhP. (prob. wṛ. for śaraṇa)

⋙maraṇaja

1. ○ja mfn. produced by death MW.

⋙maraṇadaśā

1. ○daśā f. the time or hour of dṭdeath Mṛicch.

⋙maraṇadharma

1. ○dharma m. the law of death (instr. with Caus. of √yuj, 'to put to death') R.

⋙maraṇadharman

1. ○dharman mfn. subject to the law of death, mortal Kathās.

⋙maraṇaniścaya

1. ○niścaya mfn. determined to die Pañcat.

⋙maraṇabhaya

1. ○bhaya n. the fear of death (with Buddh. one of the 5 kinds of fear) Dharmas. 52

⋙maraṇabhīruka

1. ○bhīruka mfn. afraid to die Mṛicch. (in Prākṛit)

⋙maraṇavyādhiśoka

1. ○vyādhi-śoka m. pl. death and sickness and sorrow Hit.

⋙maraṇaśīla

1. ○śīla mfn. liable to death, mortal MW.

⋙maraṇasāmāyikanirṇaya

1. ○sāmāyika-nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙maraṇāgresara

1. maraṇâgresara mfn. preceding in dṭdeath MW.

⋙maraṇātmaka

1. maraṇâtmaka mf(ikā)n. causing dṭdeath Vet.

⋙maraṇānta

1. maraṇânta and mfn. ending in death MBh.

⋙maraṇāntika

1. maraṇânḍtika mfn. ending in death MBh.

⋙maraṇāndhatamasa

1. maraṇândha-tamasa n. the gloom or shadow of death Kād.

⋙maraṇābhimukha

1. maraṇâbhimukha mfn. on the point of dṭdeath, moribund MW.

⋙maraṇālasa

1. maraṇâlasa n. N. of a partic. Yoga-posture (in which only one leg is stretched out
2. • cf. vahitra-karṇa) L.

⋙maraṇonmukha

1. maraṇônmukha mfn. = ○ṇâbhimukha MW.

≫maraṇīya

1. maraṇīya mfn. 'to be died', doomed to death, liable to die MW.

≫marāyin

1. marāyín m. (prob.) N. of a man RV. x, 60, 4 (cf. Sāy. 'destroying enemies' = śatrūṇām mārakaḥ
2. • others 'brilliant, splendid')

≫marāyu

1. marā́yu mfn. mortal, perishable RV. x, 106, 6 ; 7 (cf. Sāy
2. • cf. dur-marāyú)

≫mariman

1. mariman m. death, dying Uṇ. iv, 118 Sch.

≫mariṣṇu

1. mariṣṇu mfn. mortal ( a-mariṣṇu)

marakata

1. marakata n. an emerald R. Var. Pañcat. &c. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. smaragdus.]

⋙marakatapattrī

1. ○pattrī f. a kind of [789, 3] climbing plant L.

⋙marakatamaṇi

1. ○maṇi m. the emerald gem VarBṛS.

⋙marakatamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made of emerald Śiś.

⋙marakatavallīpariṇaya

1. ○vallī-pariṇaya m. N. of a drama

⋙marakataśilā

1. ○śilā f. an emerald slab Megh.

⋙marakataśyāma

1. ○śyāma mfn. dark or green as an emerald BhP.

≫marakta

1. marakta n. = marakata L.

maranda

1. maranda m. (also pl.) the juice or nectar of flowers Kāv. (also ○daka W.
2. • cf. makaranda)

⋙marandaūkas

1. marandaū7kas or n. 'nectarabode', a flower L.

⋙marandaūkasa

1. marandaū7ḍkasa n. 'nectarabode', a flower L.

marākālī

1. marākālī Tragia Involucrata L.

marāya

1. marāya m. N. of an Ekâha ŚrS.
2. • n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.

marāyin

1. marāyín marā́yu, above

marāra

1. marāra m. a corn-loft, granary L.

marārāma

1. marârāma above

marāla

1. marāla mfn. (said to be fr. √mṛ) soft, mild, tender L.
2. • red with a little yellow L.
3. • = vistṛta and śubha L.
4. • m. a kind of duck or goose or flamingo Kāv. (ī f. L.
5. • ○la-tā f. HPariś.)
6. • a partic. mode of joining the hands Cat. (L. also a horse
7. • an elephant
8. • a grove of pomegranate trees
9. • white oleander [Page 790, Column 1]
10. • a villain
11. • a cloud
12. • lamp-black)
13. • m. or n. redness mixed with a little yellow L.

⋙marālagamanā

1. ○gamanā f. 'having the gait of a flamingo', N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs.

≫marālaka

1. marālaka m. a kind of duck or goose or flamingo L. (ī f. Daś.)
2. • a partic. mode of joining the hands Cat.

marica

1. marica m. the pepper shrub R. Var. Suśr.
2. • a kind of Ocimum L.
3. • Strychnos Potatorum L. (v. l. marīca)
4. • N. of a man Rājat.
5. • n. black pepper Suśr.
6. • a partic. fragrant substance (= kakkolaka) L.

⋙maricakṣupa

1. ○kṣupa m. the pepper shrub Hariv.

⋙maricapattraka

1. ○pattraka m. Pinus Longifolia L.

≫marīca

1. marīca m. the pepper shrub (also -kṣupa) Hariv.
2. • Strychnos Potatorum L. (v. l. marica)
3. • marjoram L.
4. • N. of the father of Kaśyapa Cat.
5. • of a son of Sunda VP.
6. • n. black pepper L.

mariṣṭaka

1. mariṣṭaka m. a kind of kidney bean L. (cf. mayaṣṭaka)

marī

1. marī kara-marī

marīci

1. márīci mf. (m. only in TĀr.
2. • prob. connected with marút, q.v.) a particle of light, shining mote or speck in the air RV. AV.
3. • ray of light (of the sun or moon) RV. &c. &c
4. • (also ○cī
5. • f. with somasya = moonlight Hariv.)
6. • a mirage (= marīcikā) Kathās. (cf. marīci-toya)
7. • m. N. of a Prajā-pati or 'lord of created beings' (variously regarded as a son of Svayam-bhū, as a son of Brahmā, as a son of Manu Hairaṇyagarbha, as one of the 7 sages and father of Kaśyapa, or, accord. to Mn. i, 35 as the first of the ten Prajā-patis q.v. engendered by Manu Svāyambhuva) Mn. MBh. &c
8. • of the star ? in the great Bear VarBṛS.
9. • of Kṛishṇa (as a Marut) Bhag. x, 21
10. • of a Daitya Hariv.
11. • of a Maharshi Daś.
12. • of the father of Paurṇamāsa Pur.
13. • of a king (son of Samrāj and father of Bindu-mat) ib.
14. • of a son of Tīrthaṃ-kara Ṛishabha W.
15. • of a son of Śaṃkarâcārya and various other teachers and authors Cat.
16. • a miser, niggard (= kṛpaṇa) L.
17. • f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.
18. • of a Comm. on Siddhântaś.

⋙marīcigarbha

1. ○garbha m. pl. 'containing particles of light within', N. of a world Hariv.
2. • a class of gods under Manu Dākshasāvarṇi VP.

⋙marīcitantra

1. ○tantra n. N. of wk

⋙marīcitoya

1. ○toya n. a mirage BhP.

⋙marīcipa

1. ○pá mfn. drinking in or absorbing particles of light VS.
2. • m. pl. rays of light Naigh. i, 5
3. • N. of a mythical race of Ṛishis MBh. R.

⋙marīcipaṭala

1. ○paṭala n. N. of wk

⋙marīcipattana

1. ○pattana n. N. of a town R.

⋙marīcimat

1. ○mat mfn. (ifc.) having rays, radiant or shining with MBh.
2. • m. the sun Kathās.

⋙marīcimālin

1. ○mālin mfn. garlanded with rays, radiant Hit.
2. • m. the sun Kād.

⋙marīcismṛti

1. ○smṛti f. N. of wk

⋙marīcopapurāṇa

1. marīcôpapurāṇa n. N. of an Upapurāṇa

≫marīcika

1. marīcika m. (with Buddhists) N. of a world
2. • (ā), f. a mirage, illusory appearance of water in a desert Prab. Kathās.
3. • N. of a Comm. on the Brahmasūtra

≫marīcin

1. marīcin mfn. having rays, radiant
2. • m. the sun MBh.

marīmṛja

1. marīmṛja mfn. (fr. Intens. of √mṛj) rubbing repeatedly or very much Pāṇ. 1-1, 4 Sch.

marīmṛśa

1. marīmṛśa mfn. (fr. Intens. of √mṛś) feeling about, groping AV.

marīyami

1. marīyami f. Mary Romakas.

⋙marīyamiputra

1. ○putra m. 'son of Mary', N. of Christ ib.

marīsa

1. marīsa n. milk (in avi-m○, q.v.)

maru

1. marú m. (prob. fr. √mṛ) a wilderness, sandy waste, desert (often pl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • a mountain, rock MBh. MārkP.
3. • 'the desertlike penance', i.e. abstinence from drinking MBh. Hariv.
4. • a species of plant Bhpr.
5. • a deer, antelope L.
6. • N. of a Daitya (usually associated with Naraka) MBh.
7. • of a Vasu Hariv.
8. • of a prince (the son of Śīghra) ib. R. Pur.
9. • of a king belonging to the Ikshvāku family BhP.
10. • of a son of Hary-aśva R. Pur.
11. • pl. N. of a country (Marwar) and its inhabitants TĀr. R. Var. &c. [Cf. Lat. mare (?) ; Angl. Sax. môr ; Germ. and Eng. moor.]

⋙marukaccha

1. ○kaccha m. N. of a country
2. • -nivāsin mfn. inhabiting it MBh.

⋙marukucca

1. ○kucca (?), m. N. of a country VarBṛS.

⋙marugata

1. ○gata mfn. being in a desert ŚārṅgP.

⋙marucchadā

1. ○cchadā f. a kind of shrub L. (cf. madhu-cchadā)

⋙maruja

1. ○ja m. Unguis Odoratus L.
2. • a tree akin to the Mimosa Catechu L.
3. • (ā), f. colocynth L.
4. • a kind of deer L.

⋙marujātā

1. ○jātā f. Carpopogon Pruriens or a similar-plant L.

⋙marujuṣ

1. ○juṣ m. the inhabitant of a desert Alaṃkāras. [Page 790, Column 2]

⋙marudeśa

1. ○deśa m. N. of a country KātyŚr. Sch.

⋙marudeśya

1. ○deśya m. bdellium L. (cf. marud-iṣṭa)

⋙marudruma

1. ○druma m. Vachellia Farnesiana L.

⋙marudvipa

1. ○dvipa m. 'desert-elephant', a camel L.

⋙marudhanva

1. ○dhanva m. a wilderness, sandy desert BhP.

⋙marudhanvan

1. ○dhanvan m. id. MBh. Hariv.
2. • N. of the father of the wife of the Vidyādhara Indīvara MārkP.

⋙marudhara

1. ○dhara m. N. of a country MW.

⋙marunandana

1. ○nandana m. N. of a prince VP.

⋙marupatha

1. ○patha m. a desert, wilderness Rājat.

⋙marupṛṣṭha

1. ○pṛṣṭha n. id. Ragh.

⋙maruprapatana

1. ○prapatana n. the act of throwing one's self from a rock MārkP. xl, 3 (printed marut-pr○)

⋙maruprapāta

1. ○prapāta m. a rocky precipice, mountain-crag MBh.

⋙marupriya

1. ○priya m. 'the desert's friend', a camel L.

⋙marubhava

1. ○bhava m. the inhabitant of a desert VarBṛS.

⋙marubhū

1. ○bhū f. a desert (cf. bhū-ruha)
2. • pl. N. of a country (prob. Marwar
3. • accord. to some = daśerakāḥ) L.
4. • -ruha m. 'growing in deserts', Capparis Aphylla Bhpr.

⋙marubhūti

1. ○bhūti or m. N. of a son of Yaugaṃdharāyaṇa Kathās.

⋙marubhūtika

1. ○bhūḍtika m. N. of a son of Yaugaṃdharāyaṇa Kathās.

⋙marubhūmi

1. ○bhūmi f. a desert, wilderness (-tva n.) ib.
2. • N. of a country (= Marwar) MBh.

⋙marubhauma

1. ○bhauma m. pl. N. of a people VP.

⋙marumaṇḍala

1. ○maṇḍala n. N. of a country Uttamac.

⋙marumarīci

1. ○marīci (pl.) and f. a mirage, illusory appearance of water in a desert Kathās.

⋙marumarīcikā

1. ○marīḍcikā (sg.) f. a mirage, illusory appearance of water in a desert Kathās.

⋙marumahī

1. ○mahī f. = -bhūmi Rājat.

⋙marumārga

1. ○mārga m. a way through a desert Kuval.

⋙marusambhava

1. ○sambhava n. 'produced in a dṭdesert', a kind of horse-radish L.
2. • (ā), f. N. of two plants (a species of Alhagi and = mahêdra-vāruṇī) L.

⋙marusthala

1. ○sthala n

⋙marusthalī

1. ○sthaḍlī f. a desert spot, wilderness Kāv. Kathās. Hit.

⋙marusthā

1. ○sthā f. a species of Alhagi L.

⋙marusthita

1. ○sthita mfn. living in a desert
2. • m. the inhabitant of a desert Rājat.

⋙marūdbhava

1. marū7dbhava m. 'produced in a desert', a kind of ill-scented Mimosa L.
2. • (ā), f. Alhagi Maurorum L.
3. • a species of Khadira L.

≫marūbhū

1. marū-√bhū P. -bhavati, to become a wilderness or sandy desert Kathās.

maruka

1. maruka m. (cf. marūka) a peacock L.
2. • a deer, antelope L.

marucīpaṭṭana

1. marucī-paṭṭana n. N. of a town VarBṛS. (cf. marīci-pattana)

maruṭā

1. maruṭā f. a woman with a high forehead L. (cf. maruṇḍā)

maruṇḍa

1. maruṇḍa m. N. of a prince Cat. (also -rāja Siṃhâs.)
2. • pl. of a dynasty and a people VP.
3. • (ā), f. = maruṭā L.

marut

1. marút m. pl. (prob. the 'flashing or shining ones'
2. • cf. marīci and Gk. ?) the storm-gods (Indra's [790, 2] companions and sometimes, e.g. Ragh. xii, 101 = devāḥ, the gods or deities in general
3. • said in the Veda to be the sons of Rudra and Pṛiśni, q.v., or the children of heaven or of ocean
4. • and described as armed with golden weapons i.e. lightnings and thunderbolts, as having iron teeth and roaring like lions, as residing in the north, as riding in golden cars drawn by ruddy horses sometimes called Pṛishatī?, q.v
5. • they are reckoned in Naigh. v, 5 among the gods of the middle sphere, and in RV. viii, 96, 8 are held to be three times sixty in number
6. • in the later literature they are the children of Diti, either seven or seven times seven in number, and are sometimes said to be led by Mātariśvan) RV. &c. &c
7. • the god of the wind (father of Hanumat and regent of the north-west quarter of the sky) Kir. Rājat. (cf. comp.)
8. • wind, air, breath (also applied to the five winds in the body) Kāv. Pur. &c
9. • a species of plant Bhpr.
10. • = ṛtvij Naigh. iii, 18
11. • gold ib. i, 2
12. • beauty ib. iii, 7
13. • N. of a Sādhya Hariv.
14. • of the prince Bṛihad-ratha MaitrUp.
15. • f. Trigonella Corniculata L.
16. • n. a kind of fragrant substance (= granthi-parṇa) L.

⋙marutkara

1. ○kara m. Dolichos Catjang L.

⋙marutkarman

1. ○karman n. (cf. Cat.) or (L.) breaking wind, flatulency

⋙marutkriyā

1. ○kriyā f. (L.) breaking wind, flatulency

⋙marutkoṇa

1. ○koṇa m. the north-west quarter of the sky MW.

⋙maruttanaya

1. ○tanaya m. 'son of the Wind', N. of Hanumat MW.
2. • of Bhīma A.

⋙maruttama

1. ○tama (marút-), mfn. very or altogether equal to the Maruts, as swift as the Maruts (said of the Aśvins) RV.
2. • m. wṛ. for marutta Cat.

⋙maruttaruṇī

1. ○taruṇī f. N. of a Vidyā-dharī Bālar.

⋙marutpaṭa

1. ○paṭa m. 'wind-cloth', a sail Kathās.

⋙marutpati

1. ○pati m. 'lord of the Maruts', N. of Indra MBh. R. BhP.

⋙marutpatha

1. ○patha m. the path or region of the air Kād.

⋙marutpāla

1. ○pāla m. 'protector of the MṭMaruts', N. of Indra L.

⋙marutputra

1. ○putra m. 'son of the wind-god', N. of Bhīma L.
2. • of Hanu-mat MW.

⋙marutplava

1. ○plava m. 'springing with the rapidity of wind', a lion L.

⋙marutphala

1. ○phala n. 'fruit of the wind', hail W.

⋙marutmat

1. ○mat mfn. = -vat (q.v.), g. yavâdi

⋙marutvat

1. ○vat (marút-), mfn. attended by the Maruts RV. VS. Br. [Page 790, Column 3]
2. • containing the word marut Br.
3. • m. N. of Indra MBh. Kāv.
4. • of Hanu-mat L.
5. • of a son of Dharma by Marut-vatī Hariv. BhP.
6. • a cloud L.
7. • pl. a class of gods regarded as children of Dharma or of Manu by Marut-vatī MBh. R. Hariv.
8. • (atī), f. N. of a daughter of Daksha, wife of Dharma (Manu) Hariv. Pur.

⋙marutvatīya

1. ○vatī́ya mfn. related or belonging to Indra Marut-vat (said esp. of 3 Grahas at the midday libation, the Śastra recited afterwards and the hymn forming the chief part of that Śastra) VS. Br. ŚrS.

⋙marutvatya

1. ○vatya mfn. = prec. Pāṇ. 4-2, 32

⋙marutsakha

1. ○sakha mfn. having the wind for a friend (clouds) Ragh.
2. • m. N. of fire (cf. vāyu-s○) ib.
3. • of Indra L.

⋙marutsakhi

1. ○sakhi (marút-
2. • only nom. mf. -sakhā), having the Maruts for friends RV. ŚāṅkhŚr.

⋙marutsahāya

1. ○sahāya mfn. having the word for a companion (said of fire) VarBṛS.

⋙marutsuta

1. ○suta (cf. BhP.) and m. 'son of the Wind', N. of Hanumat

⋙marutsūnu

1. ○sūnu (A.), m. 'son of the Wind', N. of Hanumat
2. • of Bhīma A.

⋙marutstotra

1. ○stotra (marút-), mfn. (a place) in which praise of the Maruts is common RV. i, 101, 11

⋙marutstoma

1. ○stomá m. a Stoma of the Maruts TBr.
2. • N. of an Ekâha TāṇḍyaBr. ŚrS.

≫maruta

1. maruta m. wind Śak.
2. • a god L.
3. • Bignonia Suaveolens L.
4. • N. of various men MBh. Hariv. VP.
5. • ○tôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad

≫marutta

1. marútta (= marud-datta accord. to Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 58. 59 Vārtt. 4), m. N. of various kings Br. ŚāṅkhŚr. &c
2. • wind, a gale (?) W.

≫marud

1. marud in comp. for marut

⋙marudāndola

1. ○āndola m. a kind of fan made of the skin of a deer or buffalo L.

⋙marudiṣṭa

1. ○iṣṭa m. bdellium L. (cf. maru-deśya)

⋙marudeva

1. ○eva m. N. of a king Pur.
2. • of the father of the Arhat Ṛishabha Śatr.
3. • of a mountain ib. (v. l. mār○)
4. • (ā), f. (cf. L.) or (ī), f. (cf. Śatr.) N. of the mother of Marudeva, grandmother of the Arhat ṚishṭṚishabha

⋙marudgaṇa

1. ○gaṇa m. (ifc. f. ā) the host or troop of the Maruts, the host of the gods
2. MBh. R. Hariv. Bhartṛ.
3. • (marúd-), mfn. being with or attended by the troop of the Maruts RV.
4. • m. or n. (?) N. of a Tīrtha MBh.

⋙maruddatta

1. ○datta mfn. given by the Maruts Pāṇ. 1-4, 58 ; 59 Vārtt. 4 Pat.

⋙maruddvīpavatī

1. ○dvīpa-vatī f. N. of the Ganges Dharmaśarm.

⋙maruddhvaja

1. ○dhvaja n. 'wind-sign, wṭwind-banner', the down of cotton floating in the air, flocculent seeds wafted by the wind L.

⋙marudbaddha

1. ○baddha m. (only L.) a kind of sacrificial vessel
2. • a section of the Sāma-veda
3. • N. of Vishṇu

⋙marudbhavā

1. ○bhavā f. (= tāmra-mūlā) a kind of plant L.
2. • (accord. to others) cotton

⋙marudratha

1. ○ratha m. a horse L.
2. • a car in which idols are dragged about L.

⋙marudvartman

1. ○vartman n. the path or region of the air L.

⋙marudvāha

1. ○vāha m. smoke L.
2. • fire L.

⋙marudvidhā

1. ○vidhā f. wṛ. for -vṛdhā (below) Col.

⋙marudvṛtā

1. ○vṛtā f. wṛ. for -vṛdhā (below) L.

⋙marudvṛddhā

1. ○vṛddhā f. N. of a river (= -vṛdhā) BhP.

⋙marudvṛdha

1. ○vṛdha (marúd-), mfn. rejoicing in the wind or in the Maruts RV. ŚāṅkhŚr.
2. • (ā), f. N. of a river in the Panjāb RV. Prâyaśc.

⋙marudvega

1. ○vega m. 'having the velocity of wind', N. of a Daitya Kathās.

≫marun

1. marun in comp. for marut

⋙marunnāma

1. ○nāma mfn. containing names of the Maruts
2. • pl. verses or formulas contṭcontaining names of the MṭMaruts Kāṭh.

⋙marunmaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of wind Hcar.

⋙marunmālā

1. ○mālā f. Trigonella Corniculata Bhpr.
2. • Medicago Esculenta L.

≫marunta

1. marunta m. wṛ. for marutta Hariv.

≫marul

1. marul in comp. for marut

⋙marulloka

1. ○loka m. the world of the gods VP.

maruttaka

1. maruttaka m. a species of plant Bhpr. (prob. wṛ. for maruvaka)

marunta

1. marunta wṛ. for marutta

marundha

1. marundha N. of a town Cat. (cf. marūndha and mārudha)

marundhava

1. marundhava m. the white Mimosa L.

marula

1. marula m. a kind of duck L. (cf. marāla)
2. • a beast of prey L.
3. • n. water L.

maruva

1. maruva m. marjoram L.

≫maruvaka

1. maruvaka m. (also ○baka) a kind of flower Bālar. v, 35
2. • (only L.) marjoram
3. • a kind of Ocimum
4. • Vanguieria Spinosa
5. • Clerodendrum Phlomoides
6. • a crane
7. • a tiger
8. • Rāhu or the ascending node personified
9. • mfn. terrible

marūka

1. marūka m. (only L.) a kind of deer
2. • a peacock
3. • a frog
4. • Curcuma Zerumbet

marūndha

1. marūndha N. of a town Śaṃkar. (v. l. marudha, q.v.) [Page 791, Column 1]

maroli

1. maroli or ○lika m. the sea monster Makara L.

mark

1. mark (prob. invented to serve as the source of the words below), to go, move

≫marka

1. marka m. an ape, monkey BhP.
2. • N. of Vāyu, the wind L.
3. • the mind L.

≫markaka

1. markaka m. Ardea Argala L.
2. • a spider L.

≫markaṭa

1. markáṭa m. (cf. Uṇ. iv, 81) a monkey, ape VS. &c. &c
2. • a kind of bird ṢaḍvBr. (the adjutant or Indian crane L.)
3. • a spider L.
4. • a sort of poison or venom L.
5. • a mode of coitus L.
6. • N. of a man Pravar.
7. • (ī), f. 1. markaṭī
8. • n. an iron monkey-shaped bolt L.

⋙markaṭakarṇa

1. ○karṇa mfn. monkey-eared L.

⋙markaṭajoḍa

1. ○joḍa mfn. monkey-chinned L.

⋙markaṭatinduka

1. ○tinduka m. a kind of ebony Bhpr.

⋙markaṭadanta

1. ○danta mf(ā or ī)n. mṭmonkey-toothed L.

⋙markaṭanāsa

1. ○nāsa mfn. monkey-nosed L.

⋙markaṭanyāya

1. ○nyāya m. the monkey-rule (opp. to mārjāra-n○) RTL. 125

⋙markaṭapati

1. ○pati m. a young monkey A.

⋙markaṭapippalī

1. ○pippalī f. Achyranthes Aspera L.

⋙markaṭapota

1. ○pota m. a young monkey MW.

⋙markaṭapriya

1. ○priya m. Mimosa Kauki L.

⋙markaṭalocana

1. ○locana mfn. monkey-eyed Pañcat.

⋙markaṭavāsa

1. ○vāsa m. a cobweb L.

⋙markaṭaśīrṣa

1. ○śīrṣa n. vermilion L.

⋙markaṭahrada

1. ○hrada m. 'ape's pool', N. of a pool in the neighbourhood of Vaiśāli Buddh.

⋙markaṭāsya

1. markaṭâsya mfn. monkey-faced
2. • n. copper L.

⋙markaṭendu

1. markaṭêndu m. (prob. = ○ṭa-tindu) Diospyros Tomentosa L.

⋙markaṭotplavana

1. markaṭôtplavana n. the act of springing like an ape BhP.

≫markaṭaka

1. markaṭaka m. a species of grain ĀpŚr.
2. • (only L.) an ape (ikā f.)
3. • a spider
4. • a kind of fish
5. • a Daitya

≫markaṭī

1. markaṭī f. a female ape L.
2. • N. of various plants Suśr. Bhpr. (= Galedupa Piscidia
3. • Carpopogon Pruriens &c.) L.
4. • an iron monkey-shaped bolt L.

⋙markaṭīvrata

1. ○vrata n. N. of a partic. observance Cat.

≫markaṭī

1. markaṭī in comp. for markaṭa

⋙markaṭībhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. one who has become an ape Kathās.

≫markaḍikā

1. markaḍikā f. a spider Nalac. Sch. (cf. markaṭaka)

marka

1. marká m. (√mṛc, cf. marc below) seizure i.e. eclipse (of sun) RV. x, 27, 20 (márka), N. of the Purohita of the Asuras (held to be a son of Śukra) VS. TS. Br.
2. • a demon presiding over various sicknesses of childhood PārGṛ.
3. • N. of a Yaksha Cat.

marka

1. marka m. (accord. to Uṇ. iii, 43 fr. √marc) the vital breath which pervades the body L. (otbers 'wind' and 'body')

markara

1. markara m. Eclipta Prostrata L. (cf. mārkara)
2. • (ā), f. (only L.) a hollow, hole made under ground
3. • a vessel, pot
4. • a barren woman

markasa

1. markasa m. vapid spirituous liquor L.

markoṭapipīlikā

1. markoṭa-pipīlikā f. a kind of small black ant L.

marga

1. marga wṛ. for mārga ĀpGṛ.

marc

1. marc (cf. √mṛc), cl. 10. P. marcayati, to sound Dhātup. xxxii, 106 (v. l. for mārj)
2. • to seize, take (cf. Uṇ. iii. 43)

marj

1. marj (cf. √mṛj), cl. 1. 6. P. marjati, mṛñjati, to sound Dhātup. vi, 76 ; 77 (v. l. for muj, muñj)

marjū

1. marjū m. (√mṛj) a washerman L.
2. • = pīṭha-marda, a catamite L.
3. • f. washing, cleansing, purification L.

≫marjya

1. márjya mfn. to be cleansed or prepared (said of Soma) RV.

marḍitṛ

1. marḍitṛ m. (√mṛḍ) one who shows compassion or favour, pitier, comforter RV.

marta

1. márta m. (√mṛ) a mortal, man RV. VS. (in later literature prob. wṛ. for martya)
2. • the world of mortals, the earth Uṇ. iii, 86 Sch. [Gk. ?, ? ; [791, 1] Lat. mortūs, mortalis.]

⋙martabhojana

1. ○bhójana n. food of mortals, nourishment of men RV.

⋙martavat

1. ○vat (márta-), mfn. containing the word márta
2. • (atī), f. a verse or formula containing the word márta ŚBr.

⋙martopaniṣad

1. martôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad

≫martavya

1. martavya mfn. 'to be died', liable to die
2. • n. impers. 'it must be died' (○vye sati, death being inevitable
3. • ○vye kṛta-niścaya mfn. determined to die) Mn. MBh. &c

≫martya

1. mártya mfn. who or what must die, mortal Br. Kauś.
2. • m. a mortal, man, person RV. &c. &c
3. • the world of mortals, the earth L.
4. • (ā), f. dying, death ( putra-martyā)
5. • n. that which is mortal, the body BhP.

⋙martyakṛta

1. ○kṛta (mártya-), mfn. done by mortals, RV. [Page 791, Column 2]

⋙martyatā

1. ○tā f. mortality, human condition (-tām prâptaḥ, one who has become man) MBh. Kathās.

⋙martyatrā

1. ○trā́ ind. among mortal men RV.

⋙martyatva

1. ○tva n. = -tā (-tvam āgataḥ = -tām prâptaḥ) Kathās.

⋙martyatvana

1. ○tvaná n. the ways of man RV.

⋙martyadharma

1. ○dharma m. pl. the laws or conditions of human life Kathās.

⋙martyadharman

1. ○dharman or mfn. having the character or properties of a mortal, any human being MBh.

⋙martyadharmin

1. ○dharḍmin mfn. having the character or properties of a mortal, any human being MBh.

⋙martyanivāsin

1. ○nivāsin m. a mortal inhabitant (of the world), man, mankind Hariv.

⋙martyabhāva

1. ○bhāva m. human state or nature Kathās. Rājat.

⋙martyabhuvana

1. ○bhuvana n. the world of mortals, the earth Śak. (v. l.)

⋙martyamaṇḍala

1. ○maṇḍala n. id. Bālar.

⋙martyamahita

1. ○mahita m. 'honoured by mṭmortal', a god L.

⋙martyamukha

1. ○mukha m. 'mortal-faced', a Kiṃ-nara or a Yaksha L.

⋙martyaloka

1. ○loka m. = -bhuvana KaṭhUp. MBh. &c

⋙martyāmṛta

1. martyâmṛta n. the immortality of mortals Āpast.

⋙martyendramātṛ

1. martyêndra-mātṛ f. Solanum Jacquini L.

⋙martyeṣita

1. mártyêṣita mfn. instigated by mortals RV.

≫martyībhū

1. martyī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to become a mortal HPariś.

marda

1. marda mfn. (√mṛd) crushing, grinding, rubbing, bruising, destroying (ifc
2. • cf. ari-, cakra-m○ &c.)
3. • m. grinding, pounding, violent pressure or friction MBh. VarBṛS. (cf. graha-m○)
4. • acute pain (cf. aṅga-m○)
5. • dispassion L.

≫mardaka

1. mardaka mfn. (ifc.) crushing, pounding &c
2. • causing violent pain in Suśr.

≫mardana

1. mardana mf(ī)n. crushing, grinding, rubbing, bruising, paining, tormenting, ruining, destroying MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. candrârka-, samara- and samiti-m○)
2. • N. of a king of the Vidyā-dharas
3. • (ī), f. a cover for the feet L.
4. • n. the act of crushing or grinding or destroying Kāv. Kathās. BhP.
5. • rubbing, anointing Kāv. Pañcat. &c. (-śālā f. Siṃhâs.), cleaning or combing (the hair
6. • keśa-m○)
7. • friction i.e. opposition (of planets
8. • graha-m○)

≫mardanīya

1. mardanīya mfn. to be crushed or trodden down Kām.
2. • to be rubbed or touched W.

≫mardala

1. mardala (and ○laka L.), m. a kind of drum MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙mardaladhvani

1. ○dhvani m. the sound of a drum L.

≫marditavya

1. marditavya mfn. to be crushed or trodden down or laid waste MBh.

≫mardin

1. mardin mfn. (ifc.) crushing, grinding, pounding, destroying Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. ripu- and loṣṭa-m○)
2. • (inī), f. a kind of musical composition Saṃgīt. (cf. medinī)

marb

1. marb (cf. √barb), cl. 1. P. marbati, to go, move Dhātup. xi, 25

marman

1. márman n. (√mṛ) mortal spot, vulnerable point, any open or exposed or weak or sensitive part of the body (in Nir. reckoned to be 107) RV. &c. &c
2. • the joint of a limb, any joint or articulation ib.
3. • the core of anything, the quick ib.
4. • any vital member or organ (cf. antar-m○)
5. • anything which requires to be kept concealed, secret quality, hidden meaning, any secret or mystery MBh. Kāv. &c

≫marma

1. marma in comp. for marman

⋙marmakīla

1. ○kīla m. a husband L.

⋙marmaga

1. ○ga mf(ā)n. going to the vitals, cutting to the quick, excessively poignant or painful MBh.

⋙marmaghāta

1. ○ghāta m. wounding the vitals ŚārṅgS.

⋙marmaghātin

1. ○ghātin mfn. = -cchid L.

⋙marmaghnī

1. ○ghnī -han

⋙marmacara

1. ○cara n. the heart L.

⋙marmacchid

1. ○cchid mfn. cutting through the joints or to the quick, wounding mortally Kām.

⋙marmaccheda

1. ○ccheda m. the act of cutting through the vitals or to the quick, causing intense suffering or pain Prab.

⋙marmacchedin

1. ○cchedin mfn. = -cchid Nāg.

⋙marmaja

1. ○ja n. blood L.

⋙marmajña

1. ○jña mfn. knowing weak or vulnerable points (lit. and fig.) MBh.
2. • (ifc.) having a deep insight into Rājat.
3. • exceedingly acute or clever Hit.

⋙marmajñāna

1. ○jñāna n. knowledge of a secret MW.

⋙marmatāḍana

1. ○tāḍana mf(ā)n. piercing or paining to the quick BhP.

⋙marmatra

1. ○tra n. 'vitals-protector', a coat of mail R.

⋙marmapāraga

1. ○pāra-ga mfn. (ifc.) one who has penetrated into the interior of any matter, thoroughly conversant with Naish.

⋙marmapīḍā

1. ○pīḍā f. pain in the inmost soul MW.

⋙marmabheda

1. ○bheda m. = -ccheda MārkP.
2. • hitting the mark L.

⋙marmabhedana

1. ○bhedana m. 'piercer of the vitals', an arrow L.

⋙marmabhedin

1. ○bhedin mfn. = -cchid (lit. and fig.) MBh. R. &c
2. • m. an arrow MBh.

⋙marmamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of or relating to the vitals, containing secrets Pañcat.

⋙marmarāja

1. ○rāja m. N. of a man Rājat.

⋙marmavid

1. ○vid mfn. = -jña Kathās. (cf. para-marma-jña)

⋙marmavidāraṇa

1. ○vidāraṇa mfn. tearing the vṭvitals, mortally wounding R.

⋙marmavibhedin

1. ○vibhedin mfn. = -bhedin ib.

⋙marmavegitā

1. ○vegitā prob. wṛ. for next

⋙marmaveditā

1. ○vedi-tā f. (fr. -vedin = -vid) knowing weak points or secrets Kām.

⋙marmavedhin

1. ○vedhin mfn. (○dhi-tā f.), a-marma-vedhitā. [Page 791, Column 3]

⋙marmavyathā

1. ○vyathā f. = -pīḍā Gīt.

⋙marmasaṃdhi

1. ○saṃdhi m. pl. joints and articulations Dhūrtas.

⋙marmasthala

1. ○sthala or n. a vital part, vulnerable place MW.

⋙marmasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. a vital part, vulnerable place MW.

⋙marmaspriś

1. ○spriś mfn. touching the vitals, very cutting or stinging (lit. and fig.) Caṇḍ. Kuval.

⋙marmahan

1. ○han mf(ghnī)n. striking the vṭvitals, very cutting (as speech) Hariv.

⋙marmātiga

1. marmâtiga mfn. piercing deeply into the joints or vitals, causing acute pain MBh.

⋙marmānveṣaṇa

1. marmânveṣaṇa n. the act of seeking out vulnerable points
2. • ○ṣin mfn. seeking out vitals points MW.

⋙marmābhighāta

1. marmâbhighāta m. = marmaghāta Bhpr.

⋙marmāvaraṇa

1. marmâvaraṇa n. = marma-tra
2. • -bhedin mfn. penetrating a coat of mail MBh.

⋙marmāvidh

1. marmā-vídh mfn. wounded in a vital spot AV.
2. • piercing through vulnerable places, very cutting Mcar. Bhaṭṭ.

≫marmāvin

1. marmāvin mfn. Pāṇ. 5-2, 122 Vārtt. 1 Pat.

≫marmika

1. marmika mfn. = marma-vid L.
2. • v. l. for mārmika Bhām.

marmara

1. marmara mfn. (onomat.) rustling (as leaves or garments), murmuring Kālid. Rājat.
2. • m. a rustling sound, murmur Ragh.
3. • a kind of garment L.
4. • (ā), f. coarse ground meal L.
5. • (ī), f. Pinus Deodora L.
6. • a partic. vein in the external ear Vāgbh. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [791, 3] Lat. murmurare ; Germ. murmeln ; Eng. murmur.]

⋙marmarapattramokṣa

1. ○pattra-mokṣa mfn. having leaves falling with a rustling sound Kum.

≫marmaraka

1. marmaraka mf(ikā)n. (only f. ikā with sirā) a partic. vein in the tip of the ear Suśr.

≫marmarāya

1. marmarāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to rustle, murmur Ragh. Sch.

≫marmarībhūta

1. marmarī-bhūta mfn. rustling, murmuring Ragh.

marmarīka

1. marmarīka m. (said to be fr. √mṛ) a low or wicked man Uṇ. iv, 20 Sch.

marmṛjenya

1. marmṛjénya mfn. (fr. Intens. of √mṛj) to be rubbed down or cleansed repeatedly (as a horse) RV. ii, 10, 1

marmṛtyu

1. marmṛtyu g. vanas-paty-ādi

marya

1. márya m. (prob. fr. √mṛ) a mortal, man, (esp.) young man, lover, suitor RV. VS. Br. (pl. people
2. • voc. often used as a kind of particle
3. • cf. VPrāt. ii, 16 and bhos)
4. • a stallion RV. vii, 56, 16 &c
5. • a camel L. (cf. maya)

⋙maryatas

1. ○tas ind. from or among men or suitors RV. x, 27, 1

⋙maryaśrī

1. ○śrī (márya-), mfn. adorned as a lover or suitor ib. ī. 10, 5

≫maryaka

1. maryaká m. a little man (a term applied to a bull among cows) RV. v, 2, 5

maryā

1. maryā f. (perhaps orig. something clear or shining
2. • cf. marīci and marut) a mark, limit, boundary L.

≫maryāda

1. maryā-da m. 'one who sets marks or limits', an arbiter, umpire (?) AV. v, 1, 8

≫maryādā

1. maryādā f. (doubtful whether fr. maryā + dā or maryā + āda [fr. ā + √dā]
2. • fancifully said to be fr. marya + ada, 'devouring young men' who are killed in defending boundaries) 'giving or containing clear marks or signs', a frontier, limit, boundary, border, bank, shore, mark, end, extreme point, goal (in space and time) RV. &c. &c. (ṣaṇ-māsmaryādayā, within six months VarBṛS.)
3. • the bounds or limits of morality and propriety, rule or custom, distinct law or definition Mn. MBh. &c
4. • a covenant, agreement, bond, contract MBh. Kāv. &c
5. • continuance in the right way, propriety of conduct Kāv. Pañcat.
6. • N. of a kind of ring used as an amulet AV. vi, 81, 2
7. • N. of the wife of Avācīna (daughter of a king of Vidarbha) MBh.
8. • of the wife of Devâtithi (daughter of a king of Videha) ib.

⋙maryādāgiri

1. ○giri and m. a mountain which serves as a frontier BhP.

⋙maryādācala

1. ○"ṣcala (○dâc○), m. a mountain which serves as a frontier BhP.

⋙maryādādhāvana

1. ○dhāvana n. running towards a mark TBr. Sch.

⋙maryādāparvata

1. ○parvata m. = -giri Hcat.
2. • -vat mfn. having a range of mountains for a frontier ib.

⋙maryādābandha

1. ○bandha m. keeping within limits Divyâv.

⋙maryādābhedaka

1. ○bhedaka m. a destroyer of landmarks Mn. ix, 291

⋙maryādāmaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting in (i.e. forming) limits or bounds Kād.

⋙maryādāvacana

1. ○vacana n. statement of the limit Pāṇ. 3-3, 136

⋙maryādāvyatikrama

1. ○vyatikrama m. overstepping bounds or limits Pañcat.

⋙maryādāsindhu

1. ○sindhu m. N. of wk

⋙maryādokti

1. maryādôkti f. = maryādā-vacana Pāṇ. 3-3, 136 Sch.

≫maryādin

1. maryādin mfn. having or keeping within bounds Vet.
2. • a neighbour, borderer Nir. iv, 2

≫maryādīkṛ

1. maryādī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to make anything an end or limit, reach or attain anything as an end Pāṇ. 5-2, 8 Sch. [Page 792, Column 1]

marv

1. marv (cf. √marb), c1. 1. P. marvati, to fill Dhātup. xv, 69
2. • to go, move Vop.: Caus. marvayati, to utter a partic. sound (v. l. for mārj) Dhātup. xxxii, 106

marśa

1. marśa m. (√1. mṛś) any substance used to excite sneezing, a sternutatory Bhpr. (cf. prati-marśa)
2. • counsel, advice W.

≫marśana

1. marśana n. touching (esp. a woman) MBh.
2. • inquiring into, examining (= mīmāṃsā) BhP.
3. • advising, counselling, deliberating W.
4. • explaining, explication MW.
5. • rubbing off, removing ib.

marṣa

1. marṣa m. (√mṛṣ) patience, endurance L. (cf. a- and dur-marṣa)

⋙marṣaṇa

1. marḍṣaṇa mfn. (ifc.) enduring, forgiving BhP.
2. • n. = prec. MBh. R.

⋙marṣaṇīya

1. marḍṣaṇīya mfn. to be forgiven or pardoned ib.
2. • deserving indulgence MBh.

⋙marṣita

1. marḍṣita mfn. borne, endured, forgiven, Bh. (-vat mfn. one who has borne or forgiven, patient, enduring) W.
2. • patient, content W. (cf. a-marṣita)
3. • m. patience W.

⋙marṣin

1. marḍṣin mfn. patient, forgiving, indulgent MBh. Kāv. &c

marṣīkā

1. marṣīkā f. a kind of metre, RPrat

mal

1. mal (cf. √mall), cl. 1. Ā. 10. P. malate, malayati, to hold, possess Dhātup. xiv, 22
2. • xxxv, 84 Vop.

≫mali

1. mali f. holding, having, possession W.

mala

1. mála n. (in later language also m
2. • prob. fr. √mlai) dirt, filth, dust, impurity (physical and moral) AV. &c. &c
3. • (in med.) any bodily excretion or secretion (esp. those of the Dhātus, q.v., described as phlegm from chyle, bile from the blood, nose mucus and ear wax from the flesh, perspiration from the fat, nails and hair from the bones, rheum of the eye from the brain
4. • cf. also the 12 impurities of the body enumerated in cf. Mn. v, 135) cf. Suśr. cf. Vāgbh. &c
5. • (with Śaivas), original sin, natural impurity cf. Sarvad
6. • camphor cf. L
7. • Os Sepiae cf. L
8. • m. the son of a Śūdra and a Mālukī cf. L
9. • (ā), f. Flacourtia Cataphracta cf. L
10. • n. tanned leather, a leathern or dirty garment (?) cf. RV. x, 136, 2
11. • a kind of brass or bell-metal cf. L
12. • the tip of a scorpion's tail cf. L. (v. l. ala)
13. • mfn. dirty, niggardly cf. L
14. • unbelieving, godless cf. L. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [792, 1] Lat. [m�alus] ; Lith. mólis, mélynas.]

⋙malakarṣaṇa

1. ○karṣaṇa mfn. removing dirt Cat.

⋙malakūṭa

1. ○kūṭa m. or n. (?) N. of a country Buddh. (cf. mālā-kuṭa)

⋙malakoṣṭhaka

1. ○koṣṭhaka m. N. of a man Rājat. (wṛ. -koṣṭaka
2. • cf. malla-koṣṭaka)

⋙malaga

1. ○gá m. (perhaps) a fuller, washerman AV.

⋙malagrahi

1. ○grahi mfn. Vop. xxvi, 48

⋙malaghna

1. ○ghna mfn. removing dirt, cleansing L.
2. • m. the √of Salmalia Malabarica L. (cf. -hantṛ)
3. • (ī), f. Artemisia Vulgaris or Alpinia Nutans L.

⋙malaja

1. ○ja mfn. arising from filth or dirt L.
2. • m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (cf. VP.) R. (cf. malaka, malada, malaya)
3. • n. purulent matter, pus L.

⋙malajñu

1. ○jñu mfn. having dirty knees MānGṛ.

⋙malatva

1. ○tva n. dirtiness, filthiness Ragh.

⋙maladāyaka

1. ○dāyaka mfn. casting a blemish upon any one Kād.

⋙maladigdhāṅga

1. ○digdhâṅga mfn. having the limbs defiled with dirt, having the body soiled with dust MBh.

⋙maladūṣita

1. ○dūṣita mfn. soiled with dirt, filthy L.

⋙maladrava

1. ○drava m. the impure fluid which becomes separated from the chyle and produces urine ŚārṅgS.

⋙maladrāvin

1. ○drāvin mfn. dissolving impurity L.
2. • n. the seed of Croton Tiglium L.

⋙maladhātrī

1. ○dhātrī f. a nurse who attends to a child's bodily necessities Buddh.

⋙maladhārin

1. ○dhārin m. a Jaina monk L.

⋙malapaṅka

1. ○paṅka m. or n. (?) dirt MBh.

⋙malapaṅkin

1. ○paṅkin mfn. covered with dust and mire MBh. MārkP.

⋙malapū

1. ○pū f. Ficus Oppositifolia Suśr. Bhpr. Car.
2. • = kṣīra and vidārī L.
3. • (prob. u), n. = śṛṅgī and nala L.

⋙malapṛṣṭha

1. ○pṛṣṭha n. 'dust-page', the outer or first page of a book (left unwritten because liable to be dirtied) MW.

⋙malabhuj

1. ○bhuj mfn. feeding on impurity L.
2. • m. a crow L.

⋙malabhedinī

1. ○bhedinī f. (prob.) Helleborus Niger L.

⋙malamallaka

1. ○mallaka n. a piece of cloth passing between the legs and covering the privities (= kaupīna) Daś.
2. • -śeṣa mfn. having nothing left but a small piece of clṭcloth to cover the passing MW.

⋙malamāsa

1. ○māsa m. an intercalary month, an intercalated 13th month (in which no religious ceremonies should be performed) Cat. &c
2. • -kathā f. -tattva n. -nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. (and ○ya-tantra-sāra, m.), -pūjā f. -māhātmya n. -vicāra m. N. of wks
3. • -vrata n. N. of a partic. ceremony Cat.
4. • of a ch. of the BhavP.
5. • -sāriṇī, f
6. • ○sâgha-marṣaṇī f. N. of wks

⋙malamūtraparityāga

1. ○mūtra-parityāga m. evacuation of feces and urine Subh.

⋙malarodha

1. ○rodha m. or constipation of the bowels L.

⋙malarodhana

1. ○rodhana n. constipation of the bowels L.

⋙malavat

1. ○vat mfn. dirty, filthy Mn. [Page 792, Column 2]
2. • (mála-vad) -vāsas mfn. wearing dirty or impure clothes MW.
3. • f. a menstruous woman TS. GṛS. &c. (cf. malôdvāsas)

⋙malavānara

1. ○vānara m. pl. N. of a people VP.

⋙malavārin

1. ○vārin m. a Jaina beggar L. (wṛ. for -dhārin ?)

⋙malavāhin

1. ○vāhin mfn. carrying filth or soil, bearing or containing dirt Hit.

⋙malavināśinī

1. ○vināśinī f. 'dirt-destroyer', Andropogon Aciculatus L.

⋙malaviśodhana

1. ○viśodhana mfn. cleansing away filth R.

⋙malaviṣṭambha

1. ○viṣṭambha m. constipation (of the feces) L.

⋙malavisarga

1. ○visarga m. (cf. MW.) or (cf. W.) the act of removing dirt, cleansing (of a temple)

⋙malavisarjana

1. ○visarjana n. (cf. W.) the act of removing dirt, cleansing (of a temple)
2. • evacuation of feces

⋙malavega

1. ○vega m. diarrhoea L.

⋙malavaiśamya

1. ○vaiśamya n. a kind of dysentery Gal. (correctly -vaiśadya)

⋙malaśuddhi

1. ○śuddhi f. clearing away of feculent matter, evacuation of the bowels MW.

⋙malasruti

1. ○sruti f. evacuation of the feces L.

⋙malahantṛ

1. ○hantṛ m. the bulbous √of the Salmalia Malabarica L. (cf. -ghna)

⋙malahā

1. ○hā f. N. of a daughter of Raudrāśva Hariv.

⋙malahāraka

1. ○hāraka mfn. taking away impurity, removing sin MW.
2. • a person who knows how to please an elephant L.

⋙malākarṣin

1. malâkarṣin m. 'dirt-remover', a sweeper, scavenger L.

⋙malāpakarṣaṇa

1. malâpakarṣaṇa n. the act of removing dirt or impurity, removal of sin L.

⋙malāpahā

1. malâpahā f. a partic. preparation L.
2. • N. of a river L.

⋙malābha

1. malâbha mfn. dirty-looking ŚārṅgS.

⋙malāyana

1. malâyana n. the path of the excretions, i.e. the rectum Car.

⋙malāri

1. malâri m. 'dirt-enemy', a kind of natron L.

⋙malāvarodha

1. malâvarodha m. obstruction of the feces MW.

⋙malāvaha

1. malâvaha mfn. bringing or causing defilement Mn. xi, 70

⋙malāśaya

1. malâśaya m. 'receptacle of feculent matter', the bowels ŚārṅgS.

⋙malotsarga

1. malôtsarga m. evacuation of the feces Siṃhâs.

⋙malodvāsas

1. malôdvāsás f. a woman who has put off her soiled clothes (after her impurity) ŚBr.

⋙malopahata

1. malôpahata mfn. soiled, dirty Śiś.

≫malaka

1. malaka m. pl. N. of a people MārkP.

≫malina

1. malina mfn. dirty, filthy, impure, soiled, tarnished (lit. and fig.) Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • of a dark colour, gray, dark gray, black Śiś. Rājat. &c
3. • m. a religious mendicant wearing dirty clothes (perhaps) a Pāśupata Vishṇ.
4. • N. of a son of Taṃsu VP. (v. l. anila)
5. • (ā Prâyaśc. or ī [L.]), f. a woman during menstruation
6. • n. a vile or bad action Pañcat. Bhartṛ. Viddh.
7. • buttermilk L.
8. • water L.
9. • borax L.

⋙malinatā

1. ○tā f. dirtiness, impurity Sāh.
2. • moral impṭimpurity, blackness, moral blackness MW.

⋙malinatva

1. ○tva n. blackness Cāṇ.
2. • moral blackness, wickedness Vās.

⋙malinaprabha

1. ○prabha mfn. whose light is obscured or clouded W.

⋙malinamanas

1. ○manas mfn. having a foul mind Prasaṅg.

⋙malinamukha

1. ○mukha (only L.), mfn. 'dirty-faced, dark-fṭfaced', vile, wicked
2. • cruel, fierce
3. • m. fire
4. • a kind of ape
5. • a departed spirit, ghost, apparition

⋙malinātman

1. malinâtman mfn. having a spotted nature (the moon) ŚārṅgP.
2. • impure-minded ŚārṅgP.

⋙malināmbu

1. malinâmbu n. 'black-fluid', ink L.

⋙malināsya

1. malinâsya mfn. 'dirty-faced, dark-faced', vulgar, low, wicked L.
2. • savage, cruel W.

≫malinaya

1. malinaya Nom. P. ○yati, to soil, make dirty, defile, tarnish (lit. and fig.) Ragh. Śak. Kuval.

≫malinita

1. malinita mfn. dirtied, soiled, defiled Bālar. Rājat.
2. • tainted, wicked W.

≫maliniman

1. maliniman m. dirtiness, impurity MW.
2. • blackness Vās. Śiś.
3. • vileness, wickedness Vās.

≫malinī

1. malinī in comp. for malina

⋙malinīkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. the act of soiling, staining
2. • an action which defiles, Prâyaśc

⋙malinīkaraṇīya

1. ○karaṇīya mfn. fitted to cause defilement Mn. xi, 125

⋙malinīkṛ

1. ○√kṛ P. -karoti, to make dirty, soil, stain (properly and fig.) Hariv. VP.
2. • to darken, make obscure Kathās.

⋙malinībhū

1. ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to become dirty Śak.
2. • to pass away, vanish Naish. Comm.

≫maliṣṭha

1. maliṣṭha mfn. excessively dirty, filthy
2. • (ā), f. a woman during menstruation L.

≫malīmasa

1. malīmasa mf(ā)n. dirty, impure, soiled (lit. and fig.)
2. • of a dark or dirty gray colour
3. Kāv. Hit. Kathās. &c
4. • m. (!) iron L.
5. • m. (!) or n. yellowish vitriol of iron L.

≫malīyas

1. malīyas mfn. excessively dirty, filthy W.
2. • very sinful, wicked ib.

malada

1. malada m. Phaseolus Radiatus L.
2. • pl. N. of a people MBh. VP. (cf. malaka, malaja, malaya)
3. • (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Raudrāśva Hariv. (v. l. malandā)

malana

1. malana m. a tent L.
2. • (ā), f. the long cucumber L.
3. • n. crushing, grinding L. (= mardana
4. • cf. pari-mala)

malaprāladeśa

1. malaprāla-deśa m. N. of a country (○śīya mfn. ) Cat.

malabāra

1. malabāra the country Malabar (also -deśa, m.) ib. [Page 792, Column 3]

malaya

1. malaya m. (cf. Uṇ. iv, 99) N. of a mountain range on the west of Malabar, the western Ghāts (abounding in sandal trees) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • of the country Malabar and (pl.) its inhabitants ib.
3. • of another country (= śailâṃśa-deśaḥ, or śailâṅgo d○) L.
4. • of an Upa-dviipa L.
5. • of a son of Garuḍa MBh. (B. mālaya)
6. • of a son of Ṛishabha BhP.
7. • of a poet Cat.
8. • a celestial grove (= nandana-vana) L.
9. • a garden L.
10. • (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.
11. • (ā), f. Ipomoea Turpethum L.
12. • N. of a woman Vās., Introd

⋙malayaketu

1. ○ketu m. N. of various princes Vcar. Mudr.

⋙malayagandhinī

1. ○gandhinī f. N. of a Vidyā-dharī Cat.
2. • of a companion of Umā L.

⋙malayagiri

1. ○giri m. the Malaya mountains Daś.
2. • another mountain Buddh.
3. • N. of an author Cat.

⋙malayaja

1. ○ja mfn. growing on the Malaya mṭmountains
2. • m. a sandal tree MBh.
3. • N. of a poet Cat.
4. • n. sandal Kāv. Suśr.
5. • N. of Rāhu L.
6. • -rajas n. the dust of sandal Bhartṛ.
7. • -rasa n. sandal water Vām.
8. • -jâlepa m. sandal unguent Śukas.

⋙malayadeśa

1. ○deśa m. the country of Malaya L.

⋙malayadruma

1. ○druma m. Malaya tree, a sandal tree Ragh.

⋙malayadvīpa

1. ○dvīpa n. N. of one of the 6 islands of Anudviipa L.

⋙malayadhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. N. of a king of the Pāṇḍyas MBh. BhP.
2. • of a son of Meru-dhvaja Kathās.
3. • -narapati m. a king of Malaya Mudr.

⋙malayaparvata

1. ○parvata m. the Malaya mountain Kathās.

⋙malayapura

1. ○pura n. N. of a town ib.

⋙malayaprabha

1. ○prabha m. N. of a king ib.

⋙malayabhūbhṛt

1. ○bhū-bhṛt m. = -parvata ib.

⋙malayabhūmi

1. ○bhūmi f. N. of a district in the Himâlaya L.

⋙malayamarut

1. ○marut m. wind (blowing) from Malaya (an odoriferous wind prevalent in Southern and Central India during the hot season) Amar.

⋙malayamālin

1. ○mālin m. N. of a man Kathās.

⋙malayarāja

1. ○rāja m. N. of a poet Cat.
2. • -stotra n. N. of a hymn

⋙malayaruha

1. ○ruha m. 'growing on the MṭMalaya mountain', a sandal tree Śiś.

⋙malayavatī

1. ○vatī f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs.
2. • of other women Kathās. Nāg.

⋙malayavāta

1. ○vāta m. = -marut Vikr.

⋙malayavāsinī

1. ○vāsinī f. 'dwelling on the MṭMalaya mountain', N. of Durgā Hariv.

⋙malayasamīra

1. ○samīra m. = -marut Gīt.

⋙malayasiṃha

1. ○siṃha m. N. of two princes Kathās.

⋙malayācala

1. malayâcala m. = ○ya-parvata ib.
2. • -khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of ch. of SkandaP.

⋙malayādri

1. malayâdri m. = ○yâcala
2. • -vāyu m. = next Kāv.

⋙malayānila

1. malayânila m. = ○ya-marut Ratnâv.

⋙malayāvatī

1. malayāvatī f. N. of a woman Cat. (cf. malaya-vatī)

⋙malayendu

1. malayêndu m. (with sūri) N. of an author Cat.

⋙malayodbhava

1. malayôdbhava n. sandal wood L. (cf. malaya-ja)

malayū

1. malayū f. Ficus Oppositifolia Bhpr. (cf. mala-pū)

malara

1. malara m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.

malavadeśa

1. malava-deśa m. N. of a country Cat.

malākā

1. malākā f. (only L.) a female messenger, confidante
2. • an amorous woman
3. • a female elephant

malika

1. malika m. (= ?) a king Cat.

malina

1. malina &c. col. 2

malimlu

1. malímlu or malimlú m. (prob. a mutilated form) a robber, thief AV. VS. MaitrS.

⋙malimlusenā

1. ○senā́ f. a band of robbers TS.

≫malimluc

1. malimluc m. (fr. Intens. of √mluc) 'one who goes about in the dark', a robber, thief MānŚr.
2. • a partic. demon ĀpŚr. (cf. deva-m○)

≫malimluca

1. malimlucá m. a thief, robber Rājat. (cf. Naigh. iii, 24)
2. • a demon, imp AV. PārGṛ.
3. • a gnat, mosquito L.
4. • a Brāhman who omits the 5 chief devotional acts L.
5. • an intercalated 13th month (introduced every 5th year to approximate the lunar and solar modes of computation
6. • cf. mala-māsa) ŚrS. Sūryas.
7. • fire L.
8. • wind L.
9. • frost or snow L.

⋙malimlucatattva

1. ○tattva n. N. of wk. (= mala-māsa-tattva)

maliha

1. malihá mfn. = malhá MaitrS.

maluka

1. maluka m. the belly L.
2. • a quadruped L.

maluda

1. maluda and maluma m. or n. (?) partic. high numbers Buddh.

malūka

1. malūka m. a kind of worm L.
2. • a bird L.

⋙malūkacandrikā

1. ○candrikā f. N. of wk

malmalābhavat

1. malmalā-bhávat mf(antī) n. flashing, glittering TS. MaitrS. (= jvalat Naigh. i, 17)

mall

1. mall (cf. √mal), cl. 1. Ā. mallate, to hold, have Dhātup. xiv, 23. [Page 793, Column 1]

≫malli

1. malli m. the act of having, holding, possessing W. (cf. mali)
2. • N. of the 19th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī L.
3. • f. (= mallikā) Jasminum Zambac (also ī) Prasannar.
4. • earthenware L.
5. • a seat L.

⋙malligandhi

1. ○gandhi mfn. smelling like Jasminum Zambac L.
2. • n. a kind of Agallochum L.

⋙mallinātha

1. ○nātha m. N. of a poet and celebrated commentator (also called Kolâcala or Peḍḍa Bhaṭṭa, father of Kumāra-svāmin and Viśvêśvara
2. • he lived probably in the 14th or 15th century and wrote commentaries on the Raghuvaṃśa, Kumāra-sambhava, Megha-dūta, Śiśupālavadha, Kirātârjunīya, Bhaṭṭi-kāvya, Naishadīya &c.)
3. • of two authors on medicine and grammar L.
4. • -caritra n. N. of wk

⋙mallipattra

1. ○pattra n. a mushroom or fungus L.

⋙mallibhūṣaṇadeva

1. ○bhūṣaṇa-deva and m. N. of two men Cat.

⋙malliṣeṇasūri

1. ○ṣeṇa-sūri m. N. of two men Cat.

malla

1. malla m. a wrestler or boxer by profession (the offspring of an out-caste Kshatriya by a Kshṭkshatriya female who was previously the wife of another out-caste Mn. x, 22 ; xii, 45), an athlete, a very strong man MBh. Hariv. Var. &c
2. • N. of a king called Nārāyaṇa Cat.
3. • of the 21st Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī. L.
4. • of an Asura ( mallâsura)
5. • of various men Rājat.
6. • a vessel, boiler Divyâv. (also ī f. L.)
7. • the remnant of an oblation L.
8. • a kind of fish (= kapālin) L.
9. • the cheek and temples L.
10. • pl. N. of a people MBh. Hariv. &c
11. • (ā), f. a woman L.
12. • N. of two women Rājat.
13. • ornamenting the person with coloured unguents (= pattra-vallī) L.
14. • Arabian jasmine (cf. mallikā) L.
15. • mfn. strong, robust L.
16. • good, excellent L.

⋙mallakūṭa

1. ○kūṭa m. or n. (?) N. of a village Hcar.

⋙mallakoṣṭa

1. ○koṣṭa or m. N. of a man Rājat. (perhaps wṛ. for -koṣṭha and ○ṭhaka)

⋙mallakoṣṭaka

1. ○koṣḍṭaka m. N. of a man Rājat. (perhaps wṛ. for -koṣṭha and ○ṭhaka)

⋙mallakrīḍā

1. ○krīḍā f. a wrestling or boxing match, athletic sports MW.

⋙mallaga

1. ○ga m. N. of a son of Dyuti-mat
2. • n. N. of a Varsha ruled by that prince VP.

⋙mallaghaṭī

1. ○ghaṭī f. a kind of pantomime Vikr.

⋙mallaja

1. ○ja n. black pepper L.

⋙mallatāla

1. ○tāla m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.

⋙mallatūrya

1. ○tūrya n. a kind of drum beaten during a wrestling match L.

⋙malladeva

1. ○deva m. N. of various men Cat. Inscr.

⋙malladvādaśī

1. ○dvādaśī f. N. of the 12th day in a partic. half month' Cat.
2. • -vrata n. N. of a partic. religious observance MW.

⋙mallanāga

1. ○nāga m. N. of Vātsyāyana, author of the Kāma-sūtra Vās. Cat.
2. • Indra's elephant L.
3. • a letter-carrier L.

⋙mallanātha

1. ○nātha m. N. of a man L.

⋙mallapura

1. ○pura n. N. of a city Cat.

⋙mallaprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m. N. of wk

⋙mallapriya

1. ○priya m. N. of Kṛishṇa Hariv.

⋙mallabandhāntara

1. ○bandhântara (prob.) n. a partic. posture with wrestlers MW.

⋙mallabhaṭītūrya

1. ○bhaṭī-tūrya n. = -tūrya (above) Bālar.

⋙mallabhaṭṭa

1. ○bhaṭṭa m. N. of two authors Naish. Comm. Cat.

⋙mallabhāvana

1. ○bhāvana m. N. of Kṛishṇa Hariv.

⋙mallabhū

1. ○bhū f. a wrestling ground L.
2. • the site of any conflict, a field of battle W.

⋙mallabhūmi

1. ○bhūmi f. a wrestling ground L.
2. • N. of a country R.

⋙mallamalla

1. ○malla m. N. of an author Cat.

⋙mallayātrā

1. ○yātrā f. a line or procession of wrestlers L.

⋙mallayuddha

1. ○yuddha n. 'a prize-fight', pugilistic encounter, wrestling or boxing match MBh.

⋙mallarāja

1. ○rāja m. a chief wrestler VP.
2. • N. of an author Cat.

⋙mallarāṣṭra

1. ○rāṣṭra n. N. of a kingdom MBh. (cf. VP.)

⋙mallavāstu

1. ○vāstu n. N. of a place Pāṇ. 4-2, 120 Sch. (cf. māllavāstava)

⋙mallavidyā

1. ○vidyā f. the art of wrestling MW.

⋙mallavena

1. ○vena m. N. of an author Cat.

⋙mallaveśa

1. ○veśa m. a wrestler's dress MW.

⋙mallaśālā

1. ○śālā f. a room for wrestling or boxing ib.

⋙mallaśilāyuddha

1. ○śilāyuddha n. a fight with stones between wrestlers Cat.

⋙mallādarśa

1. mallâdarśa m. N. of wk

⋙mallādi

1. mallâdi m. N. of Kṛishṇa Hariv. (v. l. ○lâri)

⋙mallāpura

1. mallā-pura n. = malla-pura (above)
2. • -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙mallāri

1. mallâri m. 'enemy of the Asura Malla', N. of Kṛishṇa Hariv. (v. l. ○lâdi)
2. • of Śiva RTL. 266, n. 1
3. • of two authors Cat.
4. • -kavaca n. -paddhatiṭīkā f. -pratiṣṭhā f. -bhujaṃga, m. -māhātmya n. -sahasra-nāman n. -hṛdaya, n
5. • ○ryaṣṭaka n. ○ry-aṣṭôttara-śataka n. ○ry-aṣṭot f. a kind of plant L.

⋙mallārjuna

1. mallârjuna m. N. of a king Rājat.

⋙mallāsura

1. mallâsura m. N. of an Asura RTL. 266

⋙mallāsomayājin

1. mallā-soma-yājin m. N. of an author Cat.

≫mallaka

1. mallaka m. a tooth L.
2. • a lamp-stand L.
3. • a lamp L.
4. • a vessel made out of a cocoa-nut shell L.
5. • any vessel, Divyáv
6. • a cup or leaf in which anything is wrapped MW.
7. • N. of a Brāhman Rājat.
8. • pl. N. of a people MārkP.
9. • (ikā), f. Jasminum Zambac (both the plant and the flower
10. • ifc. f. ikā) MBh. R. Hariv. &c
11. • an earthenware vessel of a peculiar form Mṛicch.
12. • a lamp-stand L.
13. • a lamp L.
14. • any vessel made out of a cocoa-nut shell L.
15. • a species of fish L.
16. • N. of two metres Col.

⋙mallakasampuṭa

1. ○sampuṭa m. or n. (prob.) a vessel consisting of two halves (a cup and a cover) Car. [Page 793, Column 2]

≫mallikā

1. mallikā f. of mallaka, in comp

⋙mallikākusumapriyā

1. ○kusumapriyā f. a kind of citron L.

⋙mallikākṣa

1. ○"ṣkṣa

⋙mallikākhya

1. ○"ṣkhya under mallika below

⋙mallikāgandha

1. ○gandha n. a kind of Agallochum L.

⋙mallikāchad

1. ○chad or n. a lamp-shade L.

⋙mallikāchadana

1. ○chadana n. a lamp-shade L.

⋙mallikāpīḍa

1. ○"ṣpīḍa (○kâp○), m. N. of a king Prasannar.

⋙mallikāpuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa m. Citrus Decumana or Wrightia Antidysenterica L.

⋙mallikāmāruta

1. ○māruta n. N. of a drama

⋙mallikāmoda

1. ○"ṣmoda (○kâm○), m. (in. music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.

⋙mallikārjuna

1. ○"ṣrjuna under mallika

mallaṭasūtraṭīkā

1. mallaṭa-sūtra-ṭīkā (?), f. N. of wk

mallayārya

1. mallayārya m. N. of an author Cat.

mallava

1. mallava m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (B. ballava)

mallānakagrāma

1. mallānaka-grāma m. N. of a village Cat.

mallāra

1. mallāra m. (in music) N. of a Rāga Saṃgīt.
2. • (ī), f. (cf. mallâri under malla) N. of a Rāgiṇī ib. (also ○rikā)

mallika

1. mallika m. a kind of goose with dark-coloured or brown legs and bill L.
2. • a shuttle L.
3. • the month Māgha L.
4. • (ikā), f. under mallaka

⋙mallikapūrva

1. ○pūrva mfn. preceded by the word mallika (e.g. mṭmonth-pṭpreceded arjuna = mallikârjuna) Cat.

⋙mallikākṣa

1. mallikâkṣa m. N. of a partic. breed of horses (with white spots on the eyes) MBh. Hariv.
2. • a white spot on the eye of a horse ( sa-m○)
3. • a kind of goose Suśr.
4. • (ī), f. a female dog (with white spots on the eyes) VarBṛS.

⋙mallikākhya

1. mallikâkhya m. a kind of goose Mālatīm. Uttarar.

⋙mallikārjuna

1. mallikârjuna m. a form of Śiva (n. N. of a Liṅga consecrated to Śiva on the Śrī-śaila) Vās.
2. • of an author Cat.
3. • of the Guru of Veṅkata ib.
4. • -śriṅga n. N. of a place Cat.
5. • ○nīya n. N. of a Stotra by Mallikârjuna

mallinī

1. mallinī f. Gaertnera Racemosa L.

mallivāra

1. mallivāra N. of a place Cat.

mallī

1. mallī under malla and malli

mallīkara

1. mallīkara m. a thief L.

mallu

1. mallu m. a bear L. (cf. bhalla)

mallūra

1. mallūra prob. wṛ. for maṇḍūra, q.v

malva

1. malvá mfn. unwise, foolish, silly AV. (cf. mālvya)

malha

1. malhá mf(ā́)n. having a dew-lap, dew-lapped (as a cow or goat) TS. ŚBr. KātyŚr.

malhaṇa

1. malhaṇa m. N. of a poet Cat.

⋙malhaṇastotra

1. ○stotra n. Malhaṇa's Stotra Cat.

≫malhaṇīya

1. malhaṇīya n. = malhaṇa-stotra Cat.

mav

1. mav (cf. √mavy. and mū), cl. 1. P. (cf. Dhātup. xv, 90) mavati, only pf. mevuḥ (v. l. nehuḥ) Bhaṭṭ.: Intens. mammavyate, māmavyate Vop.

≫mavita

1. mavita mfn. bound, strung, tied L.

mavara

1. mavara m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.

mavy

1. mavy (cf. √mav), cl. 1. P. (cf. Dhātup. xv, 1) mavyati (fut. mavyitā Pāṇ. 6-4, 49 Sch.), to bind

maś

1. maś (cf. √miś), cl. 1. P. maśati to hum, buzz, make a noise Dhātup. xvii, 75 (cf. Vop. also 'to be angry')

≫maśa

1. maśa m. a hum, humming L.
2. • anger L.
3. • a gnat, mosquito W.

⋙maśacchada

1. ○cchada m. Andropogon Serratus L.

⋙maśaharī

1. ○harī f. = maśaka-harī L.

≫maśaka

1. maśáka m. a mosquito, gnat, any fly that bites or stings AV. &c. &c
2. • a partic. skin disease (causing dark bean-like pustules or eruptions) VarBṛS. Suśr.
3. • a leather water-bag KātyŚr.
4. • N. of a preceptor with the patr. Gārgya (the composer of a Kalpa-sūtra) Lāṭy. (cf. IW. 176)
5. • N. of the district in Śāka-dviipa inhabited by Kshatriyas MBh.

⋙maśakakalpa

1. ○kalpa m. N. of wk

⋙maśakakuṭi

1. ○kuṭi or f. a whisk for driving a way mosquitoes L.

⋙maśakakuṭī

1. ○kuṭī f. a whisk for driving a way mosquitoes L.

⋙maśakajambhana

1. ○jámbhana mf(ī)n. driving away mosquitoes AV.

⋙maśakavaraṇa

1. ○varaṇa m. or n. (?) = -kuṭi L.

⋙maśakaharī

1. ○harī f. a bed-curtain for protection against mosquitoes L.

⋙maśakārtha

1. maśakârtha mfn. used for mosquitoes (○tho dhūmaḥ, smoke for driving off mosquitoes) MW.

⋙maśakāvatī

1. maśakā-vatī f. N. of a district or a river Pāṇ. 4-2, 85 Sch.

⋙maśakodumbara

1. maśakôdumbara m. du. or n. sg. a mṭmosquitoes and a fig-tree (often combined as connected with each other and yet very different) MBh. (cf. next). [Page 793, Column 3]

≫maśakin

1. maśakin m. 'swarming with mosquitoes', Ficus Glomerata L.

≫maśana

1. maśana n. a sound L.

≫maśāka

1. maśāka m. a bird L.

maśarśāra

1. maśarśāra m. N. of a man RV. i, 122, 15

maśuna

1. maśuna m. a dog L.

maśulabara

1. maśulabara N. of a place Cat.

maṣ

1. maṣ (prob. invented to serve as the source of the words below), cl. I. P. maṣati, to hurt, injure Dhātup. xvii, 41

≫maṣam

1. maṣam ind. (with Caus. of √1. kṛ) to grind to powder, pulverize ŚāṅkhGṛ. (v. l. ○ṣim)

≫maṣi

1. maṣi m. or f. (or ○ṣī, f
2. • below.) powder, (esp.) a black powder used to paint the eyes, soot, lampblack, ink Kāv. Var. Suśr. &c

⋙maṣikūpī

1. ○kūpī or f. an ink-bottle, ink-stand L.

⋙maṣighaṭī

1. ○ghaṭī f. an ink-bottle, ink-stand L.

⋙maṣijala

1. ○jala n. ink L.

⋙maṣidhāna

1. ○dhāna n. an ink-stand L.

⋙maṣipaṇya

1. ○paṇya m. a writer, clerk L.

⋙maṣipatha

1. ○patha m. 'ink-path', a pen L.

⋙maṣiprasū

1. ○prasū f. an ink-bottle L.
2. • a pen L.

⋙maṣimaṇi

1. ○maṇi m. an inkbottle L.

⋙maṣivardhana

1. ○vardhana n. myrrh L.

≫maṣī

1. maṣī (= maṣi), in comp

⋙maṣīkūrcaka

1. ○kūrcaka m. an ink-brush Viddh.

⋙maṣīguḍikā

1. ○guḍikā f. a globule or blot of ink Mṛicch.

⋙maṣījala

1. ○jala n. ink L.

⋙maṣīdhanī

1. ○dhanī f. an ink-stand L.

⋙maṣīpātra

1. ○pātra and n. id. Hcat.

⋙maṣībhāṇḍa

1. ○bhāṇḍa n. id. Hcat.

⋙maṣībhāvuka

1. ○bhāvuka mfn. becoming as black as ink Naish.

⋙maṣīmaya

1. ○maya mfn. consisting of lampblack, black as ink ib.

⋙maṣīlipta

1. ○lipta mfn. smeared with ink Kathās.

⋙maṣīvarṇa

1. ○varṇa mfn. ink-coloured MW.

≫maṣmaṣākṛ

1. maṣmaṣā́-√kṛ P. -karoti, to reduce to dust, grind to powder AV. (cf. masmasā́ and mṛsmṛsā)

≫maṣy

1. maṣy in comp. for [maS�I]

⋙maṣyabhāva

1. ○abhāva m. absence of ink (○vāt ind. from want of ink) Kathās.

⋙maṣyādhāra

1. ○ādhāra m. an ink-stand L.

maṣk

1. maṣk v. l. for √mask, q.v

maṣṇāra

1. maṣṇāra N. of a tract of country AitBr. BhP.

mas

1. mas (prob. an artificial root), cl. 4. P. masyati, to measure, mete (parimāṇe, v. l. pariṇāme) Dhātup. xxvi, 112

≫masa

1. masa m. measure, weight W.

≫masana

1. masana n. (only L.) meting, measuring
2. • hurting, injuring (cf. √maṣ)
3. • Vernonia Anthelmintica

≫masta

1. masta mfn. measured MW.
2. • n. (= mastaka) the head Dhūrtas.

⋙mastadāru

1. ○dāru n. Pinus Deodora Bhpr.

⋙mastamūlaka

1. ○mūlaka n. 'head-√', the neck L.

≫mastaka

1. mastaka m. n. (cf. Uṇ. iii, 148 Sch.) the head, skull Mn. MBh. &c
2. • the upper part of anything, top, summit (esp. of mountains or trees) ib. (○kam ind. = on the top of, upon, e.g. cullī-mastakam, upon the hearth Pañcat.)
3. • the tuft of leaves which grows at the top of various species of palm trees Suśr.
4. • N. of a partic. form of Siva Sarvad.

⋙mastakajvara

1. ○jvara m. 'head-fever', head-ache BhP.

⋙mastakapiṇḍaka

1. ○piṇḍaka m. n. a round protuberance on the temples of an elephant in rut MBh.

⋙mastakamūlaka

1. ○mūlaka n. = masta-m○ W.

⋙mastakaluṅga

1. ○luṅga m. or n. (?) the membrane of the brain L. (cf. mastuluṅga)

⋙mastakaśūla

1. ○śūla n. sharp or shooting pain in the head, head-ache Vet.

⋙mastakasneha

1. ○sneha m. 'head-marrow', the brain L.

⋙mastakākhya

1. mastakâkhya m. the top of a tree L.

⋙mastakodbhava

1. mastakôdbhava m. 'produced in the head', the brain L.

≫masti

1. masti f. meting, measuring, weighing L.

≫mastika

1. mastika n. = mastaka, the head L.

≫mastiṣka

1. mastíṣka m. n. the brain RV. &c. &c
2. • any medicine or substance acting upon the brain Suśr.

⋙mastiṣkatvac

1. ○tvac f. the membrane surrounding the brain MW.

≫mastu

1. mástu n. sour cream TS. &c. &c
2. • the watery part of curds, whey Suśr.

⋙mastuluṅga

1. ○luṅga or m. n. the brain Suśr. ŚārṅgS. (cf. mastaka-luṅga)

⋙mastuluṅgaka

1. ○luṅgaka m. n. the brain Suśr. ŚārṅgS. (cf. mastaka-luṅga)

⋙mastvāmikṣā

1. mastv-āmikṣā f. du. whey and curds MW.

mas

1. mas = mās in candrá-mas

masaka

1. masaka incorrectly for maśaka

masamasā

1. masamasā onomat., g. ūry-ādi

masarā

1. masarā f. a sort of lentil or pulse (= masūra) L.

masāra

1. masāra m. a sapphire or an emerald MBh. Hariv. (also ○raka L.)
2. • N. of a place Cat. [Page 794, Column 1]

⋙masāragalvarkamaya

1. ○galvarka-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of emerald (sapphire) and crystal MBh.

masi

1. masi and masī, incorrectly for maṣi and maṣī, q.v. (masī-√bhū, to become black Śiś. xx, 63
2. • cf. maṣī-bhāvuka)
3. • (ī), f. the stalk of the Nyctanthes Arbor Tristis L.

≫masika

1. masika m. a serpent's hole L.
2. • (ā), f. Nyctanthes Arbor Tristis L. (cf. prec
3. • v. l. malikā)

≫masina

1. masina mfn. well ground, finely pounded L.
2. • kinship through the right of presenting the Piṇḍa to a common progenitor (= sa-piṇḍaka) L.

masīnā

1. masīnā f. linseed, Linum Usitatissimum L.

masīra

1. masīra m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (v. l. samīra)

masura

1. masura m. a sort of lentil or pulse L.
2. • (ā), f. below

⋙masurakarṇa

1. ○karṇa m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi

≫masurā

1. masurā f. = masura L.
2. • a harlot, courtezan L.

≫masūra

1. masū́ra m. = masura VS. &c. &c
2. • a pillow L.
3. • (ā and [�I]), f. below

⋙masūrakarṇa

1. ○karṇa m. N. of a man (pl. his descendants), g. upakâdi

⋙masūravidala

1. ○vidala m. or n. (?) prob. 'a split lentil' Rājat. vi, 187
2. • (ā), f. Ipomoea Turpethum L.
3. • Ichnocarpus Frutescens L.

⋙masūrasaṃghārāma

1. ○saṃghârāma m. N. of a monastery Buddh.

⋙masūrākṣa

1. masūrâkṣa m. N. of a poet Cat.

⋙masūrābha

1. masūrâbha mf(ā)n. resembling a lentil L.

≫masūraka

1. masūraka m. = masura L.
2. • a kind of pillow Hcar.
3. • (ikā), f. lentil L.
4. • eruption of lentil-shaped pustules, smallpox Suśr.
5. • a mosquito-curtain L.
6. • a procuress L.
7. • n. a kind of ornament on Indra's banner L.

≫masūrā

1. masūrā f. = masurā L.

≫masūri

1. masūri f. hemorrhoids Gal.

≫masūrī

1. masūrī f. a kind of smallpox L.
2. • Ipomoea Turpethum L.

masurakṣita

1. masu-rakṣita (?), m. N. of a king Buddh.

masūsya

1. masū́sya n. a kind of grain growing in some northern country TBr. (cf. Sch.)

masṛṇa

1. masṛṇa mfn. soft, smooth, tender, mild, bland Kāv. Kathās. &c
2. • (ā, or ī), f. Linum Usitatissimum L.

⋙masṛṇatva

1. ○tva n. softness, mildness Vām.

⋙masṛṇavāṇī

1. ○vāṇī f. 'soft-spoken', having a soft or gentle voice Gīt.

≫masṛṇaya

1. masṛṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make soft or smooth Hcar.

≫masṛṇita

1. masṛṇita mfn. softened, smoothed Uttarar.

⋙masṛṇitaśila

1. ○śila mfn. (mountains) whose rocks are polished (by water) Prab.

mask

1. mask cl. 1. Ā. maskate, to go, move Dhātup. iv, 28 (cf. Vop. maṣk)

maskara

1. maskara m. a bamboo
2. • a hollow bamboo cane L.

≫maskarin

1. maskarin m. a religious mendicant, a Brāhman in the fourth order (who carries a bamboo cane) Kāv. Kathās.
2. • the moon L.
3. • N. of an author Cat.
4. • of another man Buddh.

≫maskarīya

1. maskarīya n. N. of wk

masta

1. masta and ○taka, masti &c. p. 793

masmasā

1. masmasā́ v. l. for maṣmaṣā́, q.v

masmā

1. masmā f. N. of two princesses Rājat.

mah

1. mah (orig. magh
2. • cf. also √maṃh), cl. 1. 10. P. (cf. Dhātup. xvii, 81
3. • xxxv, 15) mahati, maháyati (Ved. and ep. also Ā. mahate, ○háyate
4. • p. mahát, q.v
5. • pf. mamāha Gr
6. • māmahé
7. • Subj. māmahanta, māmahas cf. RV
8. • aor. amahīt Gr
9. • fut. mahitā, mahiṣyati cf. ib
10. • ind. p. mahitvā cf. MBh
11. • inf. mahe, and maháye, q.v.) to elate, gladden, exalt, arouse, excite cf. RV. cf. Br. cf. Kauś. cf. ChUp. cf. MBh
12. • to magnify, esteem highly, honour, revere cf. MBh. cf. Kāv. &c
13. • (Ā.) to rejoice, delight in (instr. or acc.) cf. RV. iii, 52, 6 ; vi, 15, 2
14. • to give, bestow cf. ib. i, 94, 6 ; 117, 17 ; v, 27, 1 &c. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [794, 1] Lat. magnus, mactus ; Old Germ. michel ; Eng. mickle, much.]

≫mah

1. máh mf(ī́ or = m.)n. great, strong, powerful mighty, abundant RV. VS.
2. • (with pitṛ or mātṛ) old, aged RV. i, 71, 5 ; v, 41, 15 &c
3. • (ī́), f. mahī́, p. 803, col. 2

≫maha

1. mahá mfn. great, mighty, strong, abundant RV.
2. • m. (cf. makha, magha) a feast, festival MBh.
3. • the festival of spring Śiś. Hariv. Var. [Page 794, Column 2]
4. • a partic. Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr.
5. • a sacrifice L.
6. • a buffalo L.
7. • light, lustre, brilliance L.
8. • (ā), f. a cow L.
9. • Ichnocarpus Frutescens L.
10. • n. pl. great deeds RV.

⋙mahaṃkāla

1. ○ṃ-kāla (?), m. = mahā-kāla Siṃhâs.

⋙mahatā

1. ○tā f. greatness, mightiness ChUp.

⋙mahada

1. ○da mfn. giving greatness (?) Daś. (in mahadâyudhāni, 'weapons giving greatness')

⋙mahadyuman

1. ○dyuman m. or n. (?) N. of a Tīrtha (others 'of the sun') MBh. i, 804

⋙mahareṇu

1. ○reṇu m. or n. (?) N. of a place Cat.

⋙mahavīrya

1. ○vīrya m. N. of a teacher ib.

⋙mahasena

1. ○sena m. N. of a prince Priy.
2. • -narêśvara m. N. of the father of the 8th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī L.

⋙mahasoṇa

1. ○soṇa (?), m. N. of a man Inscr.

≫maha

1. maha in comp. for mahā before ṛ and before r for ṛ

⋙mahaṛṣi

1. ○ṛṣí m. = -rṣi AV.

⋙mahartviktva

1. ○rtvik-tva n. (fr. next) the state or office of the great priest TBr.

⋙mahartvij

1. ○rtvij (mahá-) or m. 'great priest', N. of the 4 chief priests or Ṛitvij (viz. the Hotṛi, Udgātṛi, Adhvaryu and Brahman) Br. ŚrS.

⋙mahartvij

1. ○rtvíj m. 'great priest', N. of the 4 chief priests or Ṛitvij (viz. the Hotṛi, Udgātṛi, Adhvaryu and Brahman) Br. ŚrS.

⋙maharddhi

1. ○rddhi f. great prosperity or power or perfection (in -prâpta m. N. of a prince of the Garuḍas Buddh.
2. • -mat mfn. possessing or conferring great possessing &c. Cat.
3. • m. a great sage L.)
4. • mfn. very prosperous or powerful R. Kathās. (also ○dhika L., and ○dhin MBh.)
5. • very sage Rājat.

⋙maharṣabha

1. ○rṣabhá m. a great bull AV.

⋙maharṣi

1. ○rṣi m. a great Ṛishi, any great sage or saint (accord. to Mn. i, 34 ten Maharshis were created by Manu Svāyambhuva, viz. Marīci, Atri, Aṅgiras, Pulastya, Pulaha, Kratu, Pracetas, Vasishṭha, Bhṛigu, Nārada, also called the 10 Prajāpatis, q.v
2. • some restrict the number to 7, and some add Daksha, Dharma, Gautama, Kaṇva, Vālmīki, Vyāsa, Manu, Vibhāṇḍaka &c.) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 206, n. 1)
3. • N. of Śiva Śivag.
4. • of Buddha L.
5. • of a poet Cat.

≫mahaka

1. mahaka m. (only L.) an eminent man
2. • a tortoise
3. • N. of Vishṇu
4. • N. of a man (cf. māhaki)

≫mahac

1. mahac in comp. for mahat

⋙mahacchabda

1. ○chabda (śabda), the word mahat Kathās.

≫mahat

1. mahát mfn. (orig. pr. p. of √1. mah
2. • strong form, mahānt f. mahatī́
3. • in ep. often mahat for mahāntam
4. • ibc. mostly mahā, q.v.) great (in space, time, quantity or degree), i.e. large, big, huge, ample, extensive, long, abundant, numerous, considerable, important, high, eminent RV. &c. &c. (also ind. in mahad-√bhū, to become great or full said of the moon Śiś.)
5. • abounding on rich in (instr.) ChUp.
6. • (ifc.) distinguished by Śak.
7. • early (morning) ib.
8. • advanced (afternoon) MBh.
9. • violent (pain or emotion) ib.
10. • thick (as darkness), gross ib.
11. • loud (as noise) Lāṭy.
12. • many (people, with jana sg.) MBh. (with uktha n. a partic. Uktha of 720 verses
13. • with aukthya n. N. of a Sāman MBh.
14. • mahānti bhūtāni, the gross elements Mn. MBh.
15. • cf. mahābhūta)
16. • m. a great or noble man (opp. to nīca, alpa or dīna) Kāv. Kām. Pañcat.
17. • the leader of a sect or superior of a monastery RTL. 87, n. 1
18. • a camel L.
19. • N. of Rudra or of a partic. Rudra BhP.
20. • of a Dānava Hariv.
21. • (scil. gaṇa), a partic. class of deceased progenitors MārkP.
22. • of two princes VP.
23. • m. (rarely n. scil. tattva), 'the great principle', N. of Buddhi, 'Intellect', or the intellectual principle (according to the Sāṃkhya philosophy the second of the 23 principles produced from Prakṛiti and so called as the great source of Ahaṃkāra, 'self-consciousness', and Manas, 'the mind'
24. • cf. IW. 83, 91 &c.)
25. MaitrUp. Mn. Sāṃkhyak. MBh. &c
26. • (atī), f. the egg-plant Bhpr.
27. • the (7 or 100-stringed) lute of Nārada Śiś.
28. • (with dvādaśī), the 12th day in the light half of the month Bhādrapada Pur. Suśr.
29. • n. anything great or important ChUp.
30. • greatness, power, might ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ.
31. • dominion L.
32. • a great thing, important matter, the greater part ĀśvGṛ.
33. • advanced state or time (mahatí rātriyai or rātryai, in the middle of the night TS. Br.)
34. • sacred knowledge MBh.

⋙mahatkatha

1. ○katha mfn. talked about by the great, mentioned by them BhP.

⋙mahatkāṇḍa

1. ○kāṇḍá m. or n. (?) N. of a section of the Atharva-veda-saṃhitā AV.

⋙mahatkula

1. ○kula n. a distinguished or noble family Pañcad.

⋙mahatkṣetra

1. ○kṣetra mfn. occupying a wide district or territory L.

⋙mahattattva

1. ○tattva n. 'the great principle', Intellect ( above) BhP.

⋙mahattama

1. ○tama mfn. greatest or very great
2. • -pada mfn. holding a great or high position (said of a saint) Divyâv.

⋙mahattara

1. ○tara mfn. greater or very great or mighty or strong MBh. R. Kathās.
2. • m. the oldest, most respectable, chief, principal R. (ā f. Mṛicch.)
3. • the head or oldest man of a village L.
4. • a Śūdra (?) W.
5. • a courtier, chamberlain Kathās.
6. • N. of a son of Kaśyapa (or of Kāśyapa) MBh.
7. • (ī), f. N. of a form of the goddess Tārā Buddh.
8. • ○raka m. a courtier, chamberlain Kathās. [Page 794, Column 3]
9. • (ikā), f. a lady of the bedchamber Kād.

⋙mahattā

1. ○tā f. greatness, high rank or position Kathās.

⋙mahattva

1. ○tva n. id. Kāv. Var.
2. • great size or extent, magnitude MBh. Kāv. &c
3. • violence, intensity Suśr.
4. • moral greatness Kathās.
5. • -rahita mfn. deprived of majesty or greatness MW.

⋙mahatpati

1. ○pati m. 'great lord', N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ.

⋙mahatsena

1. ○sena m. N. of a prince VP.

⋙mahatsevā

1. ○sevā f. service of the great, homage (rendered) to great men MW.

⋙mahatsthāna

1. ○sthāna n. a high place, lofty position (v. l. mahā-sth○) ib.

≫mahad

1. mahad in comp. for mahat

⋙mahadabhikhya

1. ○abhikhya mfn. having a high-sounding name Daś.

⋙mahadāyudha

1. ○āyudha n. a great weapon ib.

⋙mahadāvāsa

1. ○āvāsa m. a great or roomy dwelling R.

⋙mahadāśā

1. ○āśā f. great expectation, high hope Daś.

⋙mahadāścaryam

1. ○āścaryam ind. very surprising W.

⋙mahadāśraya

1. ○āśraya mfn. dependent upon or attached to the great
2. • m. having recourse to the great W.

⋙mahadgata

1. ○gata mfn. great Divyâv. (cf. Pāli mahaggato)

⋙mahadguṇa

1. ○guṇa mfn. possessing the virtues of the great (-tva n.) BhP.

⋙mahadgaurava

1. ○gaurava n. high respect or reverence Pañcad.

⋙mahadbila

1. ○bila n. the atmosphere, ether (cf. mahā-b○) L.

⋙mahadbhaya

1. ○bhaya n. a great danger or emergency MBh.
2. • fear of great people MW.

⋙mahadbhū

1. ○bhū mfn. become great or full Ml. (mahad used adverbially)

⋙mahadbhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. id
2. • ○tâdhipati m. a partic. supernatural being ṢaḍvBr.

⋙mahadvat

1. ○vat mfn. connected with the word mahat AitBr.

⋙mahadvāruṇī

1. ○vāruṇī f. a species of plant L.

⋙mahadvyatikrama

1. ○vyatikrama m. a great transgression BhP.

≫mahan

1. mahán n. greatness, might, power, abundance (only instr. sg. mahnā́ and once pl. mahábhiḥ, which also = greatly, mightily, right heartily) RV.

≫mahanīya

1. mahanīya mfn. to be honoured, praiseworthy, illustrious, glorious Kāv.

⋙mahanīyakīrti

1. ○kīrti mfn. of illustrious fame Ragh.

⋙mahanīyamūrti

1. ○mūrti mfn. of a magnificent form or appearance, Śārṅgp

⋙mahanīyaśāsana

1. ○śāsana mfn. ruling a glorious empire Ragh.

≫mahanta

1. mahanta m. the superior of a monastery Inscr.

≫mahayāyya

1. mahayā́yya n. (fr. Caus.) enjoyment, merriment RV.

≫mahaye

1. maháye Ved. inf. for joy, for enjoyment RV.

≫mahayya

1. mahayya mfn. to be gladdened or delighted ChUp.

≫mahar

1. mahar ind. (for mahas) the fourth of the seven worlds which rise one above the other (supposed to be the abode of those saints who survive a destruction of the world Pur.
2. • Vedântas
3. • cf. IW. 55, n. 2)

⋙maharjagat

1. ○jagat n. (NādapUp.),

⋙maharloka

1. ○loka m. (cf. BhP.) id

≫mahartvij

1. mahartvij

⋙maharddhi

1. maharddhi &c. col. 2

≫mahas

1. máhas n. greatness, might, power, glory (instr. pl. greatly, mightily &c.) RV. AV. Br. Up.
2. • joy, gladness, pleasure VS. AV. TBr. (○ás ind. gladly, briskly, swiftly RV.)
3. • a festival or a festive hymn Pañcar.
4. • a sacrifice, oblation L.
5. • light, splendour, majesty
6. Inscr. Kāv. Kathās. BhP.
7. • the fourth of the seven worlds (written mahar
8. • above and cf. vyāhṛti)
9. • = udaka, water Naigh. i, 12
10. • N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.

⋙mahastva

1. ○tva n. greatness, mightiness Up.

⋙mahasvat

1. ○vat (máhas-), mfn. giving pleasure, gladdening RV. VS. TBr.
2. • great, mighty, glorious, splendid ChUp. BhP.
3. • N. of a king Pur.

⋙mahasvin

1. ○vin mfn. brilliant, splendid, glorious Kathās.

≫mahasa

1. mahasa n. knowledge L.
2. • kind, sort, manner L.

≫mahā

1. mahā́ in comp. for mahat (in RV. ii, 22, 1 and iii, 23 ; 49, 1 used for mahat as an independent word in acc. sg. mahā́m = mahāntam)

⋙mahākaṅkara

1. ○kaṅkara m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.

⋙mahākaccha

1. ○kaccha m. a high Cedrena Toona MBh.
2. • 'having vast shores', the sea L.
3. • Varuṇa, god of the sea L.
4. • a mountain L.

⋙mahākaṭitaṭaśroṇī

1. ○kaṭi-taṭa-śroṇī f. (a woman) having large hips and buttocks MW.

⋙mahākaṇṭakinī

1. ○kaṇṭakinī f. 'having large thorns', Cactus Indicus L.

⋙mahākathahacakra

1. ○"ṣkathaha-cakra (○hâk○), n. a partic. magical diagram Cat.

⋙mahākadambaka

1. ○kadambaka m. a species of large Kadamba L.

⋙mahākanda

1. ○kanda m. garlic, radish and other tuberous plants L.
2. • Hingtsha Repens
3. • n. dry ginger L.

⋙mahākanya

1. ○kanya m. N. of a man
2. • pl. of his descendants Pravar.

⋙mahākaparda

1. ○kaparda m. a species of shell MW.

⋙mahākapāla

1. ○kapāla m. 'large-headed', N. of a Rākshasa R.
2. • of one of the attendants of Śiva L.

⋙mahākapi

1. ○kapi m. 'great ape', N. of a king Hariv.
2. • of one of the attendants of Śiva L.
3. • of one of the 34 incarnations of Buddha Jātakam.

⋙mahākapittha

1. ○kapittha m. Aegle Marmelos L.
2. • red garlic A.

⋙mahākapilapañcarātra

1. ○kapila-pañca-rātra n. N. of wk

⋙mahākapota

1. ○kapota m. a species of serpent Suśr.

⋙mahākapola

1. ○kapola m. 'greatcheeked', N. of one of the attendants of Śiva L.

⋙mahākambu

1. ○kambu mfn. stark naked (said of Śiva) MBh.

⋙mahākara

1. ○kara m. a large hand W.
2. • a large revenue or rent MW.
3. • 'having great rays', N. of a Buddha Lalit.
4. • mfn. large-handed
5. • having a large revenue W. [Page 795, Column 1]

⋙mahākarañja

1. ○karañja m. Galedupa Piscidia Bhpr.

⋙mahākarabha

1. ○karabha m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.

⋙mahākarambha

1. ○karambha m. a partic. poisonous plant Suśr.

⋙mahākaruṇa

1. ○karuṇa mfn. very compassionate (-tā f.) Buddh. (ā), f. general compassionateness Lalit.
2. • -puṇḍarīka n. N. of a Sūtra Buddh.
3. • [○N�A-candri] m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Lalit.

⋙mahākarkāru

1. ○karkāru m. a species of plant Buddh.

⋙mahākarṇa

1. ○karṇa mfn. having large ears (said of Śiva) MBh.
2. • m. N. of a Nāga Hariv.
3. • (ī), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.

⋙mahākarṇi

1. ○karṇi m. N. of a man MBh.
2. • -kāra m. Cathartocarpus (Cassia) Fistula L.

⋙mahākarman

1. ○karman n. a great work AitBr.
2. • mfn. accomplishing great works (said of Śiva) MBh.

⋙mahākalā

1. ○kalā f. the night of the new moon Cat.

⋙mahākalopa

1. ○kalopa m. pl. N. of a Śākhā or school Caraṇ. (cf. -kālopa, -kāpola)

⋙mahākalpa

1. ○kalpa m. a great cycle of time MBh. Pur. Buddh.
2. • N. of Śiva MBh. (= divya-bhūṣaṇa Sch.)

⋙mahākalyāṇa

1. ○kalyāṇa n. a partic. drug Suśr. (cf. kalyāṇaka)

⋙mahākalyāṇaka

1. ○kalyāṇaka mfn. very excellent Suśr. Bhpr.

⋙mahākavi

1. ○kavi m. a great or classical poet Piṅg. Comm. (cf. -kāvya)
2. • N. of Śukra Cat.

⋙mahākātyāyana

1. ○kātyāyana m. N. of a disciple of Buddha Buddh.

⋙mahākānta

1. ○kānta m. 'very pleasing', N. of Śiva L.
2. • (ā), f. the earth L.

⋙mahākāpola

1. ○kāpola m. pl. a partic. school of the Sāma-veda, Āryav

⋙mahākāya

1. ○kāya mfn. large-bodied, of great stature, tall, bulky MBh. R. Pañcat. &c. (-tva n.)
2. • m. an elephant L.
3. • N. of Vishṇu DhyānabUp.
4. • of Śiva MBh.
5. • of a being attending on Śiva MBh.
6. • of a king of the Garuḍas Buddh.
7. • (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.
8. • -śiro-dhara mfn. having a large body and strong neck R.

⋙mahākāyika

1. ○kāyika m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ.

⋙mahākāra

1. ○"ṣkāra (○hâk○), mfn. 'large-formed', great, extensive Rājat.
2. • m. pl. N. of a country belonging to Madhya-deśa L.

⋙mahākāraṇa

1. ○kāraṇa n. first cause
2. • -prakaraṇa n. N. of wk

⋙mahākāruṇika

1. ○kāruṇika mfn. exceedingly compassionate Lalit.

⋙mahākārtayaśa

1. ○kārtayaśa n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.

⋙mahākārttikī

1. ○kārttikī f. the night of full moon in the month Kārttika (when the moon is in the constellation Rohiṇī) PadmaP. Hcat.

⋙mahākāla

1. ○kāla m. a form of Śiva in his character of destroyer (being then represented black and of terrific aspect) or a place sacred to that form of Śiva MBh. Kāv. &c
2. • N. of one of Śiva's attendants
3. MBh. Hariv. Kathās. &c. (-tva, n. Hariv.)
4. • of Vishṇu DhyānabUp.
5. • = viṣṇu-rūpâkhaṇḍa-daṇḍāyamāna-samaya (?) L.
6. • N. of a teacher Cat.
7. • of a species of cucumber, Trichosanthes Palmata Kāv.
8. • the mango tree (?) W.
9. • (with Jainas) one of the 9 treasures L.
10. • N. of a mythical mountain Kāraṇḍ.
11. • (ī), f. N. of Durgā in her terrific form MBh. Buddh.
12. • of one of Durgā's attendants W.
13. • (with Jainas) of one of the 16 Vidyā-deviis Hemac.
14. • of a goddess who executed the commands of the 5th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī ib.
15. • n. N. of a Liṅga in Ujjayinī Kathās.
16. • -kavaca n. -khaṇḍa m. n. (?), -tantra n. N. of wks
17. • -pura n. 'Mahā-kāla's city', Ujjayinī Inscr.
18. • -bhairava-tantre śarabha-kavaca n. -mata n. -yoga-śāstre khecarī-vidyā f. -rudrôdita-stotra n. -saṃhitā f. (and ○tā-kūṭa m. or n.), -sahasranāman n. -stotra, n
19. • ○lī-tantra n. ○lī-mata n. N. of wks
20. • ○lī-yantra n. N. of a partic. magical diagram MW.
21. • ○lī-sū7kta n. N. of wk
22. • ○lêśvara n. N. of a Liṅga at Ujjayinī Cat.

⋙mahākālaveya

1. ○kālaveya or m. pl. N. of a S10ākhā or school L.

⋙mahākāleta

1. ○kāleta m. pl. N. of a S10ākhā or school L.

⋙mahākāleya

1. ○kāleya n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.

⋙mahākālopa

1. ○kālopa m. pl. N. of a school (cf. -kalopa)

⋙mahākāvya

1. ○kāvya n. a great or classical poem (applied as a distinguishing title to 6 chief artificial poems, viz. the Raghu-vaṃśa, Kumārasambhava and Megha-dūta by Kālidāsa, the Śiśupāla-vadha by Māgha, the Kirātârjunīya by Bhāravi and the Naishadha-carita by Śrī-harsha
2. • accord. to some the Bhaṭṭi-kāvya is also a Māgha) Kāvyâd. Pratāp. (cf. IW. 452)

⋙mahākāśa

1. ○kāśa m. N. of a Varsha MBh.

[[]]

1. [mahAkAzabhairavakalpe
2. zarabhezvarakavaca]mahā́--"ṣkāśa-bhairava-kalpe śarabhêśvara-kavaca (○hâk○), n. N. of wk

⋙mahākāśī

1. ○kāśī f. N. of the tutelary goddess of the Mataṃga-jas Cat.

⋙mahākāśyapa

1. ○kāśyapa m. N. of a disciple of Buddha MWB. 193 ; 510

⋙mahākīṭaparvata

1. ○kīṭa-parvata m. N. of a mountain Buddh.

⋙mahākīrtana

1. ○kīrtana n. a house L.

⋙mahākīrti

1. ○kīrti mfn. high-renowned R.

⋙mahākuṇḍa

1. ○kuṇḍa m. N. of one of the attendants of Śiva L.
2. • of a man Vīrac.

⋙mahākumāra

1. ○kumāra m. an hereditary prince L.

⋙mahākumudā

1. ○kumudā f. Gmelina Arborea L.

⋙mahākumbhī

1. ○kumbhī f. a species of plant L.

⋙mahākula

1. ○kula n. a great or noble family MBh. Hit. &c
2. • (-kulá), mfn. being of a great or noble family, high-born RV. Kām. &c
3. • ○lôtpanna (cf. Sāy. Kathās.) or ○lôdbhava (cf. MW.), mfn. sprung from a great or noble family

⋙mahākulīna

1. ○kulīna mf(ā)n. = prec. Mn. MBh. Kāv. [Page 795, Column 2]
2. • -tā f. noble birth Pratāp.

⋙mahākuśa

1. ○kuśa m. N. of a Cakra-vartin Buddh.

⋙mahākuṣṭha

1. ○kuṣṭha n. 'severe cutaneous eruption', N. of 7 forms of cutṭcutaneous eruption Suśr.

⋙mahākusumikā

1. ○kusumikā f. Gmelina Arborea Bhpr.

⋙mahākuha

1. ○kuha m. a species of parasitical worm Bhpr. Car. (cf. -guha)

⋙mahākūpa

1. ○kūpa m. a deep well Cat.

⋙mahākūrma

1. ○kūrma m. N. of a king Hariv.

⋙mahākūla

1. ○kūla mf(ā)n. having high banks Nir.
2. • high-born (= -kula) L.

⋙mahākṛcchra

1. ○kṛcchra n. great penance (used as N. of Vishṇu) MBh.

⋙mahākṛtyāparimala

1. ○kṛtyā-parimala m. a kind of magical spell Cat.

⋙mahākṛṣṇa

1. ○kṛṣṇa m. 'very black', a species of serpent Suśr.

⋙mahāketu

1. ○ketu mfn. having a great banner (said of Siva)' MBh.

⋙mahākeśa

1. ○keśa mfn. having strong hair (said of Śiva) ib.

⋙mahākailāsadaṇḍaka

1. ○kailāsadaṇḍaka m. N. of wk

⋙mahākośa

1. ○kośa m. a large sheath R.
2. • mfn. having a large sheath MW.
3. • having a large scrotum (said of Śiva) MBh.
4. • (ī), f. N. of the tutelary goddess of the Mataṃga-jas Cat. (v. l. -kāśī)
5. • of a river Kum.
6. • -phalā f. a species of gourd L.

⋙mahākośātakī

1. ○kośātakī f. a kind of gourd Bhpr.

⋙mahākauṣītaka

1. ○kauṣītaka n. N. of a Vedic wk. GṛS. AV.Pariś

⋙mahākauṣītaki

1. ○kauṣītaki m. N. of a teacher
2. • -brāhmaṇa n. N. of a Brāhmaṇa L.

⋙mahākauṣṭhila

1. ○kauṣṭhila or m. N. of a disciple of Buddha Buddh.

⋙mahākauṣṭhilya

1. ○kauṣḍṭhilya m. N. of a disciple of Buddha Buddh.

⋙mahākratu

1. ○kratu m. a great sacrifice MBh. R. Ragh. (cf. -yajña)

⋙mahākrama

1. ○krama m. 'widestriding', N. of Vishṇu L.

⋙mahākrūrā

1. ○krūrā f. N. of a Yoginī Hcat.

⋙mahākrodha

1. ○krodha mfn. very inclined to wrath MBh.
2. • N. of Śiva RTL. 106, n. 1

⋙mahākṣa

1. ○"ṣkṣa (○hâkṣa), mfn. having great eyes (N. of Śiva) MBh.
2. • -paṭalika m. a chief keeper of archives Bālar.

⋙mahākṣatrapa

1. ○kṣatrapa m. a great satrap Inscr.

⋙mahākṣapaṇaka

1. ○kṣapaṇaka m. N. of an author Cat.

⋙mahākṣāra

1. ○kṣāra m. a kind of natron L.

⋙mahākṣīra

1. ○kṣīra m. sugarcane L.
2. • (ā), f. a female buffalo L.

⋙mahākṣobhya

1. ○kṣobhya (○hâk○), m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.

⋙mahākṣauhiṇī

1. ○"ṣkṣauhiṇī (○hâk○
2. • in alg.), f. id. (1 with twenty-four ciphers) L.

⋙mahākhaṇḍana

1. ○khaṇḍana m. N. of two wks

⋙mahākharva

1. ○kharva m. n. a high number, 10 billions (?) MW.

⋙mahākhallava

1. ○khallava or m. pl. N. of a school L.

⋙mahākhalvala

1. ○khalvala m. pl. N. of a school L.

⋙mahākhāta

1. ○khāta n. a deep ditch or moat Hcar.
2. • mfn. having a large ditch or moat Hit.

⋙mahākhyāta

1. ○khyāta mfn. greatly renowned Pañcar.

⋙mahāga

1. ○ga mfn. (?) great, prosperous W.

⋙mahāgaṅgā

1. ○gaṅgā f. 'the great Gaṅgā', N. of a river MBh.

⋙mahāgaja

1. ○gaja m. a great elephant BhP.
2. • one of the elephant that support the earth (cf. dik-karin) R.
3. • -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

⋙mahāgaṇa

1. ○gaṇá m. a great multitude, great assembly or crowd, great corporate body AV. MBh. Śāntik. Var.
2. • a partic. high number (1 with 14 ciphers) L.
3. • -pati m. 'great leader of (Śiva's) hosts', N. of Gaṇêśa or a form of Gaṇêśa
4. Yājñ. Hariv. (cf. RTL. 217)
5. • ○ti-kalpe pañca-triṃśatpīṭhikā f. ○ti-vidyā f. ○ti-sahasra-nāma-stotra n. ○ti-stava-rāja m. ○ti-stotra, n. N. of wks

⋙mahāgaṇeśa

1. ○gaṇêśa m. N. of Gaṇêśa Cat.
2. • -purāṇe gaṇêśagītā f. pl. N. of wk

⋙mahāgati

1. ○gati (prob.) f. a partic. high number Buddh. - 1

⋙mahāgada

1. ○gada (○hâg○), m. 'great remedy', a kind of drug Suśr. - 2

⋙mahāgada

1. ○gada m. great sickness Suśr. Car.
2. • fever L.
3. • a partic. sickness Car. - 3

⋙mahāgada

1. ○gada mfn. having a great club BhP.

⋙mahāgandha

1. ○gandha mf(ā)n. having a strong odour, very fragrant Hariv.
2. • m. Calamus Rotang L.
3. • Wrightia Antidysenterica L.
4. • (ā), f. Uraria Lagopodioides L.
5. • N. of a flower L.
6. • of Cāmuṇḍā L.
7. • n. a kind of sandal-wood L.
8. • myrrh L.
9. • -hastin m. N. of a very efficacious remedy Car.

⋙mahāgaya

1. ○gayá mfn. having a great household (said of Agni) RV. ix, 66, 20

⋙mahāgarta

1. ○garta m. N. of Śiva Śivag.

⋙mahāgarbha

1. ○garbha mfn. 'having a large womb' (or m. 'a large womb'), N. of Śiva MBh.
2. • m. N. of a Dānava Hariv.

⋙mahāgala

1. ○gala mfn. long-necked or thick-nṭnecked MBh.

⋙mahāgava

1. ○gava m. Bos Gavaeus L.

⋙mahāgastyasaṃhitā

1. ○"ṣgastya-saṃhitā (○hâg○), f. N. of wk

⋙mahāgiri

1. ○giri m. a great mountain Lāṭy. TĀr. R. Pur.
2. • N. of a Dānava Hariv.
3. • (with Jainas) of a Sthavira L.

⋙mahāgīta

1. ○gīta m. 'great singer', N. of Śiva MBh.

⋙mahāguṇa

1. ○guṇa m. a chief quality, cardinal virtue Kām.
2. • mfn. possessing great excellencies, distinguished, very meritorious MBh. Prab.
3. • very efficacious Suśr.
4. • m. N. of a teacher Buddh.
5. • -tva n. the possession of great properties or virtues Suśr.

⋙mahāguru

1. ○guru m. a very venerable person ĀśvGṛ. KālP. &c

⋙mahāgulmā

1. ○gulmā f. the Soma plant L.

⋙mahāguha

1. ○guha m. a species of parasitical worm, ŚārṅgS. (cf. -kuha)
2. • (ā), f. Hemionitis Cordifolia L.

⋙mahāgṛṣṭi

1. ○gṛṣṭi f. a cow with a large hump Pāṇ.

⋙mahāgṛha

1. ○gṛha n. a large house Mṛicch.

⋙mahāgodhūma

1. ○godhūma m. coarse-grained wheat Bhpr.

⋙mahāgaurī

1. ○gaurī f. one of the 9 forms of Durgā Cat.
2. • N. of a river MBh. MārkP.

⋙mahāgaurīvita

1. ○gaurīvita n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.

⋙mahāgni

1. ○"ṣgni (○hâg○), m

⋙mahāgnicayana

1. ○"ṣgni-cayana n. (and ○na-kārikā f. ○na-prayoga m. ○na-vyākhyā f. ○na-sūtra n.), [Page 795, Column 3]

⋙mahāgnisarvasva

1. ○"ṣgni-sarvasva n. N. of wks

⋙mahāgranthika

1. ○granthika mfn. (in med.) forming great knots Suśr.

⋙mahāgraha

1. ○graha m. 'the great planet', N. of Rāhu Hariv.
2. • of the planet Saturn L.

⋙mahāgrahāyaṇī

1. ○"ṣgrahāyaṇī (○hâgr○), f. N. of the 15th day of the first half of the month Āgrahāyaṇa L.

⋙mahāgrāma

1. ○grāmá m. a great multitude RV.
2. • a great village Rājat.
3. • N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon (said to be the ? of Ptolemy and the modern Māgama) L.
4. • pl. N. of a people R.

⋙mahāgrāha

1. ○grāha m. a great shark MBh.

⋙mahāgrīva

1. ○grīva mfn. long-necked (said of Śiva) MBh.
2. • m. a camel L.
3. • N. of one of Śiva's attendants Hariv.
4. • pl. N. of a people Var. MārkP.

⋙mahāgrīvin

1. ○grīvin m. 'long-necked', a camel L.

⋙mahāghaṭa

1. ○ghaṭa m. a great pitcher Cat. (accord. to others, a proper N. )

⋙mahāghaṇṭādhara

1. ○ghaṇṭā-dhara mf(ā)n. having a large bell R.

⋙mahāghasa

1. ○ghasa m. 'great eater', N. of one of Śiva's attendants L.

⋙mahāghāsa

1. ○ghāsa mfn. abounding with grass or fodder W.
2. • m. = mahato mahatyā vā ghāsaḥ Pāṇ. 6-3, 46 Vārtt. 1

⋙mahāghūrṇā

1. ○ghūrṇā f. spirituous liquor L.

⋙mahāghṛta

1. ○ghṛta n. ghee kept a long time (used for medicinal purposes) Suśr.

⋙mahāghoṇṭā

1. ○ghoṇṭā f. the big jujube L.

⋙mahāghora

1. ○ghora mfn. very terrible or formidable MBh. R. Kathās.
2. • m. N. of a hell L.

⋙mahāghoṣa

1. ○ghoṣa mf(ā)n. loud-sounding MBh.
2. • m. a loud noise L.
3. • (ā), f. Boswellia Thurifera L.
4. • = karkaṭa-śṛṅgī (or a kind of gall-nut) L.
5. • = śṛṅgī L.
6. • n. a market L.
7. • -svara-rāja m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh.
8. • ○ṣânugā f. N. of a Tantra deity ib.
9. • ○ṣêśvara m. N. of a king of the Yakshas ib.

⋙mahāṅga

1. ○"ṣṅga (○hâṅga), mfn. having a great body or limbs (said of Śiva) MBh.
2. • m. (only L.) a camel
3. • a kind of rat
4. • Asteracantha Longifolia
5. • Plumbago Zeylanica

⋙mahācakra

1. ○cakra n. a great wheel, a great discus RāmatUp. MBh.
2. • the mystic circle or assembly in the Śākta ceremonial RTL. 196
3. • m. 'having a great wheel or discus', N. of a Dānava Hariv. (v. l. -vaktra)
4. • -praveśajñāna-mudrā f. N. of a Mudrā (q.v.) Buddh.
5. • -vartin m. a great emperor or universal monarch (○ti-tā f. the rank of a great emperor) Kathās.
6. • -vāḍa or -vāla m. N. of a mythical mountain Buddh.

⋙mahācañcū

1. ○cañcū f. a species of culinary plant L.

⋙mahācaṇḍa

1. ○caṇḍa m. a very violent or passionate man W.
2. • N. of one of Yama's two servants L.
3. • of one of Śiva's attendants L.
4. • (ā), f. N. of Cāmuṇḍā L.
5. • (ī), f. N. of a female attendant of Durgā L.

⋙mahācaturaka

1. ○caturaka m. N. of a jackal Pañcat.

⋙mahācandra

1. ○candra m. N. of a man Divyâv.

⋙mahācapalā

1. ○capalā f. a kind of metre Col. Piṅg. Sch.

⋙mahācamasa

1. ○camasa m. N. of a man
2. • cf. māhācamasya

⋙mahācamū

1. ○camū f. a large army, a great battalion, in su-m○ MBh.

⋙mahācampā

1. ○campā f. N. of a country or kingdom Buddh.

⋙mahācaryā

1. ○caryā f. 'great course of life', the course of life of a Bodhi-sattva Kathās.

⋙mahācala

1. ○"ṣcala (○hâc○), m. a great mountain R. MārkP.
2. • (with Buddhists) one of the 7 lower regions Dharmas. 123

⋙mahācārī

1. ○cārī f. the speaking of the Nāndī (q.v.) L.

⋙mahācārya

1. ○"ṣcārya (○hâc○), m. 'the great teacher', N. of Śiva Śivag.
2. • (?) N. of an author Cat.

⋙mahācit

1. ○cit f. great intelligence (-tva n.) Up.

⋙mahācitta

1. ○citta g. sutaṃgamâdi
2. • (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras L.

⋙mahācitrapāṭala

1. ○citra-pāṭala a species of plant Buddh.

⋙mahācīna

1. ○cīna m. Great China
2. • pl. the inhabitants of that country Buddh. Cat.

⋙mahācunda

1. ○cunda m. N. of a Buddhist mendicant Buddh.

⋙mahācūḍā

1. ○cūḍā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.

⋙mahācūta

1. ○cūta m. a species of mango tree L.

⋙mahācaitanya

1. ○caitanya mfn. being the great intellect Up.

⋙mahāchada

1. ○chada m. Lipeocercis Serrata L.

⋙mahāchāya

1. ○chāya m. the Indian fig-tree L.

⋙mahāchidrā

1. ○chidrā f. a species of medicinal plant L. - 1

⋙mahāja

1. ○"ṣjá (○hâja), m. a large he-goat ŚBr. Yājñ. - 2

⋙mahāja

1. ○ja mfn. high-born, noble W.

⋙mahājaṅgha

1. ○jaṅgha m. 'great-legged', a camel L.

⋙mahājajñu

1. ○jajñu m. N. of a mythical teacher Baudh.

⋙mahājaṭa

1. ○jaṭa mfn. wearing a great braid or coil of matted hair (N. of Śiva) MBh.
2. • (ā), f. a species of plant L.

⋙mahājatru

1. ○jatru mfn. having a great collar-bone (N. of Śiva) MBh.

⋙mahājana

1. ○jana m. (sg
2. • rarely pl.) a great multitude of men, the populace (○ne ind. in the presence of a great number of men, in public) MBh. R. Kāv. &c
3. • a great or eminent man, great persons Pañcat.
4. • the chief or head of a trade or caste MW.
5. • a merchant (?) Pañcat.
6. • mfn. (a house) occupied by a great number of men MBh.

⋙mahājanīya

1. ○janīya mfn. = mahāñ jano yasya Pāṇ. Vārtt.

⋙mahājapa

1. ○japá m. a partic. personification MaitrS.

⋙mahājambu

1. ○jambu or f. a species of plant Bhpr.

⋙mahājambū

1. ○jamḍbū f. a species of plant Bhpr.

⋙mahājambha

1. ○jambha m. N. of one of Śiva's attendants L.

⋙mahājaya

1. ○jaya mfn. very victorious MW.
2. • m. N. of a Nāga MBh.
3. • (ā), f. N. of Durgā L.

⋙mahājava

1. ○java mf(ā)n. very impetuous, vṭvictorious swift, victorious fleet, very rapid MBh. R. BhP.
2. • m. an antelope L.
3. • (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh. (v. l. mano-javā)

⋙mahājātaka

1. ○jātaka n. 'the great Jātaka', N. of one of the best and most often recited Jātakas of the Buddha MWB. 113. [Page 796, Column 1]

⋙mahājāti

1. ○jāti f. Gaertnera Racemosa L.

⋙mahājātīya

1. ○jātīya mfn. moderately large Pāṇ. 6-3, 46
2. • of an excellent sort or species W.

⋙mahājānu

1. ○jānu m. 'large-kneed', N. of a Brāhman MBh.
2. • of one of Śiva's attendants L.

⋙mahājābāla

1. ○jābāla m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 6-2, 38

⋙mahājālini

1. ○jālini (m. c. for ○nī), f. a species of plant Car.

⋙mahājālī

1. ○jālī f. (only L.) a species of Ghoshā with yellowish flowers
2. • a species of Kośātakī with red flowers
3. • a species of creeper
4. • a kind of factitious salt

⋙mahājihva

1. ○jihva mfn. long-tongued (said of Śiva) MBh.
2. • m. N. of a Daitya Hariv.

⋙mahājñānagītā

1. ○jñāna-gītā f. N. of a Tantra deity Buddh.

⋙mahājñānayutā

1. ○jñāna-yutā f. N. of the goddess Manasā Cat.

⋙mahājñānin

1. ○jñānin m. 'knowing much', N. of Śiva Śivag.
2. • a great soothsayer Kathās.

⋙mahājyaiṣṭhī

1. ○jyaiṣṭhī f. N. of a night of full moon coinciding with certain phenomena in the heavens in the month Jyaishṭha Tithyād.

⋙mahājyotis

1. ○jyotis m. 'having great splendour', N. of Śiva Śivag.
2. • ○tiṣ-matī f. a species of plant L.

⋙mahājvara

1. ○jvara m. great affliction Kathās.
2. • ○râṅkuśa m. a mixture used as a remedy for fever Bhpr. Rasêndrac.

⋙mahājvāla

1. ○jvāla mfn. blazing greatly (said of Śiva) MBh.
2. • m. a sacrificial fire L.
3. • N. of a hell VP.
4. • (ā), f. a large flame L.

⋙mahājhaṣa

1. ○jhaṣa m. a big or strong fish L.

⋙mahāñjana

1. ○"ṣñjana (○hâñj○), m. N. of a mountain R.

⋙mahāñji

1. ○"ṣñji (○hâñji), mfn. having broad spots VS.

⋙mahāṭavi

1. ○"ṣṭavi (○hâṭ○), m. pl. N. of a people VarBṛS.
2. • (ī), f. a great forest Daś.

⋙mahāḍakara

1. ○ḍakara (?), m. N. of a commentator Cat.

⋙mahāḍīna

1. ○ḍīna n. a kind of flight MBh.

⋙mahāḍhya

1. ○"ṣḍhya (○hâḍh○), mfn. very rich Kathās.
2. • m. Nauclea Cadamba L.

⋙mahāṇagnī

1. ○ṇagnī (!), f. -nagná

⋙mahātattva

1. ○tattva n. 'the great principle', Intellect (second of the Sāṃkhya Tattvas
2. • mahat)
3. • (ā), f. N. of one of Durgā's attendants W.

⋙mahātantra

1. ○tantra n. N. of a Śaiva wk
2. • -rāja m. brahmajñāna-m○

⋙mahātapa

1. ○tapa (m. c.), mfn. = -tapas Hariv.

⋙mahātapana

1. ○tapana m. 'greatly burning', N. of a hell Buddh.

⋙mahātapas

1. ○tapas mfn. very afflicted MBh.
2. • practising severe penance or great religious austerities Mn. MBh. R.
3. • m. a great ascetic MW.
4. • N. of Vishṇu L.
5. • of Śiva RTL. 83
6. • of a Muni Hit. Kathās.
7. • ○paḥsaptamī f. 'the 7th (day in a partic. half month) of severe penance', a partic. festival Cat.

⋙mahātapasvin

1. ○tapasvin mfn. greatly afflicted, = -tapas MBh.

⋙mahātamas

1. ○tamas n. 'gross (spiritual) darkness', N. of one of the 5 degrees of A-vidyā BhP.
2. • ○maḥ-prabhā f. 'having thick darkness for light', N. of the lowermost of the 21 hells L.

⋙mahātaru

1. ○taru m. 'great tree', Tithymalus Antiquorum L.
2. • Euphorbia of various kinds W.

⋙mahātala

1. ○tala n. N. of the 6th of the 7 lower worlds or regions under the earth inhabited by the Nāgas &c. ( pātāla) ĀruṇUp. Pur. &c. (cf. IW. 431, n. 1)

⋙mahātāpaścita

1. ○tāpaścita n. N. of a Sattra ŚrS.

⋙mahātārā

1. ○tārā f. N. of a Buddhist goddess L.

⋙mahātālī

1. ○tālī f. a species of creeping plant (wṛ. for -jālī) L.

⋙mahātāleśvara

1. ○tālêśvara m. a partic. drug L.

⋙mahātikta

1. ○tikta mfn. very bitter
2. • with sarpis n. a partic. drug Car.
3. • m. Melia Sempervirens L.
4. • (ā), f. Clypea Hernandifolia L.
5. • = yavatiktā L.

⋙mahātiktaka

1. ○tiktaka mfn. extremely bitter
2. • (with sarpis), n. a partic. drug Suśr.

⋙mahātiṭibha

1. ○tiṭibha m. or n. (?) N. of a partic. high number Buddh.

⋙mahātithi

1. ○tithi f. the great lunar day, the 6th day of a lunation MBh.

⋙mahātīkṣṇa

1. ○tīkṣṇa mfn. exceedingly sharp (said of weapons, of perception &c.)
2. • very pungent (said of flavours) W.
3. • (ā), f. the marking-nut plant L.

⋙mahātuṣita

1. ○tuṣita m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ. MBh.

⋙mahātuṣṭijñānamudrā

1. ○tuṣṭi-jñānamudrā f. N. of a Mudrā (q.v.) Buddh.

⋙mahāteja

1. ○teja mfn. (m. c.) = next, mfn. BhP.

⋙mahātejas

1. ○tejas mfn. of great splendour, full of fire, of great majesty (said of gods and men) Mn. MBh. R.
2. • m. a hero, demigod W.
3. • fire L.
4. • N. of Skanda L.
5. • of Su-brahmaṇya L.
6. • of a warrior Cat.
7. • of a king of the Garuḍas Buddh.
8. • n. quicksilver L.
9. • ○jo-garbha m. a kind of meditation Buddh.

⋙mahātaila

1. ○taila n. any valuable or precious oil, (or perhaps) N. of a partic. kind of oil Kathās.

⋙mahātodya

1. ○"ṣtodya (○hât○), n. a great drum Kathās.

⋙mahātman

1. ○"ṣtman (○hât○), mfn. 'high-souled', magnanimous, having a great or noble nature, high-minded, noble Mn. MBh. R. &c
2. • highly gifted, exceedingly wise Pañcat.
3. • eminent, mighty, powerful, distinguished MBh. R. Pañcat. Suśr.
4. • m. the Supreme Spirit, great soul of the universe MaitrUp. Mn.
5. • the great principle i.e. Intellect BhP.
6. • (scil. gaṇa), N. of a class of deceased ancestors MārkP.
7. • of a son of Dhī-mat VP.
8. • ○ma-vat mfn. 'high-souled', highly gifted, very wise Kām.
9. • ○tmya mfn. magnanimous MW.
10. • n. wṛ. for māhātmya (q.v.) PadmaP. Daś.

⋙mahātyaya

1. ○tyaya (○hât○), m. any great evil or harm or pain MBh.
2. • mfn. causing great evil, very pernicious ib.
3. • (with jvara m. used by Suśr.) = mahā-kaṣṭa, gambhīra or cāturthika Bhpr. [Page 796, Column 2]
4. • -tyayika mfn. connected with any great immediate evil or danger Car.

⋙mahātyāga

1. ○tyāga m. great liberality or generosity (in ○ga-maya below)
2. • mfn. extremely liberal or generous (○ga-citta mfn. of extṭextremely liberal mind) Lalit.
3. • m. N. of a man Buddh.
4. • -maya mfn. consisting of great liberality Kathās.

⋙mahātyāgin

1. ○tyāgin mfn. extremely liberal or generous (said of Śiva) Śivag.

⋙mahātrikakud

1. ○trikakud or m. N. of a Stoma ŚrS.

⋙mahātrikakubh

1. ○trikaḍkubh m. N. of a Stoma ŚrS.

⋙mahātripurasundarīkavaca

1. ○tripura-sundarī-kavaca n. N. of a kind of magical spell Cat.

[[]]

1. mahātripurasundarītāpanīyopaniṣad3mahā́--tripura-sundarī-tāpanīyôpaniṣad and f. N. of two Upanishads

[[]]

1. mahātripurasundarītāpanīyopaniṣadaryuttaratāpanī3mahā́--tripura-sundarī-tāpanīyôpaniṣaḍdary-uttara-tāpanī f. N. of two Upanishads

[[]]

1. mahātripurasundarīmantranāmasahasra3mahā́--tripura-sundarī-mantra-nāma-sahasra n. N. of a ch. of the Vāmakêśvara-tantra

⋙mahātriśūla

1. ○triśūla n. a great trident Rājat.

⋙mahādaṃṣṭra

1. ○daṃṣṭra mfn. having great tusks or fangs MBh. R.
2. • m. a species of big tiger L.
3. • N. of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās.
4. • of a man ib.

⋙mahādaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa m. a long staff
2. • (accord. to Sch.) a long arm Prab.
3. • severe punishment MBh.
4. • mfn. carrying a long staff
5. • N. of a servant or officer of Yama L.
6. • -dhara mf(ā)n. (a ship) carrying a great mast R.

⋙mahādanta

1. ○danta m. the tusk of an elephant L.
2. • (mahā́-), mfn. having large teeth or tusks MBh. (said of Śiva) Suparṇ.
3. • m. an elephant with long tusks W.

⋙mahādamatra

1. ○damatra m. N. of a teacher ŚāṅkhGṛ. AV.Pariś

⋙mahādambha

1. ○dambha mfn. practising great deceit (said of Śiva) Śivag.

⋙mahādaridra

1. ○daridra mfn. extremely poor Pañcar.

⋙mahādaśā

1. ○daśā f. the influence of a predominant planet MW.

⋙mahādāna

1. ○dāna n. 'great gift', N. of certain valuable gifts (16 are enumerated) Pañcar. Cat.
2. • mfn. accompanied by valṭvaluable gifts (said of a sacrifice) Hariv.
3. • -nirṇaya m. N. of wk
4. • -pati m. a very liberal man Lalit.
5. • -paddhati f. -prayoga-paddhati f. -vākyâvalī f. ○nânukramaṇikā f. N. of wks

⋙mahādāru

1. ○dāru n. Pinus Deodora ŚārṅgS.

⋙mahādikaṭabhī

1. ○"ṣdi-kaṭabhī (○hâd○), f. a species of Achyranthes L. (v. l. mahâlik○)

⋙mahādivākīrtya

1. ○divākīrtya n. N. of a Sāman Br. ŚrS.

⋙mahādiś

1. ○diś f. a chief quarter of the world (east, south, west, north) ĀpŚr. Comm.

⋙mahādīpadānavidhi

1. ○dīpa-dāna-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙mahāduḥkha

1. ○duḥkha n. a great pain or evil Subh.

⋙mahādundu

1. ○dundu m. a great military drum L.

⋙mahādurga

1. ○durga mfn. very difficult to be crossed MW.
2. • n. a great calamity or danger Pañcat.

⋙mahādūta

1. ○dūta m. or n. (?) N. of a Buddhist Sūtra wk

⋙mahādūṣaka

1. ○dūṣaka m. a species of grain Suśr.

⋙mahādṛti

1. ○dṛti m. a great leather bag or pouch MBh.

⋙mahādeva

1. ○devá m. 'the great deity', N. of Rudra or Śiva or one of his attendant deities AV. &c. &c
2. • of one of the 8 forms of Rudra or Śiva Pur.
3. • of Vishṇu MBh. Hariv. RāmatUp.
4. • of various authors &c. Cat. (also dīkṣita-m○, dvi-vedi-m○
5. • below.)
6. • of a mountain Vās., Introd
7. • (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Devaka VP. (wṛ. for saha-devā)
8. • (ī), f. N. of Śiva's wife Pārvatī MBh. Hariv. &c. (R.TL. 186)
9. • of Lakshmī MBh. R.
10. • of Dākshāyaṇī in the Śālagrāma Cat.
11. • the chief wife of a king MBh. Kathās. &c. (○vii-tva n. the rank of chief wife Kathās.)
12. • a kind of colocynth L.
13. • N. of various women Vet. Cat.
14. • of sev. wks
15. • n. N. of a Tantra Cat. Āryav. (cf. śiva-tantra)
16. • kavii7śâcārya-sarasvatī m. N. of an author Cat.
17. • -kṛtyā f. a wrong act committed against Śiva MBh.
18. • -giri m. N. of a mountain Kathās.
19. • gṛ́ha n. a temple of Śiva Cat.
20. • -josī m. N. of an author Cat.
21. • -tantra n. the Mahā-deva Tantra Cat. ( above)
22. • -tīrtha m. N. of a teacher Cat.
23. • -tva n. the state or dignity of 'the great deity' Up.
24. • -dīkṣita m. -daiva-jña m. -dvi-vedin m. -paṇḍita, m. -puṇya-stambha-kara or -puṇatāma-kara (?), m. N. of authors Cat.
25. • -pura n. N. of a city Buddh.
26. • -bhaṭṭa and -bhaṭṭa-dina-kara m. N. of learned men Cat.
27. • -maṇi m. a species of medicinal plant L.
28. • -vājapeyin m. -vādī7ndra m. -vid m. -vidyā-vāg-īśa, m. -vedânta-vāg-īśa m. -vedântin m. -śarman m. -śāstrin m. -sarasvatī m. (and ○tī-vedântin, m.), -sarva-jñavādī7ndra m. N. of learned men Cat.
29. • -sahasranāman n. N. of wk
30. • -sahasra-nāma-stotra and -stotra n. N. of Stotras
31. • -hata mfn. slain by Rudra ĀpŚr.
32. • -hārivaṃśa m. ○vânanda m. ○vâśrama m. N. of authors Cat., ○vâṣṭôttara-śata-nāman n. N. of wk
33. • ○vâhata mfn. hit by Mahā-deva MaitrS.
34. • ○vêndra-sarasvatī m. N. of an author Cat.

⋙mahādevīya

1. ○devīya mfn. composed by Mahā-deva Cat.
2. • n. N. of wk

⋙mahādeha

1. ○deha mfn. having a great body Bhpr.

⋙mahādaitya

1. ○daitya m. 'the great Daitya', N. of a Daitya GāruḍaP.
2. • of the grandfather of the second Candra-gupta Inscr.

⋙mahādairghatamasa

1. ○dairghatamasa n. N. of a Sāman L.

⋙mahādbhuta

1. ○ḍdbhuta (○hâd○), mfn. very wonderful MBh.
2. • n. a great marvel AV.Pariś
3. • N. of the 72nd Pariśishṭa of the AV.

⋙mahādyuti

1. ○dyuti mfn. of great splendour, very bright or glorious Mn. MBh. R. [Page 796, Column 3]
2. • -kará m. N. of the sun TĀr.

⋙mahādyotā

1. ○dyotā f. N. of a Tantra goddess Buddh.

⋙mahādrāvaka

1. ○drāvaka m. a kind of drug L.

⋙mahādruma

1. ○druma m. a great tree MBh. Hariv. &c
2. • Ficus Religiosa L.
3. • N. of a son of Bhavya Pur.
4. • n. N. of the Varsha ruled by him VP.

⋙mahādroṇā

1. ○droṇā or f. a species of plant L.

⋙mahādroṇī

1. ○droḍṇī f. a species of plant L.

⋙mahādvandva

1. ○dvandva m. = -dundu (q.v.) L.

⋙mahādvādaśīvicāra

1. ○dvādaśī-vicāra m. N. of wk

⋙mahādvāra

1. ○dvāra m. n. a principal door or gate Hariv.
2. • (ā), f. (a woman) having a large vagina Suśr.

⋙mahādhana

1. ○dhaná n. great spoil or booty (taken in battle) RV.
2. • a great contest, great battle ib. Naigh.
3. • great wealth or riches Var. Kathās.
4. • agriculture L.
5. • mf(ā)n. costing much money, very costly or precious or valuable MBh. Hariv. R. Cāṇ.
6. • having much money, rich, wealthy R. Pañcat. Hit. &c
7. • m. N. of a merchant Kathās. Vet.
8. • n. anything costly or precious W.
9. • gold L.
10. • incense L.
11. • costly raiment L.
12. • -pati m. a very rich man Kathās.

⋙mahādhanika

1. ○dhanika mfn. excessively rich VarBṛS. Sch.

⋙mahādhanus

1. ○dhanus mfn. having a great bow (Śiva) Śivag.
2. • ○nur-dhara m. (cf. MaitrUp.) or ○nuṣ-mat m. (cf. MBh.) a great archer

⋙mahādharma

1. ○dharma m. N. of a prince of the Kiṃ-naras Buddh.

⋙mahādhavalapurāṇa

1. ○dhavala-purāṇa n. N. of wk

⋙mahādhātu

1. ○dhātu m. 'great metal or element', gold L.
2. • lymph L.
3. • N. of Śiva MBh. (= meru-parvata Nīlak.)

⋙mahādhipati

1. ○"ṣdhipati (○hâdh○), f. N. of a Tantra deity Buddh.

⋙mahādhī

1. ○dhī mfn. having a great understanding Śiś. Śrutab.

⋙mahādhur

1. ○dhur m. = mahān dhūḥ sadṛśaḥ pravāhaḥ MBh. (cf. Nīlak.)

⋙mahādhura

1. ○dhura m. Pāṇ. 5-4, 74 Sch.

⋙mahādhurya

1. ○dhurya m. a full-grown draught-ox R.

⋙mahādhṛti

1. ○dhṛti m. N. of a king Pur.

⋙mahādhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. a camel L.

⋙mahādhvani

1. ○dhvani m. 'making a loud noise', N. of a Dānava Hariv.

⋙mahādhvanika

1. ○"ṣdhvanika (○hâdh○), mfn. 'one who has gone a long journey', dead L.

⋙mahādhvara

1. ○"ṣdhvara (○hâdh○), m. a great sacrifice MW.

⋙mahādhvāna

1. ○dhvāna m. a loud sound Hemac.

⋙mahānaka

1. ○"ṣnaka (○hân○), m. a kind of large drum MBh.

⋙mahānakha

1. ○nakha mfn. having great nails or claws (Śiva) MBh.

⋙mahānagara

1. ○nagara n. a great city or N. of a city Pāṇ. 6-2, 89

⋙mahānagna

1. ○nagná m. 'quite naked', a paramour AV. ŚāṅkhŚr.
2. • an athlete Buddh. Lalit.
3. • (ā f. ĀpŚr.
4. • or ī́ AV. &c.), a kind of harlot (= mahatī ca nagnī ca Sāy. on AitBr.
5. • wṛ. mahā-ṇagnī and -naghnī)

⋙mahānaṭa

1. ○naṭa m. 'great actor', N. of Śiva Cat.

⋙mahānada

1. ○nada m. a great river or stream MārkP.
2. • N. of a river VP.
3. • (ī), f. a river Lāṭy. MaitrUp. MBh. &c
4. • N. of the Ganges MBh. MārkP.
5. • of a well-known river (which rises on the south-west of Bengal, and after an eastward course of 520 miles divides into sev. branches at the town of Cuttack, and falls by sev. mouths into the Bay of Bengal) MW.
6. • of various streams MBh. Hariv. &c
7. • ○dī-sāgara-saṃgama
8. • m. 'confluence of the Mahā-nadī and the ocean', N. of a place Cat.

⋙mahānana

1. ○"ṣnana (○hân○), mfn. having a great mouth or face MBh.

⋙mahānanda

1. ○"ṣnanda (○hân○ or ○hA-n○), m. great bliss (-tva, n. state of great bliss) Up.
2. • the great joy of deliverance from further transmigration, final emancipation L.
3. • a kind of flute Saṃgīt.
4. • N. of a disciple of Buddha Buddh.
5. • of a king Pur.
6. • of two authors Cat.
7. • of a river L.
8. • (ā), f. ardent spirits L.
9. • a species of plant (= ārāma-śītalā) L.
10. • the 9th day in the light half of the month Māgha Tithyād.
11. • N. of a river MBh.
12. • -dhīra m. N. of an author Cat.

⋙mahānandi

1. ○nandi or m. N. of a king Pur.

⋙mahānandin

1. ○nanḍdin m. N. of a king Pur.

⋙mahānayaprakāśa

1. ○naya-prakāśa m. N. of wk

⋙mahānaraka

1. ○naraka m. N. of a hell Mn. Yājñ.

⋙mahānarendra

1. ○narêndra m. a great conjuror or magician Kād.

⋙mahānarman

1. ○narman m. a Māhishya (q.v.) who knows medicine L.

⋙mahānala

1. ○nala m. Arundo Bengalensis L.

⋙mahānavamī

1. ○navamī f. the 9th day in the light half of the month Āśvina KālP. Tithyād.
2. • the last of the 9 days or nights dedicated to the worship of Durgā, the last days of the Durgā-pūjā MW.
3. • -pūjā f. N. of wk

⋙mahānasa

1. ○"ṣnasa (○hân○), n. a heavy waggon or cart, ŚrS.
2. • a kitchen (also m.) Gobh. KātyŚr. MBh. &c
3. • cooking utensils (?) KātyŚr.
4. • m. N. of a mountain BhP.
5. • (ī), f. a cook, kitchen-maid MBh.
6. • ○sâdhyakṣa m. a chief kitchen-superintendent BhP.

⋙mahānāga

1. ○nāgá m. a great serpent ŚBr. Suparṇ.
2. • a great elephant Hariv.
3. • one of the elephants that support the earth R.
4. • N. of Vātsyāyana Gal.
5. • -hana (?), m. N. of Śiva MBh.
6. • of a Śrāvaka Buddh.

⋙mahānāṭaka

1. ○nāṭaka n. a brilliant spectacle Bālar.
2. • N. of a kind of drama Sāh.
3. • of a drama in 14 acts fabled to have been composed by the monkey-chief Hanu-mat (= hanuman-n○, q.v.) IW. 367 ; 519

⋙mahānāḍī

1. ○nāḍī f. a great tubular vessel MW.
2. • sinew, tendon L.

⋙mahānāda

1. ○nāda m. a loud sound, last cry, roaring, bellowing MBh. MārkP.
2. • mf(ā)n. last-sounding, roaring or bellowing loudly, making a loud noise MBh. R. [Page 797, Column 1]
3. • m. a great drum L.
4. • a muscle, shell L.
5. • raincloud L.
6. • an elephant L.
7. • a lion L.
8. • a camel L.
9. • the ear L.
10. • = śayānaka (bhayānaka ?) L.
11. • N. of Śiva MBh.
12. • of a Rākshasa R.
13. • n. a musical instrument W.

⋙mahānānātva

1. ○nānā-tva n. N. of certain ceremonial rules Lāṭy.

⋙mahānābha

1. ○nābha mfn. having a large navel-like cavity R.
2. • m. N. of a magical spell pronounced over weapons R.
3. • of two Dānavas Hariv. VP.

⋙mahānāman

1. ○nāman m. N. of a relation of Gautama Buddha Buddh.
2. • (mahā́-nāmnī), f. N. of a Pariśishṭa of the Sāma-veda Cat.
3. • pl. (scil. ṛcas), N. of 9 verses of the SṭSāma-vṭveda beginning with the words vidā maghavan AV. VS. Br. &c
4. • ○mṇī-vrata n. a religious observance in which the Mahā-nāmnī verses are recited Saṃskārak.

⋙mahānāmnika

1. ○nāmnika mfn. relating to the Mahā-nāmnī MW.
2. • relṭrelating to the Mahā verses Gobh. Kull. on Mn. ii, 165

⋙mahānāyaka

1. ○nāyaka m. a great head or chief Inscr. Vās.
2. • a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls Vās.

⋙mahānārāyaṇa

1. ○nārāyaṇa m. 'the great Nārāyaṇa', Vishṇu Lalit.
2. • ○ṇôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad

⋙mahānāsa

1. ○nāsa mfn. having a great nose (Śiva) MBh.

⋙mahānidra

1. ○nidra mfn. sleeping soundly, slṭsleeping long R.
2. • (ā), f. 'the great sleep', death L.

⋙mahānidhi

1. ○nidhi m

⋙mahānidhikumāra

1. ○niḍdhikumāra m. N. of two poets

⋙mahānināda

1. ○nināda m. N. of a Nāga Buddh.

⋙mahānimitta

1. ○nimitta n. N. of a partic. doctrine W.

⋙mahānimna

1. ○nimna n. the intestines, abdomen Car.

⋙mahānimba

1. ○nimba m. Melia Bukajun Suśr.
2. • -rajas n. a partic. high number Buddh.

⋙mahāniyama

1. ○niyama m. 'great vow', N. of Vishṇu MBh.

⋙mahāniyuta

1. ○niyuta n. a partic. high number Buddh.

⋙mahāniraya

1. ○niraya m. N. of a hell Yājñ.

⋙mahāniraṣṭa

1. ○niraṣṭa (mahā́.), m. a gelded bull TS. Kāṭh. ĀśvŚr.

⋙mahānirṇayatantra

1. ○nirṇaya-tantra n. N. of wk

⋙mahānirvāṇa

1. ○nirvāṇa n. 'the great Nirvāṇa', total extinction of individual existence Buddh.
2. • -tantra n. N. of a Tantra IW. 525

⋙mahānila

1. ○"ṣnila (○hân○), m. N. of a serpent demon VP.

⋙mahāniś

1. ○niś f. the dead of night, midnight Mn.

⋙mahāniśā

1. ○niśā f. =
2. prec. BrahmaP. Tithyād. Hcat. &c
3. • N. of Durgā L.

⋙mahāniśītha

1. ○niśītha m. pl. N. of a Jaina sect W.
2. • n. of a Jaina wk

⋙mahānīca

1. ○nīca m. 'very low (in caste)', a washerman, fuller L.

⋙mahānīla

1. ○nīla mfn. dark blue, deep black MBh. Bhartṛ.
2. • m. a sapphire Kāv. Var. &c
3. • a kind of bdellium Bhpr.
4. • Verbesina Scandens L.
5. • N. of a Nāga Hariv. VP.
6. • of a mountain MārkP.
7. • (ā), f. a species of plant L.
8. • (ī), f. a blue variety of Clitoria Ternatea L.
9. • = bṛhan-nīlī L.
10. • n. a lotion or ointment for the eyes Car.
11. • -tantra n. N. of a Tantra
12. • -maya mfn. consisting or made of sapphire Kathās.
13. • ○lâbhra-jālīya Nom. P. ○yati, to resemble a dense mass of black clouds Vās., Introd
14. • ○lôpala m. 'dark-blue stone', a sapphire R.

⋙mahānubhāva

1. ○"ṣnubhāva (○hân○), mf(ā)n. of great might, mighty MBh. R. Pañcat. &c
2. • high-minded, noble-mṭmighty, generous Ratnâv. Kād.
3. • -tā f. (cf. Kād. Mṛicch. in Prākṛit) or -tva n. (cf. Kathās.) magnanimity, generosity

⋙mahānurāga

1. ○"ṣnurāga (○hân○), m. great love, excessive affection MW.

⋙mahānuśaṃsaka

1. ○"ṣnuśaṃsaka (○hân○), mfn. being of great comfort or advantage Divyâv.

⋙mahānūpa

1. ○"ṣnūpa (○hân○), mfn. having great swamps. R.

⋙mahānṛtya

1. ○nṛtya m. a great dancer (said of Śiva) MBh.

⋙mahānetra

1. ○netra mfn. large-eyed (Śiva) MBh.

⋙mahānemi

1. ○nemi m. a crow L.

⋙mahāntaka

1. ○"ṣntaka (○hân○), m. 'the great finisher', death (N. of Śiva) MBh.

⋙mahāndhakāra

1. ○"ṣndha-kāra (○hân○), m. thick darkness, gross spiritual darkness MaitrUp.

⋙mahāndhra

1. ○"ṣndhra (○hân○), m. pl. N. of a people Buddh.

⋙mahāndhraka

1. ○"ṣndhraka (○hân○), m. N. of a king (v. l. mahīdhraka) R.

⋙mahānyāya

1. ○nyāya m. a principal rule ĀśvŚr.

⋙mahānyāsa

1. ○nyāsa m

⋙mahānyāsavidhi

1. ○nyāḍsa-vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙mahānvaya

1. ○"ṣnvaya (○hân○), mf(ā)n. being of noble family Kathās.

⋙mahāpakṣa

1. ○pakṣa mfn. having a great party or numerous adherents Mn. Kām.
2. • having a great family MW.
3. • m. 'great-winged', a kind of duck L.
4. • N. of Garuḍa L.
5. • (ī), f. an owl L.

⋙mahāpakṣin

1. ○pakṣin m. the hooting owl L.

⋙mahāpagā

1. ○"ṣpagā (○hâp○), f. a great river or stream MBh.
2. • N. of a river (?) VP.

⋙mahāpaṅka

1. ○paṅka m. or n. (?) deep mire Hit.

⋙mahāpaṅkti

1. ○paṅkti f. a kind of metre RPrāt.

⋙mahāpañcamūla

1. ○pañca-mūla n. a group of 5 various roots Suśr. (cf. pañca-m○)

⋙mahāpañcaviṣa

1. ○pañca-viṣa n. the 5 strong poisons (viz. śṛṅgī, kāla-kūṭa, mustaka, vatsanābha, śaṅkha-karṇī) L.

⋙mahāpaṭa

1. ○paṭa m. the skin Gal.

⋙mahāpaṇḍita

1. ○paṇḍita mfn. extremely learned
2. • m. a great scholar Cat.

⋙mahāpattra

1. ○pattra m. 'having large leaves', a kind of pot-herb W.
2. • (ā), f. Uraria Lagopodioides L.

⋙mahāpatha

1. ○patha m. a principal road, high street (in a city), high road, highway (ifc. f. ā) AitBr. Gaut. Āpast. &c
2. • N. of Śiva MBh.
3. • the long journey, the passage into the next world (○thaṃ√yā, to die) Kathās.
4. • the great pilgrimage (to the shrine of Śiva on mount Kedāra, or the same pilgṭpilgrimage performed in spirit i.e. by deep absorption into Śiva) Cat. [Page 797, Column 2]
5. • the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in this pilgṭpilgrimage Cat.
6. • the mountain-precipices from which devotees throw themselves to obtain a speedier entrance into Śiva's heaven ib.
7. • N. of the book which treats of the above subjects
8. • of a hell Yājñ.
9. • n. = brahma-randhra (q.v.) Cat.
10. • mf(ā)n. having a great path or way PārGṛ.
11. • -gama m. (cf. L.) or -gamana n. (cf. MW.) 'the act of going the great journey', dying
12. • -giri m. N. of a mountain Kathās.

⋙mahāpathika

1. ○pathika mfn. undertaking great journeys MBh.

⋙mahāpathikṛdiṣṭi

1. ○pathi-kṛd-iṣṭi f. a partic. sacrifice ĀpŚr. Comm.

⋙mahāpada

1. ○padá n. (perhaps) great space RV. x, 73, 2
2. • -paṅkti f. a kind of metre RPrāt.

⋙mahāpadma

1. ○padma m. (L.) or n. a partic. high number MBh. R. Līl.
2. • m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera Cat. L.
3. • (with Jainas) N. of a partic. treasure inhabited by a Nāga L.
4. • of one of the 8 treasure connected with the Padmini magical art MārkP.
5. • of a hell Divyâv. (one of the 8 cold hells Dharmas. 122)
6. • a kind of serpent Suśr.
7. • N. of a Nāga dwelling in the Mahā-padma treasure mentioned above Hariv. VP. &c
8. • of the southernmost of the elephants that support the earth MBh. R. (cf. IW. 432)
9. • of Nanda Pur.
10. • of a son of Nanda Buddh.
11. • of a Dānava Hariv.
12. • a Kiṃ-nara or attendant on Kubera MW.
13. • a species of esculent √L.
14. • n. a white lotus flower L.
15. • the figure of a white lotus flower Kathās. MārkP. RāmatUp.
16. • a partic. compound of oil Car.
17. • N. of a city on the right bank of the Ganges MBh.
18. • m. or n. (?) N. of a Kāvya
19. • -pati m. 'proprietor of millions', N. of Nanda BhP.
20. • -saras or -salila n. N. of a lake Rājat.

⋙mahāpadyaṣaṭka

1. ○padya-ṣaṭka n. 'collection of 6 classical verses', N. of a poem in praise of king Bhoja (ascribed to Kālidāsa)

⋙mahāpanthaka

1. ○panthaka m. N. of a disciple of Buddha Buddh.

⋙mahāparāka

1. ○parāka m. a partic. penance Hcat.

⋙mahāparādha

1. ○"ṣparādha (○hâp○), m. a great offence Hit.

⋙mahāparāhṇa

1. ○"ṣparâhṇa (○hâp○), m. a late hour in the afternoon Pāṇ. 6-2, 38 (cf. -niśā, -rātra)

⋙mahāparinirvāṇa

1. ○parinirvāṇa or n. N. of a Buddhist Sūtra

⋙mahāparinirvāṇasūtra

1. ○parinirvāḍṇa-sūtra n. N. of a Buddhist Sūtra

⋙mahāparvata

1. ○parvata m. a high mountain R.

⋙mahāpavitra

1. ○pavitra mfn. greatly purifying (said of Vishṇu) MBh.
2. • greatly protecting against unfavourable influences VarBṛS.
3. • ○trêṣṭi f. N. of wk

⋙mahāpaśu

1. ○paśu m. large cattle Mn.

⋙mahāpākajānī

1. ○pākajānī m. N. of an author Cat.

⋙mahāpāṭala

1. ○pāṭala m. or n. (?) a species of plant Buddh.

⋙mahāpāta

1. ○pāta m. a long flight Pañcat.
2. • mfn. far-flying (and of an arrow) Hariv.

⋙mahāpātaka

1. ○pātaka n. a great crime or sin (5 such are enumerated, viz. killing a Brāhman, drinking intoxicating liquors, theft, committing adultery with the wife of a religious teacher, and associating with any one guilty of these crimes) Mn. (esp. xi, 54) Yājñ. &c
2. • any great crime or heinous sin W.

⋙mahāpātakin

1. ○pātakin mfn. guilty of a great crime Mn. Yājñ. &c

⋙mahāpātra

1. ○pātra n. a prime minister Pañcar. Sāh.

⋙mahāpāda

1. ○pāda mfn. having large feet (Śiva) MBh.

⋙mahāpāna

1. ○pāna n. an excellent drink BhP.

⋙mahāpāpa

1. ○pāpa n. a great crime MBh. Yājñ. &c

⋙